Перевод: со всех языков на английский

с английского на все языки

things+being+what+they+are

  • 101 קָדַש

    קָדַש(b. h.) (to be cut off, separated, v. Ges. Hebr. Dict.12> s. v.; cmp. פָּרַש, to be, become pure, sacred, holy. Y.Sabb.III, 5d bot.; ib. IV, end, 7a ק׳ עליו היום the day became holy upon him, i. e. the Sabbath commenced while he was engaged in doing something. Meil.II, 8 (10a) קָרְשוּ בכלים (Talm. ed. קדשן) after they have become sacred by being put in a sacred vessel (v. infra); Shebu.11a (Ms. F. קירשן). Bekh.4b קדשו בכורותוכ׳ the firstborn in the desert were consecrated; a. fr. Pi. קִרֵּש, קִי׳ 1) to sanctify, esp. ק׳ שם שמים, or ק׳ את השם to sanctify the name of the Lord, to manifest fidelity to religion by noble deeds, by martyrdom Sot.10b; 36b יוסף שק׳ שםוכ׳ Joseph who sanctified the name … in secret (when he resisted temptation); יהודה שק׳וכ׳ Judah who sanctified … in public (when he admitted his guilt, Gen. 38:26); a. fr. 2) to sanctify, consecrate; to purify, keep pure. Ber.17a טהר וקַדֵּש עצמך מכלוכ׳ keep thyself clean and pure (aloof) from every guilt Yoma 39a (ref. to Lev. 11:44) אדם מְקַדֵּש … מְקַדְּשִׁין אותו הרבה if a man sanctifies himself a little (trains himself to self-restraint), they (the divine agencies) will help him much to sanctify him; מלמטה מקדשין אותו מלמעלה if he (sanctifies himself) below, they will sanctify him from above; בעולם הזה מקדשיןוכ׳ he in this world, they will declare him holy in the hereafter. Yeb.20a, a. e. קדש עצמך במותר לך sanctify thyself by self-restraint from what is permitted to thee. Ḥag.3b, a. e. קִדְּשָׁהּ לשעתה, v. קְדוּשָּׁה. Sebu. 15a כל הכלים … מְקַדַּשְׁתָּן is as regards all vessels that Moses made, the ointing of them gave them their sacred character; Snh.16b מקדשן (corr. acc.). Men.95b תנור מְקַדֵּש the oven (the baking of the showbread) gives it its sacred character. Ib. 100a כלי שרת מְקַרְּשִׁין the vessels of the service consecrate (the things put into them); a. v. fr.Part. pass. מְקוּדָּש; f. מְקוּדֶּשֶׁת; pl. מְקוּדָּשִׁים Sabb.55a (ref. to Ez. 9:6) א״ת מקדשי אלא מְקוּדָּשַׁיוכ׳ and not miḳdashi (my sanctuary) but mḳuddashai (my sanctified ones), that means those who fulfilled the whole Law ; Ab. Zar.4a. Zeb.115b (ref. to Ps. 68:36 מִמִּקְדָּשֶׁיךָ) read מִמְּקוּדָּשֶׁיךָוכ׳ ‘from thy sanctified ones, when the Lord passes judgment on his holy servants ; a. fr. 3) (with, or sub., ידיו ורגליו) to wash hands and feet prior to a sacred act. Yoma III, 6. Ib. IV, 5. Ib. 22a; a. fr. 4) to prepare the water of lustration (Num. 19). Par. VI, 1 המקדש ונפל הקִדּוּש על ידו if he prepares the lustration, and some of the consecrated water falls upon his hand. Ib. 2 נוטל נמקדש he may take (of the ashes) and prepare the water with them. Ib. 3 המקדש כשוקתוכ׳ he who puts ashes into a large vessel of water; a. fr. 5) (of seasons) to proclaim the sanctity of esp., a) (ק׳ החדש) to proclaim in court that the new month had begun (v. infra). R. Hash. II, 7 אם לא … אין מקדשין אותו שכבד קִדְּשוּשוּהוּ שמים unless the new moon is seen in its due time (on the evening of the twenty-ninth day), no announcement is made, for the heavens have already proclaimed it (and the new month begins with the thirty-first day). Ib. 24a בין כך … שנים אתה מקדשוכ׳ in neither case is the ceremony of announcement required, for we read (Lev. 25:10), ‘ye shall sanctify the fiftieth year, years thou must ‘sanctify Ex. R. s. 15 אני ואתם נְקַדֵּש את החדש I and you, let us (as a court) proclaim the month (of Nisan); a. fr.Part. pass. as ab. R. Hash. II, 7 ראשב״ד אומר מק׳וכ׳ the president of the court says, ‘(the new month is) proclaimed, and all the people say after him, ‘proclaimed, proclaimed. Ib. III, 1 נחקרו … ולא הספיקו לומר מק׳וכ׳ when the witnesses were examined, and the court had no time to say mḳuddash before night set in; a. e.b) ק׳ השבת, היום to pronounce the sanctity of the Sabbath, the Holy Day, to recite the Sabbath or the festive benediction (over wine), to say Ḳiddush. Pes.105a מי שלא ק׳ בע״ש מקדשוכ׳ he who fails to bless the Sabbath on the Sabbath eve, may do so during the entire day. Ib. 106b טעם אינו מקדש if a man tasted something without Ḳiddush, he must not bless the Sabbath; Ib. 107a טעם מקדש even if he has tasted something, he must bless the Sabbath. Ib. כגין זה ראוי לקַדֵּש עליו a beverage like this is fit for Ḳiddush; a. fr. 6) ק׳ אשה ( to consecrate a woman, a) to betroth (expl. Kidd.2b לישנא דרבנן דאסר לה … בהקדש the rabbinical term, in place of the Biblical קנה,because he makes her forbidden to others like a consecrated object, v. הֶקְרֵּש). Kidd.II, 1 האיש מקדש בווכ׳ a man may betroth a woman either in person or through a deputy. Ib. 41a אסור לאדם שיְקַדֵּש … עדוכ׳ a man is forbidden to betroth a woman to himself, before he has seen her. ib. II, 4 האומר … צא וקַיֵּש … והלך וקִרְּשָׁהּוכ׳ if a man said to his deputy, go and betroth to me that certain woman in that certain place, and he went and betrothed her in a different place, she is not betrothed (the betrothal is invalid); a. v. fr.Part. pass. מְקוּדֶּשֶׁת; pl. מְקוּדָּשוֹת. Ib. הרי זו מק׳ in such a case the betrothal is binding. Ib. 7; a. fr.b) (of the father of a minor נַעֲרָה) to accept a betrothal in behalf of ones daughter. Ib. 1 האיש מקדש את בתווכ׳ a man may accept his daughters betrothal, if she is a naʿărah, either in person or through a deputy. Ib. 41a אסור לאדם שיקדש את בתו יכ׳ a man is forbidden to betroth his daughter as a child, (but must wait,) until she is grown up and says, I like this man; a. fr.7) to cause a thing to be prohibited, esp. (by ref. to Deut. 22:9) by planting seeds in a vineyard, or vines among seeds; to cause condemnation. Kil. IV, 5 הזורע … ק׳ שורה אחת if a person sows within four cubits of a vineyard, he has caused the condemnation of one row of vines. Ib. V, 5 הרי זה מקדש ארבעיםוכ׳ he has made forty-five vines forbidden. Ib. VII, 2 גפן … ואינה מְקַרֶּשֶׁת to plant seeds near a dried-up vine is forbidden, but it (the vine) does not cause the condemnation of the seeds. Ib. אלו אוסרין ולא מְקַדְּשִׁין the following plants make the planting of seeds in their neighborhood forbidden, but do not cause condemnation of the seeds, if planted, or their own condemnation. Ib. 5 אין אדם מקדש דברוכ׳ no man can cause condemnation of a thing not his own. Ib. הרי זה ק׳וכ׳ he has caused the condemnation of his neighbors seeds and must pay damages; a. fr. Hithpa. הִתְקַדֵּש, Nithpa. נִתְקַדֵּש 1) to be sanctified, glorified as holy. Yeb.79a מוטב … ויִתְקַדֵּש שםוכ׳ let a letter of the Law be uprooted (disregarded), but let the name of God be sanctified in public. Tanḥ. Shmini 1 מִתְקַדֵּש אני שם במכבדי: there (at the dedication of the Tabernacle) I shall be sanctified by (the death of) those that honor me. Lev. R. s. 12; a. fr. 2) to be consecrated, dedicated; (of the New Moon) to be proclaimed. R. Hash. 21b יכול … עד שיִתְקַדְּשוּוכ׳ you may have thought, as well as the Sabbath is to be disregarded (by the witnesses travelling to the seat of the court), until they (the months) are proclaimed, it may also be disregarded (by the messengers carrying the announcement), until they are established. Ex. R. s. 15 היה הכהן … והבלי מִתְקַדֶּשֶׁת the priest received in it some sacred object, by which the vessel was consecrated; וכלי חול מִתְקַדֵּש and a profane vessel became sacred. Shebu.15a אין העזרה מִתְקַדֶּשֶׁתוכ׳ the Temple hall was not consecrated, until the priests ate therein the remnants of the meal-offering. Ib. 16a תחתונה נִתְקַדְּשָׁה בכל אלו the lower reservoir became consecrated through all these (ceremonies mentioned); a. fr. 3) (of mixed seeds) to be condemnable, condemned. Kil. VII, 7 מאימתי … מתקרשת from what time are seeds of grain (planted among vines) to be condemned? Ib. אין מִתְקַרְּשוֹת are not to be condemned; a. fr. 4) to be betrothed. Kidd.II, 1 האשה מתקדשת בהוכ׳ a woman may be betrothed in person or through her deputy, Ib. האומר הִתְקַדְּשִׁי ליוכ׳ … if a man says to a woman, be betrothed to me with this fig. Ib. 45b נִתְקַדְּשָׁה לדעת אביה וניסתוכ׳ if she (the minor) was betrothed with her fathers consent, but was married without it; a. fr. 5) to sanctify ones self. Sifra Vayikra, Ndab., ch. II, Par. 2 מי שהוא עתיד להִתְקַדֵּש he that is ready to sanctify himself (by vowing a sacrifice). Nif. נִקְדַּש 1) to be sanctified; to become consecrated. Tem.14a כאן לִיקָּדֵש כאן ליקרב in the one case it refers to being consecrated (by being put in a sacred vessel), in the other to being offered. Bekh.4b הוזהרו … ליקדש they were admonished concerning the firatborn, that they be consecrated; a. e. 2) to be betrothed. Kidd.48a if she says, עשה לי … ואֶקָּדֵשוכ׳ make for me chains, and I shall be betrothed unto thee. Hif. הִקְדִּיש 1) to cause sanctification. Zeb.115b לא מתו … להַקְדִּיש שמווכ׳ thy (Aarons) sons died only in order to give thee an opportunity to sanctify the name of the Lord. 2) to sanctify, dedicate an object as Temple property (Lev. 27:14–24). Arakh.VI, 2 המַקְדִּיש נכסיווכ׳ if a person dedicates his property to the Temple, but owes his (divorced) wife her kthubah (כְּתוּבָּה) Ib. VII, 1 אין מַקְדִּישִׁין לפני היובלוכ׳ you cannot dedicate landed property within less than two or three years before the jubilee. Ib. 3 הִקְדִּישָׁהּ וגאלה if he dedicated and then redeemed it. Ib. 5 אין אדם מַקְדִּיש דברוכ׳ nobody can dedicate a thing not belonging to him. B. Kam.VII, 2; a. v. fr. Hof. הוּקְדַּש to be dedicated, consecrated. Meil.II, 8 המנחות … משהוּקְדָּשוּ the law concerning misappropriation of sacred things applies to meal-offerings as soon as they have been dedicated. Ib. 1 משהוּקְדָּשָׁה as soon as it has been designated for a sin-offering; a. fr.Part. מוּקְדָּש; f. מוּקְדֶּשֶׁת; pl. מוּקְדָּשִׁים Ned.V, 6 (48a) אם … הרי הם מוק׳ לשמים if they are mine, be they dedicated to the Lord. Ib. כל מתנה … מקודשת אינה מתנה (read: מוקדשת) a gift which is not made so that if the recipient dedicates it to sacred use, it is dedicated, is no gift. Bekh.V, 1 כל פסולי המוק׳ all dedicated sacrifices which became unfit for the altar; a. fr.

    Jewish literature > קָדַש

  • 102 być

    impf (jestem, jesteś, jest, jesteśmy, jesteście, są, byłem, byłeś, był, byliśmy, byliście, byli, będę, będziesz, będzie, będziemy, będziecie, będą) vi 1. (istnieć, żyć) to be
    - jest wielu znanych aktorów there are many well known actors
    - nie ma nikogo, kto mógłby to zrobić there’s no one who could do it
    - czy jest Bóg, czy go nie ma? does God exist, or not?
    - był sobie kiedyś stary król there was a. lived once an old king
    - nie było cię jeszcze wtedy na świecie this was before you were born
    - kiedy mnie już z wami nie będzie euf. when I am no more a. I am no longer with you euf.
    - myślę, więc jestem I think, therefore I am
    - być albo nie być to be or not to be
    - to dla nas być albo nie być this is our to be or not to be, this is our Waterloo
    - nie ma już dla niej ratunku nothing can save her now
    - jest wiele powodów do zadowolenia there’s good reason to be happy
    - nie ma obaw a. strachu pot. ! no problem! pot., not to worry! pot.
    - nie ma powodu do obaw there is no reason a. need to worry
    - są sprawy, których nigdy nie zrozumiesz there are (certain) things that you’ll never understand
    - nie ma co płakać/gadać it’s no use crying/talking (about it)
    - nie ma co żałować (there’s) no need to be sorry
    - nie ma co a. czego żałować it’s no great loss
    - nie ma czemu się dziwić, że… it’s no surprise a. wonder that…
    - nie ma o co się kłócić there’s nothing to quarrel about
    - nie ma czym się martwić/czego się bać there’s nothing to worry about/to be afraid of
    - nie ma z czego być dumnym (it’s) nothing to be proud of
    - nie ma z czego się cieszyć/śmiać there’s nothing to rejoice/to laugh about
    - „dziękuję za podwiezienie” – „nie ma za co” ‘thanks for the lift’ – ‘don’t mention it’ a. ‘you’re welcome‘
    - „przepraszam, że panu przerwałem” – „nie ma za co” ‘sorry I interrupted you’ – ‘that’s all right’
    - już cię/was nie ma! off with you!
    2. (przebywać, znajdować się) to be
    - być w pracy/szkole to be at work/at school
    - być w teatrze/na koncercie to be at the theatre/at a concert
    - teraz wychodzę, ale będę w domu o piątej I’m going out now, but I’ll be home at five
    - dzisiaj nie ma go w biurze he’s not in the office today
    - w pokoju nikogo nie ma/nie było there is/was no-one in the room
    - jest już piąta, a jego jak nie ma, tak nie ma it’s already five, and he’s still not here a. there’s still no trace of him
    - „czy jest Robert?” – „nie, nie ma go, jest jeszcze w szkole” ‘is Robert in?’ – ‘no, he’s not, he’s still at school’
    - „są jeszcze bilety na ostatni seans?” – „niestety, już nie ma” ‘do you still have tickets for the last showing?’ – ‘sorry, all sold out’
    - czy będziesz jutro w domu? ‘will you be at home a. in home tomorrow?’
    - kiedy (ona) będzie znowu w Warszawie? when will she be in Warsaw again?
    - byłem wczoraj u Roberta/u babci I was at Robert’s/granny’s yesterday, I went to see Robert/granny yesterday
    - był przy narodzinach swojej córki he was present at the birth of his daughter
    - nigdy nie byłem w Rosji I’ve never been to Russia
    - „skąd jesteś?” – „(jestem) z Krakowa/Polski” ‘where are you from?’ – ‘(I’m) from Cracow/Poland’
    - „gdzie jesteś?” – „tutaj!” ‘where are you?’ – ‘(I’m) here!’
    - „jestem!” (przy odczytywaniu listy) ‘here!’, ‘present’
    - będąc w Londynie, odwiedziłem Annę when a. while I was in London I went to see Anna
    - biblioteka jest w budynku głównym the library is in the main building
    - w jednym pudełku jest dziesięć bateryjek there are ten batteries in a packet
    - w domu nie było nic do jedzenia there was nothing to eat at home a. in the house
    - co jest w tym pudle? what’s in this box?
    - gdzie jest moja książka/najbliższa apteka? where’s my book/the nearest chemist’s?
    - co jest dzisiaj na lunch? what’s for lunch today?
    - wczoraj na kolację był dorsz there was cod for dinner yesterday
    - „dużo masz tych ziemniaków?” – „oj, będzie” pot. ‘got a lot of those spuds?’ – ‘loads’ pot.
    - będzie, będzie, więcej się nie zmieści pot. that’s plenty a. that’ll do, there’s no room for any more
    3. (trwać, stawać się) to be
    - jest godzina druga po południu it’s two in the afternoon a. two p.m.
    - nie ma jeszcze szóstej rano it’s not yet six a.m.
    - zanim dotrzemy do domu, będzie ósma wieczorem/północ it’ll be eight p.m./midnight by the time we reach home
    - był maj it was in May
    - to było w grudniu 1999 it was in December 1999
    - to było dawno, dawno temu this was a long, long time ago
    - jest piękny ranek it’s a fine morning
    - jest mroźno/upalnie it’s nippy/hot
    - wczoraj był deszcz/mróz it was raining/freezing yesterday
    - ciekawe, czy jutro będzie pogoda I wonder if it’s going to be fine tomorrow
    - nie pamiętam dokładnie, to było dość dawno temu I can’t really remember, it was some time ago
    - z niego jeszcze coś będzie he’ll turn out all right
    - co z niego będzie? how will he turn out?, what will become of him?
    - będzie z niego dobry pracownik he’ll be a good worker
    - kuchmistrz to z ciebie nie będzie you’ll never make a chef
    - z tych kwiatów nic już nie będzie these flowers/plants have had it pot.
    - z naszych planów/wakacji nic nie będzie nothing will come of our plans/holidays
    - nic z tego nie będzie it’s hopeless
    - nic dobrego z tego nie będzie nothing good will come of it
    - tyle pracy i nic z tego nie ma (he’s done) so much work and nothing to show for it
    4. (odbywać się, zdarzać się) to be
    - koncert/egzamin jest jutro the concert/exam is tomorrow
    - zebranie było w sali konferencyjnej the meeting was (held) in the conference room
    - jutro nie będzie a. nie ma lekcji there are no classes tomorrow
    - był do ciebie telefon there was a phone call for you
    - czy były do mnie jakieś telefony? has anyone called me?
    - był wypadek w kopalni there was an accident in the mine
    - co będzie, jeśli nie zdasz egzaminu? what’s going to happen if you fail the exam?
    - co będzie, jeśli ktoś nas zobaczy? supposing a. what if someone sees us?
    - nie martw się, wszystko będzie dobrze don’t worry, it’ll be a. it’s going to be fine
    - w życiu bywa rozmaicie you never know what life may bring
    - opowiedziałem jej wszystko, tak jak było I told her everything just as it happened
    - co ci/jej jest? what’s the matter with you/her?
    - coś mi/jemu jest something’s the matter with me/him
    - czy jemu coś jest? is anything the matter with him?
    - nic mu nie będzie, to tylko przeziębienie he’ll be fine, it’s only a cold
    5. (uczestniczyć, uczęszczać) to be
    - być na weselu/zebraniu to be at a wedding/meeting
    - wczoraj byliśmy na przyjęciu we were at a reception yesterday
    - być w liceum/na uniwersytecie to be at secondary school/at university
    - być na studiach to be a student a. at college
    - być na prawie/medycynie to study law/medicine
    - był na trzecim roku anglistyki he was in his third year in the English department
    - być na kursie komputerowym to be on a computer course
    - być na wojnie to go to war
    6. (przybyć) to be, to come
    - być pierwszym/drugim to be the first/second to arrive
    - był na mecie trzeci he came third
    - czy był już listonosz? has the postman been a. come yet?
    7. (znajdować się w jakimś stanie) to be
    - być pod urokiem/wrażeniem kogoś/czegoś to be charmed/impressed by sb/sth
    - być pod wpływem kogoś/czegoś to be under the influence of sb/sth
    - prowadzić samochód, będąc pod wpływem alkoholu to drive while under the influence of alcohol
    - być w ciąży to be pregnant
    - być w dobrym/złym humorze to be in a good/bad mood
    - nie być w nastroju do zabawy not to feel like going out a. partying
    - być w doskonałej formie to be in excellent form a. in fine fettle
    - być w strachu to be scared
    - być w rozpaczy to be in despair
    - bądźmy dobrej myśli let’s hope for the best
    - jestem przed obiadem I haven’t had my lunch yet
    - jestem już po śniadaniu I’ve already had breakfast
    - był siedem lat po studiach he had graduated seven years earlier
    - być po kielichu/po paru kieliszkach pot. to have had a drop/a few euf.
    - być na diecie to be on a diet
    - być na kaszce a. kleiku to be on a diet of gruel
    - być na emeryturze/rencie to be on a pension
    - sukienka jest do kolan the dress is knee-length
    - wody było do kostek the water was ankle-deep
    - firanka była do połowy okna the net curtain reached halfway down the window
    - chwila nieuwagi i było po wazonie one unguarded moment and the vase was smashed to pieces
    - jest już po nim/nas! it’s curtains for him/us! pot.
    - jeszcze chwila i byłoby po mnie another instant and it would have been curtains for me a. would have been all up with me pot.
    v aux. 1. (łącznik w orzeczeniu złożonym) to be
    - być nauczycielem/malarzem to be a teacher/painter
    - kiedy dorosnę, będę aktorem when I grow up, I’ll be an actor
    - być Polakiem/Duńczykiem to be Polish/Danish
    - borsuk jest drapieżnikiem the badger is a predator
    - nie bądź dzieckiem! don’t be childish a. such a child!
    - jestem Anna Kowalska I’m Anna Kowalska
    - „cześć, to ty jesteś Robert?” – „nie, jestem Adam” ‘hi, are you Robert? a. you’re Robert, are you?’ – ‘no, I’m Adam’
    - co to jest – ma cztery nogi i robi „miau”? what (is it that) has four legs and says ‘miaow’?
    - była wysoka/niska she was tall/short
    - jest autorką cenioną przez wszystkich she’s an author appreciated by all a. everybody
    - mój dziadek był podobno bardzo przystojnym mężczyzną my grandfather is said to have been a very handsome man
    - wciąż jest taka, jaką była za młodu she’s still her old self
    - kwiaty były żółte i czerwone the flowers were yellow and red
    - pizza była całkiem dobra the pizza was quite good
    - pojemnik był z drewna/plastiku the container was made of wood/plastic
    - z tych listewek byłby ładny latawiec these slats could make a fine kite
    - wszystko to były jedynie domysły it was all only conjecture
    - czyj jest ten samochód? whose car is this?, who does this car belong to?
    - ta książka jest jej/Adama this book is hers/Adam’s, this is her/Adam’s book
    - żona była dla niego wszystkim his wife was everything to him
    - nie naśladuj innych, bądź sobą don’t imitate others, be yourself
    - ta zupa jest zimna this soup is cold
    - Maria jest niewidoma Maria is blind
    - jesteś głodny? are you hungry?
    - Robert jest żonaty/rozwiedziony Robert is married/divorced
    - są małżeństwem od dziesięciu lat they’ve been married for ten years
    - bądź dla niej miły be nice to her
    - bądź tak dobry a. uprzejmy would you mind
    - bądź tak miły i otwórz okno would you mind opening the window?
    - czy byłaby pani uprzejma podać mi sól would you be kind enough a. would you be so kind as to pass me the salt?
    - nie bądź głupi! don’t be a fool!
    - cicho bądź! be quiet!
    - być w kapeluszu/kaloszach/spodniach to be wearing a hat/rubber boots/trousers
    - była w zielonym żakiecie/czarnym berecie she was wearing a green jacket/black beret, she had a green jacket/black beret on
    - być za kimś/czymś (opowiadać się) to support sb/sth, to be for sb/sth
    - byłem za tym, żeby nikomu nic nie mówić I was for not telling anyone anything
    - dwa razy dwa jest cztery two times two is four
    2. (w stronie biernej) artykuł jest dobrze napisany the article is well written
    - ściany pokoju były pomalowane na różowo the walls of the room were painted pink
    - dzieci, które są maltretowane przez rodziców children who are abused by their parents
    - tak jest napisane w gazecie that’s what it says in the paper
    - samochód będzie naprawiony jutro the car will be repaired by tomorrow
    - to musi być zrobione do czwartku this must be done by Thursday
    - sukienka była uszyta z czarnej wełenki the dress was made of black wool
    3. (w czasie przyszłym złożonym) shall, will
    - będzie pamiętał a. pamiętać tę scenę przez cały życie he will remember this scene all his life
    - będziemy długo go wspominali a. wspominać we shall a. will long remember him
    4. przest. (w czasie zaprzeszłym) w Krakowie mieszkał był przed trzema laty he would have been living a. was living in Cracow three years ago 5. (w trybie warunkowym) byłbym napisał a. napisałbym był do ciebie, gdybym znał twój adres I would have written to you, had I known your address a. if I had known your address
    - co by się było stało, gdyby nie jego pomoc what would have happened if it hadn’t been for his help
    - byłaby spadła ze schodów (omal nie) she almost fell down the stairs
    - byłbym zapomniał! zabierz ze sobą śpiwór I almost a. nearly forgot! take a sleeping bag with you
    6. (w zwrotach nieosobowych) było już późno it was already late
    - jest dopiero wpół do ósmej it’s only half past seven
    - nie było co jeść there was nothing to eat
    - za ciepło będzie ci w tym swetrze you’ll be too hot in this jumper
    - byłoby przyjemnie zjeść razem obiad it would be nice to have lunch together
    - wychodzić po zmierzchu było niebezpiecznie it was dangerous going out after dark
    - nie kupić tego mieszkania będzie niewybaczalnym błędem not to buy that a. the flat would be an inexcusable mistake
    - z chorym było źle/coraz gorzej the patient was bad/getting worse
    - z dziadkiem jest nienajlepiej grandfather is poorly
    - wszystko będzie na niego he’ll get all the blame
    - żeby nie było na mnie I don’t want to get the blame
    - na imię było jej Maria her name was Maria
    - było dobrze po północy it was well after midnight
    - będzie z godzinę/trzy lata temu an hour or so/some three years ago
    - będzie kwadrans jak wyszedł he must have left fifteen minutes or so ago, it’s been fifteen minutes or so since he left
    - do najbliższego sklepu będzie ze trzy kilometry it’s a good three kilometres to the nearest shop
    - nie ma tu gdzie usiąść there’s nowhere here to sit
    - w tym mieście na ma dokąd pójść wieczorem there’s nowhere to go at night in this town
    - nie ma komu posprzątać/zrobić zakupy there’s no-one to clean/to do shopping
    - nie ma z kim się bawić there’s no-one to play with
    7. (z czasownikami niewłaściwymi) to be
    - trzeba było coś z tym zrobić something had to be done about it
    - trzeba było od razu tak mówić why didn’t you say so in the first place?
    - czytać można było tylko przy świecach one could read only by candlelight
    - jest gorzej niż można było przypuszczać it’s worse than might have been expected
    bądź zdrów! (pożegnanie) goodbye!, take care!
    - być bez forsy/przy forsie pot. to be penniless/flush pot.
    - być do niczego (bezużyteczny) [osoba, przedmiot] to be useless a. no good; (chory, słaby) [osoba] to be poorly a. out of sorts
    - być może perhaps, maybe
    - być może nam się uda perhaps we’ll succeed
    - być może a. może być, że… it may happen that…
    - być niczym [osoba] to be a nobody
    - znałem ją, kiedy jeszcze była nikim I knew her when she was still a nobody
    - być przy nadziei a. być w poważnym a. odmiennym a. błogosławionym stanie książk. to be in an interesting condition a. in the family way przest.; to have a bun in the oven euf., pot.
    - było nie było (tak czy owak) when all’s said and done, after all; (niech się dzieje co chce) come what may, be that as it may
    - było nie było, to już ćwierć wieku od naszego ślubu when all’s said and done a. after all, it’s twenty-five years since we got married
    - było nie było, idę pogadać z szefem o podwyżce come what may, I’m going to the boss to talk about a rise
    - było siedzieć w domu/nie pożyczać mu pieniędzy pot. serves you right, you should have stayed at home/shouldn’t have lent him money
    - było nic mu nie mówić you should have told him nothing
    - co będzie, to będzie whatever will be, will be
    - co było, to było let bygones be bygones
    - co jest? pot. what’s up? pot.
    - co jest, do jasnej cholery? dlaczego nikt nie otwiera? what the hell’s going on? – why doesn’t anyone open the door? pot.
    - co jest? przyjacielowi paru groszy żałujesz? what’s wrong? – can’t spare a friend a few pence? pot.
    - coś w tym jest a. coś w tym musi być there must be something in it
    - coś w tym musi być, że wszyscy dyrektorzy będą na tym zebraniu there must be something in it, if all the directors are going to the meeting
    - jakoś to będzie things’ll a. it’ll work out somehow pot.
    - nie ma co a. rady oh well
    - nie ma co, trzeba brać się do roboty oh well, time to do some work
    - nie ma co! well, well!
    - mieszkanie, nie ma co, widne i ustawne well, well, not a bad flat, airy and well laid out
    - ładnie się spisałeś, nie ma co! iron. well, well, you’ve done it now, haven’t you!
    - nie ma (to) jak kuchnia domowa/kieliszek zimnej wódki nothing beats a. you can’t beat home cooking/a glass of cold vodka
    - nie ma (to) jak muzyka klasyczna give me classical music every time
    - nie ma to jak wakacje! there’s nothing like a holiday!
    - nie może być! (niedowierzanie) I don’t believe it!, you don’t say!
    - niech będzie! oh well!
    - niech ci/wam będzie! have it your own way!
    - niech mu/jej będzie! let him/her have his/her own way!
    - niech tak będzie! (zgoda) so be it!
    - tak jest! (owszem) (that’s) right!
    - „to jest pańskie ostatnie słowo” – „tak jest, ostatnie” ‘is that your final word?’ – ‘yes, it is’, ‘that’s right’
    - tak jest, panie pułkowniku/generale! Wojsk. yes, sir!
    - to jest książk. that is, that is to say
    - główne gałęzie przemysłu, to jest górnictwo i hutnictwo the main branches of industry, that is (to say) mining and metallurgy
    * * *
    (jestem, jesteś); pl jesteśmy; pl jesteście; pl ; imp bądź; pt był, była, byli; sg fut będę; sg fut; będziesz; vi

    jestem! — present!, here!

    jest ciepło/zimno — it's warm/cold

    jest mi zimno/przykro — I'm cold/sorry

    będę pamiętać lub pamiętał — I will remember

    co będzie, jeśli nie przyjdą? — what will happen if they don't come?

    nie może być!this lub it can't be!

    tak jest! — yes, sir!

    jestem za +instr /przeciw być — +dat I am for/against

    * * *
    I.
    być1
    ipf.
    1. (= znajdować się w jakimś stanie l. miejscu) be; (= istnieć) exist, be there; być na diecie be on a diet; być na emeryturze be retired; jestem po robocie I'm finished l. done with work (for today); pewnego razu był sobie król... once upon a time there lived a king...; w ogrodzie były róże there were roses in the garden; w Galaktyce są miliardy gwiazd there are billions of stars in the Galaxy; ile ich jest? how many of them are there?; być w kinie be at the theater; być na wycieczce be on a trip; być w Warszawie be in Warsaw; być u babci na wsi be at grandma's house in the country; być z kimś sam na sam be one on one with sb; od świtu jestem na nogach I have been on my feet all day; Ewa jest na ostatnich nogach Eva is ready to drop l. dead on her feet; jesteś na drodze do zawału you are on the road to a heart attack; wszystko jest na swoim miejscu everything is in its place; to było nie na miejscu that was out of line; być na ustach całego miasteczka be on the lips of everyone in town; być jedną nogą na tamtym świecie have one foot in the grave; co dzisiaj będzie na obiad? what's for supper today?; wszystko jest pod ręką we have everything right at hand; być u steru przen. be at the wheel; no to jestem w domu (= zrozumiałem) that hits home; być w latach l. w leciech be up in one's years; być w sile wieku be in one's prime; być w opałach be in a bind; teraz wszystko jest w twoich rękach now everything is in your hands l. up to you; być w siódmym niebie be in seventh heaven; być w swoim żywiole be in one's element; być na zebraniu be at a meeting; być na wojnie be (fighting) in a war; być na studiach be at college; być na anglistyce be in the English Department; nigdy nie byłem w Chicago I've never been to Chicago; Adam jest pod pantoflem swojej żony Adam is henpecked; być nie w sosie be in a bad mood; jest gaz i woda we have gas and water; jestem takiego samego zdania I'm of the same opinion; jestem dobrej myśli I'm hoping for the best; jest mi u ciebie tak dobrze I feel so good at your place; jest mi głupio I feel stupid; to jest do niczego it's no good; być górą be on top; to nie jest czas po temu this is not the time for that; to nie jest mi na rękę this is inconvenient (for me); to nie jest po mojej myśli that's not what I intended l. what I had in mind; jestem pod wrażeniem I'm impressed; jestem bez pieniędzy I'm broke; jestem w ciąży I'm pregnant; Ewa jest przy nadziei przest. Eva is in the family way; jestem na służbie I'm on duty; byliśmy na spacerze we were taking a walk; dobrze wiesz, że jesteś na mojej łasce you know fully well that you're at my mercy; czy jesteś w stanie mnie zrozumieć? are you able to understand me?; jestem w dobrym humorze I'm in a good mood; byliśmy w kłopocie, co zrobić z... we couldn't figure out what to do with...; Ewa przez moment była w rozterce for a moment Ewa was in a dilemma; Ewa jest z Adamem w przyjaźni Ewa is friends with Adam; po czyjej jesteś stronie? whose side are you on?; Adam jest w porządku Adam is OK l. alright; to nie jest w moim guście that's not my style; jestem na bakier z gramatyką I haven't a clue about grammar; z teściową jestem na złej stopie I'm on bad terms with my mother-in-law; z prezesem jestem na ty I'm on a first name basis with the president; jestem za reformą I'm for the reform; oni są z sobą za pan brat they are on familiar terms; jestem z Ewą po słowie przest. I'm engaged to Eve.
    2. ( część orzeczenia imiennego) jestem studentem I am a student; byłam piosenkarką I was a singer; będę generałem I will be a general; ta dziewczyna jest ładna that girl is pretty; samochód jest ojca that's father's car; ten długopis nie jest mój this pen isn't mine; bądź zdrów! get well!; jesteś dla mnie niczym! you mean nothing to me; on nie był sobą he wasn't himself; dwa razy dwa jest cztery two plus two is l. equals four.
    3. ( w zdaniach bezosobowych) (= zdarzać się) jest piękny dzień it's a beautiful day; był kwiecień it was April; było to dość dawno it was l. happened quite a long time ago; był do ciebie telefon you had a call; było już późno it was getting late; nie ma co jeść there's nothing to eat; będzie z godzinę temu, jak... it's been an hour since...; a co będzie ze mną? what will happen to me?; ciekaw jestem, co z niego będzie I'm curious (about) what will become of him; jeżeli tak jest if it is so; być może maybe, perhaps; co będzie, to będzie come what may; co było, to było let bygones be bygones; jakoś to (w końcu) będzie thing's will turn out fine (in the end); co ci jest? what's wrong l. the matter with you?; z tej mąki nie będzie chleba it's hopeless; nie może być that's impossible; jest już po nim it's too late for him; he's done for; he's a goner l. a has-been; co było, a nie jest, nie pisze się w rejestr what's done is done; tak jest! exactly!, precisely!, that's right; wojsk. yes, sir!; to jest (= czyli) that is; było nie było whatever happens; no matter what (happens).
    II.
    być2
    ipf.
    1. tylko będę będziesz itd. ( w formach czasu przyszłego) will (be); będę pamiętał o tym I'll remember that; dzieci będą w ogrodzie the kids will be in the garden; będziemy śpiewać kolędy we're going to sing carols.
    2. ( w formach strony biernej) dom był sprzedany za... the house was sold for...; jesteś obserwowany you are being watched; droga jest już naprawiona the road has been repaired.

    The New English-Polish, Polish-English Kościuszko foundation dictionary > być

  • 103 a

    prep.
    1 to.
    voy a Madrid I'm going to Madrid
    me voy al extranjero I'm going abroad
    llegó a Buenos Aires/a la fiesta he arrived in Buenos Aires/at the party
    2 at (moment).
    a las siete at seven o'clock
    a los once años at the age of eleven
    al caer la noche at nightfall
    al oír la noticia se desmayó on hearing the news, she fainted
    Llegué al amanecer I arrived at dawn.
    3 per, every (frecuency).
    40 horas a la semana 40 hours per o a week
    tres veces al día three times a day
    4 to.
    dáselo a Ricardo give it to Ricardo
    dile a Ricardo que venga tell Ricardo to come
    5 to.
    entró a pagar he came in to pay
    aprender a nadar to learn to swim
    6 by, about to, for.
    * * *
    A, a
    nombre femenino (pl as o aes)
    1 (la letra) A, a
    ————————
    A
    1 ( Alteza) Highness; (abreviatura) H
    ————————
    A
    1 ( autopista) motorway; (abreviatura) M
    ————————
    A
    1 ( amperio) ampere, amp; (símbolo) A
    * * *
    prep.
    1) to
    2) into
    3) in
    4) at
    5) on
    6) with
    * * *
    SF = a (=letra) A, a
    * * *
    a femenino (pl aes) ( read as [a]) the letter A, a
    * * *
    = for, per, to.
    Ex. The fine policy matrix corresponds to the loan policy matrix, cell for cell.
    Ex. Indexing can thus be achieved at a detailed level, with often many terms per document, with almost no indexing effort.
    Ex. Accessibility to the documents stored in files is an important factor, so the physical storage is important.
    ----
    * a + Adjetivo + escala = on a + Adjetivo + scale.
    * a alguna parte = someplace.
    * a alta presión = high-pressured, high-pressure.
    * a altas horas de la noche = late at night.
    * a ambas orillas del Atlántico = on both sides of the ocean, on both sides of the Atlantic.
    * a ambos lados de = on either side of.
    * a ambos lados del Altántico = on both sides of the ocean, on both sides of the Atlantic.
    * a ambos lados de + Lugar = on both sides of + Lugar.
    * a años luz de = light years away from.
    * a bajas temperaturas = at low temperature.
    * a bajo coste = low-cost.
    * a bajo costo = low-cost.
    * a bajo nivel = low-level.
    * a bajo precio = lower-cost, at a low price, on the cheap.
    * a base de = in the form of, on a diet of.
    * a base de carne = meaty [meatier -comp., meatiest -sup.].
    * a base de cometer errores = the hard way.
    * a base de errores = the hard way.
    * a boca de jarro = at close range.
    * a bocajarro = point blank.
    * a bombo y platillo = fanfare, with a bang.
    * a bordo = aboard, on board ship.
    * a bordo de = aboard, onboard.
    * a bordo de un barco = shipboard, on board ship.
    * a buen recaudo = in a safe place, in safekeeping.
    * a caballo = on horseback, astride.
    * a caballo entre = astride... and..., midway between.
    * a caballo entre... y... = half way between... and....
    * a caballo regalado no se le mira el diente = never look a gift horse in the mouth.
    * a cada rato = every so often, every now and then, every now and again, every once in a while.
    * a cambio = in return.
    * a cambio de = in exchange for, in return for.
    * a cambio de nada = for nothing.
    * a cántaros = cats and dogs.
    * a cargo = in the saddle.
    * a cargo (de) = charged with, in charge (of), at the helm (of).
    * a cargo de Alguien = under supervision.
    * a cargo de las riendas = in the saddle.
    * a cargo del ayuntamiento = local authority-run.
    * a cargo del gobierno = government-operated, government-run.
    * a cargo de una sola persona = one-man band.
    * a cargo de voluntarios = volunteer-run.
    * a chorros = profusely.
    * a ciegas = blindfold, blindly, blindfolded, in the dark.
    * a ciencia cierta = for sure, for certain.
    * a cierta distancia = some distance away.
    * a cierta distancia de = off.
    * a cierta distancia de la costa = offshore.
    * a cierta distancia del litoral = offshore.
    * a cobro revertido = reverse charges.
    * a color = multi-colour [multi-color -USA].
    * a comienzos de + Expresión Temporal = early + Expresión Temporal, the.
    * a comienzos de + Fecha = in the early + Fecha, in the early part of + Fecha.
    * a comienzos de + Período de Tiempo = by the turn of + Período de Tiempo, at the turn of + Período de Tiempo.
    * a conciencia = deliberately, wilfully [willfully, -USA], by design, on purpose.
    * a condición de que + Subjuntivo = provided (that), providing (that), as long as.
    * a contenido enriquecido = content-enriched.
    * a continuación = next, then, in the following, herewith.
    * a continuación se enumeran = given below.
    * a contracorriente = against the grain.
    * a contraluz = against the light.
    * a contrapelo = against the grain, against the nap.
    * a coro = with one voice, in unison.
    * a corto plazo = before very long, short term [short-term], in the short run, short-range, at short notice, in the short term, short-run.
    * a costa de = at the cost of, at the expense of, at + Nombre's + expense, at cost of.
    * a costa de mucho = at (a) great expense.
    * a costa de otro = at someone else's expense.
    * a costa de otros = at other people's expense.
    * a criterio de = at the discretion of.
    * a cualquier hora = anytime, around the clock.
    * a cualquier hora del día o de la noche = at any hour of the day or night, at any time of the day or night.
    * a cualquier precio = at any cost, at all costs, at any price.
    * a cuatro aguas = hipped.
    * a cuatro patas = on all fours, on four legs.
    * a cuenta de = at the expense of.
    * a cuenta de la empresa = at company expense.
    * a cuenta de otro = at someone else's expense.
    * a cuenta de otros = at other people's expense.
    * a cuenta propia = at + Posesivo + expense, at + Posesivo + own expense.
    * a cuerpo de rey = the lap of luxury.
    * a cuestas = in tow.
    * a decir de todos = by all accounts.
    * a decir verdad = to tell the truth, if the truth be known, if the truth be told, in all truth, in truth, fact is, the fact is (that), to be fair.
    * a decir verdad... = the fact of the matter is that....
    * a demanda = pro re nata.
    * a deshora(s) = at odd times, out of hours.
    * a día de hoy = as of today.
    * a diario = every day.
    * a diestro y siniestro = like there's no tomorrow.
    * a dieta = on a diet.
    * a diferencia de = apart from, as opposed to, in contradistinction to, as contrasted with, in contrast (to/with), quite apart from, in sharp contrast (with).
    * a diferencia de + Nombre = unlike + Nombre.
    * a diferentes niveles = multi-tiered [multitiered], multi-tier [multitier].
    * a discreción = at will, no holds barred.
    * a disgusto = unwillingly, reluctantly.
    * a disposición de = at the disposal of.
    * a distancia = remote, remotely, distantly.
    * a doble espacio = double-spaced.
    * a domicilio = domiciliary.
    * ¿a dónde se dirige(n)...? = whither?.
    * ¿a dónde va(n)...? = whither?.
    * ¿a dónde vas? = quo vadis, whither thou goest.
    * a dos niveles = two-tier.
    * a dos velas = skint, penniless, broke.
    * a duras penas = with great difficulty.
    * a efectos de = in terms of, for the purpose of + Nombre.
    * a efectos prácticos = to all intents and purposes, for all practical purposes, for all intents and purposes, to all intents.
    * a él = him.
    * a ellos = them.
    * a escala = drawn-to-scale.
    * a escala industrial = on an industrial scale, industrial-scale.
    * a escala mundial = globally, on a global scale.
    * a escala natural = full-scale.
    * a escondidas = by stealth, stealthily, furtively, on the quiet, on the sly.
    * a eso = thereto.
    * a espaldas de = out of sight of.
    * a estas alturas = by now.
    * a este fin = to this end.
    * a este paso = at this rate.
    * a este respecto = in this respect.
    * a este ritmo = at this rate.
    * a estrenar = brand new.
    * a examen = under the microscope.
    * a excepción de = barring, except for, excepting, other than, with the exception of, short of.
    * a excepción de que = except that.
    * a excepción de uno = with one exception.
    * a expensas de = at the expense of, at + Nombre's + expense.
    * a expensas de otro = at someone else's expense.
    * a expensas de otros = at other people's expense.
    * a + Expresión Temporal = as of + Expresión Temporal.
    * a falta de = for want of, in the absence of, in default of, for lack of, short of.
    * a favor = in favour.
    * a favor de = in favour of.
    * a favor de la decisión personal sobre el aborto = pro-choice.
    * a favor de la esclavitud = pro-slavery.
    * a favor de la raza negra = pro-black [problack].
    * a favor de la vida humana = pro-life.
    * a favor y en contra = pro and con.
    * a + Fecha = as per + Fecha.
    * a finales de = by the end of, at the close of + Expresión Temporal.
    * a finales de + Expresión Temporal = as of late + Expresión Temporal, at the end of + Expresión Temporal, by the close of + Expresión Temporal.
    * a finales de + Fecha = in the late + Fecha, in late + Fecha.
    * a finales de los + Década = late + Década, the.
    * a finales del + Siglo = late + Siglo, late period of + Siglo.
    * a fin de cuentas = at the end of the day, in the end, in the final count, in the grand scheme of things, when all is said and done, after all is said and done.
    * a fondo = fully, thoroughly, full-scale.
    * a fondo perdido = non-refundable.
    * ¡a freír espárragos! = on your bike!.
    * a fuerza de = by dint of.
    * a fuerza de cometer errores = the hard way.
    * a fuerza de errores = the hard way.
    * a gas = gas-powered.
    * a gatas = on all fours.
    * a grandes rasgos = broadly, rough draft.
    * a granel = in bulk.
    * a gran escala = large scale [large-scale], massive, on a wide scale, high-volume, wide-scale, on a broad scale, in a big way, on a grand scale.
    * a gran velocidad = at great speed.
    * a grito limpio = at the top of + Posesivo + voice.
    * a grito pelado = at the top of + Posesivo + voice.
    * a gritos = vociferously.
    * a groso modo = crudely.
    * a grosso modo = roughly, rough draft.
    * a gusto = at ease, at leisure.
    * a gusto de = to the liking of, at the pleasure of.
    * a horcajadas = astride.
    * a hurtadillas = surreptitiously, by stealth, stealthily, furtively, on the sly.
    * a imitación de lo clásico = classicising [classicizing, -USA], classicised [classicized, -USA].
    * a iniciativa de = at the initiative of.
    * a iniciativas del gobierno = government-led.
    * a instancia de = at the urging of.
    * a instancias de = at the instigation of, at the behest of, under the auspices of.
    * a intervalos = at intervals.
    * a intervalos + Adjetivo = at + Adjetivo + intervals.
    * a intervalos semanales = at weekly intervals.
    * a invitación de = at the invitation of.
    * a jabón = soapy [soapier -comp., soapiest -sup.].
    * a juicio = on trial.
    * a juicio público = in the public eye.
    * a juzgar por = to judge by, judging by, judging from.
    * a la acuarela = water-coloured [water-colored, -USA].
    * a la alcaldía = mayoral.
    * a la altura de = of the stature of, equal to.
    * a la altura de la cintura = waist high, waist deep.
    * a la altura de la rodilla = knee-high.
    * a la altura de los hombros = shoulder-high.
    * a la anchura de los hombros = shoulder-width.
    * a la anochecida = at nightfall.
    * a la antigua = old-style.
    * a la antigua usanza = old-style.
    * a la atención de = c/o (care of).
    * a la baja = on the wane.
    * a la brasa = grilled.
    * a la buena de Dios = out in the cold.
    * a la cabeza de = in the forefront of/in.
    * a la caída de la noche = at nightfall, at twilight.
    * a la caída de la tarde = at twilight.
    * a la carta = a la carte.
    * a la defensiva = on the defensive.
    * a la derecha = at the right.
    * a la derecha de = on the right side of, on the right-hand side of.
    * a la deriva = rudderless.
    * a la discreción de = at the discretion of.
    * a la disposición de Alguien = at + Posesivo + disposal.
    * a la expectativa de = on the lookout for, on the alert for.
    * a la + Expresión Temporal = a + Expresión Temporal.
    * a la fuerza = forcefully, of necessity, forcibly, compulsorily.
    * a la fuga = on the run, on the lam.
    * a la hora de + Infinitivo = when it came to + Gerundio, when it comes to + Gerundio.
    * a la hora de la verdad = when push comes to shove, if it comes to the crunch, when it comes to the crunch, when the worst comes to the worst, if the worst comes to the worst, when the crunch comes to the crunch, if the crunch comes to the crunch.
    * a la hora del café = at coffee.
    * a la intemperie = in the open, exposed.
    * a la inversa = mirror-fashion, mirror image, in reverse.
    * a la izquierda = at the left.
    * a la larga = in the long term, over the long term, in the end, eventually, for the long pull, over a period of time, over the long haul, in the far term, ultimately, by and by.
    * a la ligera = lightly.
    * a la luz de = in light of, in the light of.
    * a la luz de la luna = by moonlight, in the moonlight, moonlit.
    * a la luz de las estrellas = by starlight.
    * a la luz de las velas = by candlelight, candlelight, candlelit.
    * a la luz del día = in the light of day.
    * a la luz de una lámpara de gas = by gaslight.
    * a la misma altura que = in the same league as.
    * a la moda = trendy [trendier -comp., trendiest -sup.].
    * a la onda = in the know.
    * a la opinión pública = in the public eye.
    * a la par = in concert, in tandem, neck and neck, in a tandem fashion, in parallel.
    * a la par que = in tandem with, hand in hand (with), as the same time as.
    * a la parrilla = grilled, on the grill.
    * a la perfección = superbly.
    * a la plancha = griddled, on the griddle, on the hotplate.
    * a largo plazo = in the long term, over the long term, long-range, in the long run, long-term, over the long run, over the long haul, long-run, in the far term, far-term.
    * a la salida = on the way out.
    * a la sazón = at that time.
    * a las doce del mediodía = at high noon.
    * a la semana = a week, per week.
    * a las mil maravillas = marvellously [marvelously, -USA], famously, like a house on fire.
    * a la sombra de = in the shadow of.
    * a las puertas de = on the threshold of.
    * a la última = hip [hipper -comp., hippest -sup.], on the fast track, hipped.
    * a la vanguardia = on the cutting edge, on the leading edge, in the fast lane, on the fast track, at the leading edge, on the bleeding edge.
    * a la vanguardia de = in the vanguard of, at the forefront of, in the forefront of/in, at the vanguard of.
    * a la velocidad de la luz = at the speed of light.
    * a la velocidad del rayo = at the speed of lightning.
    * a la velocidad del sonido = at the speed of sound.
    * a la venta = on release.
    * a la vez = at once, at one time, at similar times, at the same time, concurrently, side-by-side, simultaneously, at the same instant, in parallel, in tandem, at the one time, in a tandem fashion, at a time, in unison.
    * a la vez que = hand in hand (with), cum, in conjunction with, in unison with.
    * a la vista = in sight, within sight.
    * a la vista de = in light of, in the light of.
    * a la vuelta de = on the return leg of.
    * a la zaga = not far behind, in tow.
    * al azar = lucky draw, lucky dip.
    * al extremo norte = northernmost.
    * al extremo oeste = westernmost.
    * al hacer esto = in doing so.
    * al norte del estado = upstate.
    * a lo extremo = to the extreme.
    * a lo grande = in a big way, big time, grandly, on a grand scale.
    * a lo hecho, pecho = no use crying over spilt/spilled milk, you've made your bed, now you must lie in it!.
    * a lo largo de = along, down, throughout.
    * a lo largo de + Expresión Temporal = sometime + Expresión Temporal.
    * a lo largo de la historia = over time.
    * a lo largo de la ruta = along the way.
    * a lo largo del tiempo = longitudinal, longitudinally.
    * a lo largo de todo = the entire length of.
    * a lo largo y ancho del país = countrywide [country-wide].
    * a lo largo y ancho de + Lugar = up and down + Lugar.
    * a lo lejos = in the distance.
    * a lo loco = helter-skelter, like there's no tomorrow.
    * a lo máximo = at best, at most, at the most.
    * a lo mejor = perhaps.
    * a lo que salga = come what may.
    * a los ojos de = in the eyes of.
    * a lo sumo = at best, at most, at the most.
    * al otro lado del atlántico = across the pond.
    * al otro lado del charco = across the pond.
    * al otro lado del océano = across the pond.
    * a lo zombi = zombielike.
    * a mano = by hand, manually, nearby [near-by], handy, within reach, within easy reach.
    * a mano alzada = by a show of hands.
    * a mano derecha de = on the right side of, on the right-hand side of.
    * a manojos = by the handful.
    * a manos de = at the hands of.
    * a marchas forzadas = in a rush, against the clock.
    * a mares = cats and dogs.
    * a más largo plazo = longer-term.
    * a más..., más... = the + Comparativo..., the + Comparativo....
    * a más tardar = at the latest.
    * a mata caballo = in a hurry, hurried, hurriedly, helter-skelter.
    * a media asta = at half-mast, at half staff.
    * a mediados de = in the middle decades of.
    * a mediados de + Fecha = in the mid + Fecha.
    * a mediados de semana = midweek.
    * a media jornada = half-time [half time].
    * a media mañana = mid-morning.
    * a medianoche = at midnight.
    * a medias = half-hearted [halfhearted], qualified.
    * a medias entre... y... = betwixt and between.
    * a medida = custom, bespoke.
    * a medida que + avanzar + el año = as the year + wear on.
    * a medida que + avanzar + el día = as the day + wear on.
    * a medida que pasaba el tiempo = as time passed (by), as time went by.
    * a medida que pasa el tiempo = as time passes (by).
    * a medida que pasa + Expresión Temporal = as + Expresión Temporal + go by.
    * a medida que + pasar + el año = as the year + wear on.
    * a medida que + pasar + el día = as the day + wear on.
    * a medida que se necesite = on demand, on request, as required.
    * a medida que + transcurrir + el año = as the year + wear on.
    * a medida que + transcurrir + el día = as the day + wear on.
    * a medio abrir = half-opened.
    * a medio camino = halfway [half-way/half way].
    * a medio comprender = half-understood.
    * a medio formar = half-formed.
    * a medio fuego = medium heat.
    * a medio hacer = halfway done, half done.
    * a medio plazo = medium-term, near-term, in the medium term, in the mid-term, mid-term [midterm].
    * a medio rimar = half-rhymed.
    * a medio vestir = half dressed.
    * a menor escala = at a reduced rate.
    * a menos que = unless, short of.
    * a menudo = oftentimes [often times], ofttimes [oft-times].
    * a merced de = at the mercy of.
    * a mí = me.
    * a mi entender = to my mind.
    * a mi modo de ver = in my books.
    * a mi parecer = to my mind, methinks, in my books.
    * a mitad de = half way through, halfway through.
    * a mitad de camino = halfway [half-way/half way].
    * a mitad de camino entre... y... = midway between, half way between... and....
    * a mitad de camino entre... y... = astride... and....
    * a mitad de precio = at half price.
    * a mí también me gustaría tener la misma oportunidad = turnabout is fair play.
    * a modo de = by way of, in the vein of, as a kind of.
    * a modo de aclaración = in parenthesis, on a sidenote.
    * a modo de advertencia = cautionary.
    * a modo de ejemplo = by way of illustration.
    * a modo de explicación = parenthetically.
    * a modo de ilustración = by way of illustration.
    * a modo de inciso = in passing, by the way of (a) digression.
    * a modo de paréntesis = parenthetical.
    * a modo de prólogo = prefatory.
    * a modo de resumen = wrap-up.
    * a mogollón = aplenty [a-plenty].
    * a montón = aplenty [a-plenty].
    * a montones = in droves, by the sackful.
    * a muchos niveles = many-levelled [many-leveled, -USA].
    * a muerte = bitter, bitterly.
    * a nadie le importa nada = nobody + gives a damn.
    * a nivel de barrio = neighbourhood-based.
    * a nivel de calle = on the ground level.
    * a nivel de la calle = at ground level.
    * a nivel del suelo = at ground level.
    * a nivel estatal = statewide [state-wide].
    * a nivel federal = federally, federally.
    * a nivel individual = privately.
    * a nivel local = locally, domestically.
    * a nivel multicultural = multi-culturally [multiculturally].
    * a nivel mundial = worldwide [world-wide], globally.
    * a nivel nacional = nationally, domestically, countrywide [country-wide].
    * a nivel privado = privately.
    * a nivel regional = regionally.
    * a nombre de = payable to.
    * a no ser que = unless.
    * a nosotros = us.
    * a ojo = ocular.
    * a ojos vista = before + Posesivo + (own two) eyes.
    * a orillas del océano = oceanfront.
    * a orillas del río = riverfront.
    * a orillas de un lago = lakeside, lakefront, by the lakeside.
    * a otro sitio = somewhere else.
    * a pares = in pairs.
    * a partes iguales = share and share alike, in equal measure(s).
    * a partir de = on the basis of, based on, working from, from, on a diet of, in response to.
    * a partir de ahora = from now on, from this point on, henceforth, as of now.
    * a partir de ahora y durante + Cuantificador + años = for + Cuantificador + years to come.
    * a partir de aquí = hereupon.
    * a partir de ello = therefrom.
    * a partir de entonces = from this time on, hereafter, thereafter, whereafter, from then on, thenceforth, henceforth, from that moment on.
    * a partir de ese momento = from that moment on.
    * a partir de este momento = hereinafter.
    * a partir de esto = on this basis, on that basis.
    * a partir de + Fecha = from + Fecha, effective + Fecha.
    * a partir de hoy = as from today.
    * a partir de la medianoche = late night.
    * a partir de los títulos = title-based.
    * a paso de tortuga = at a snail's pace.
    * a paso ligero = on the double.
    * a pasos agigantados = at an exponential rate, at exponential rates, by leaps and bounds.
    * a pedir de boca = without a hitch.
    * a pequeña escala = in a small way, small scale [small-scale].
    * a perpetuidad = in perpetuity.
    * a pesar de (que) = albeit (that), despite, in spite of, notwithstanding, although, despite the fact that, in spite of the fact that.
    * a pesar de todo = all the same, in spite of everything, despite everything, despite it all, in spite of it all, all this said.
    * a pesar de todo + Posesivo + Nombre = for all + Posesivo + Nombre.
    * a petición de = at the request of, at the urging of, at the behest of.
    * a petición del usuario = on demand, on request.
    * a petición popular = by popular demand.
    * a pie = on foot, afoot, dismounted.
    * a pilas = battery-operated.
    * a pique = sinking.
    * a placer = at will.
    * a plena luz del día = in broad daylight.
    * a poca distancia = not far behind.
    * a poca distancia andando = within walking distance, within an easy walk.
    * a poca distancia a pie = within an easy walk, within walking distance.
    * a pocos minutos andando = within walking distance, within easy walking distance, within an easy walk.
    * a pocos minutos a pie = within walking distance, within easy walking distance, within an easy walk.
    * a porrillo = by the handful.
    * a + Posesivo + aire = to + Posesivo + heart's content.
    * a + Posesivo + alcance = in the ballpark for + Pronombre, in + Posesivo + ballpark range.
    * a + Posesivo + costa = at + Posesivo + expense.
    * a + Posesivo + cuidado = in + Posesivo + safekeeping.
    * a + Posesivo + discreción = at will, at + Posesivo + discretion.
    * a + Posesivo + disposición = at + Posesivo + disposal.
    * a + Posesivo + entender = to the best of + Posesivo + belief.
    * a + Posesivo + espaldas = behind + Posesivo + back.
    * a + Posesivo + expensas = at + Posesivo + expense.
    * a + Posesivo + favor = in + Posesivo + favour, to + Posesivo + credit.
    * a + Posesivo + juicio = in + Posesivo + estimation.
    * a + Posesivo + manera = in + Posesivo + own way.
    * a + Posesivo + saber = to the best of + Posesivo + knowledge.
    * a + Posesivo + saber y entender = to the best of + Posesivo + knowledge and belief.
    * a + Posesivo + servicio = at + Posesivo + service.
    * a + Posesivo + sorprender = much to + Posesivo + surprise.
    * a + Posesivo + vista = before + Posesivo + (own two) eyes.
    * a posteriori = reactive, in retrospect, after-the-fact, hindsight, with hindsight, a posteriori, in hindsight.
    * a precio de coste = at cost price, at cost.
    * a precio de costo = at cost price, at cost.
    * a precio de ganga = at a steal.
    * a precio especial = at reduced cost, discounted, cut-rate, cut-price.
    * a precio razonable = at reasonable cost(s).
    * a precio reducido = at a discount.
    * a precios competitivos = competitively priced.
    * a precios especiales = at reduced rates, at preferential rates.
    * a precios razonables = at affordable prices.
    * a presión = pressurised [pressurized, -USA].
    * a primera hora de la mañana = first thing in the morning.
    * a primera hora de + Período del Día = first thing + Período del Día.
    * a primeras horas de la tarde = late afternoon.
    * a primera vista = on first acquaintance, at first sight, on first inspection, on the face of it, at first blush, at first glance, on the surface, prima facie, first-blush.
    * a primeros de + Fecha = in the early + Fecha.
    * a principios de + Fecha = in the early + Fecha.
    * a principios de los + Década = early + Década, the.
    * a priori = proactive [pro-active], foresight, a priori, on the surface.
    * a prisa = quickly.
    * a propósito = deliberate, for the record, incidentally, intentionally, by the way, in passing, anecdotally, purposely, by design, on purpose, wilfully [willfully, -USA], on a sidenote, studiously, by the way of (a) digression, by the by(e), speaking of which, designedly.
    * a propósito de = apropos of.
    * a propósito de nada = for no specific reason, for no particular reason.
    * a prueba = on trial.
    * a prueba de bombas = ruggedised [ruggedized, -USA], bomb-proof.
    * a prueba de conejos = rabbit-proof.
    * a prueba de fallos = fail-safe.
    * a prueba de incendios = fireproof [fire-proof].
    * a prueba de niños = childproof.
    * a prueba de robos = theft proof.
    * a prueba de tornados = tornado proof.
    * a prueba de un tratamiento duro = ruggedised [ruggedized, -USA].
    * a prueba de viento = windproof.
    * a puerta cerrada = behind closed doors.
    * a punta de pistola = at gunpoint.
    * a punto de = on the verge of, a heartbeat away from.
    * a punto de + Infinitivo = about to + Infinitivo.
    * a punto de irse a pique = on the rocks.
    * a punto de morir = on + Posesivo + deathbed.
    * a puñados = by the sackful, by the handful.
    * a quemarropa = point blank.
    * a quien madruga, Dios le ayuda = the early bird catches the worm.
    * a quienquiera que = whomever.
    * a rachas = by fits and starts.
    * a ráfagas = in bursts.
    * a raíz de = in the wake of.
    * a rajatabla = to the letter.
    * a ras de = flush with.
    * a ras de la calle = ground-floor.
    * a ras del suelo = at ground level.
    * a rastras = in tow.
    * a ratos = intermittently.
    * a reacción = jet-assisted.
    * a rebosar (de) = jam-packed (with), filled to capacity.
    * a regañadientes = grudgingly, grudging, begrudgingly, unwillingly, reluctantly.
    * a régimen = on a diet.
    * a remolque = in tow.
    * a reventar (de) = jam-packed (with), filled to capacity.
    * a saber = namely, viz, to wit.
    * a sabiendas = knowing, knowingly, wilfully [willfully, -USA].
    * a sabiendas de que = on the understanding that.
    * a sacudidas = jerkily.
    * a saltitos = jerky [jerkier -comp., jerkiest -sup.].
    * a salvo = in a safe place, in safekeeping, out of harm's way.
    * a sangre fría = cold-blooded.
    * a ser posible = if possible.
    * a simple vista = by the naked eye, superficially, on first thought.
    * a solas = all by + Reflexivo, by + Reflexivo.
    * a su debido tiempo = in due course, timely, in due time.
    * a sueldo = paid.
    * a su precio normal = at full price.
    * a su propio ritmo = at an individual pace.
    * a su tiempo = in a timely fashion, in due course, in a timely manner.
    * a su vez = Verbo + further, in turn, in its/their turn.
    * a tal efecto = to this effect.
    * a tales efectos = hereto.
    * a tarifa reducida = at reduced cost.
    * a tarifas especiales = at reduced rates, at preferential rates.
    * a temperatura ambiente = at room temperature.
    * a tener en cuenta en el futuro = for future reference.
    * a tenor de = in light of, in the face of, in the light of, in view of.
    * a ti = you, thee.
    * a tiempo = in timely fashion, on time, promptly, timely, just in time, in time.
    * a tiempo completo = full-time.
    * a tiempo parcial = part-time.
    * a tientas = in the dark.
    * a tientas y a ciegas = blindly, in the dark.
    * a ti mismo = yourself, thyself.
    * a tiro = within gunshot, within range.
    * a tirones = jerky [jerkier -comp., jerkiest -sup.].
    * a título de = by way of, for the sake of.
    * a título gratuito = gratuitous.
    * a título personal = in a personal capacity, in a private capacity.
    * a toda costa = absolutely, at all costs, come what may, at any cost, at any price.
    * a toda máquina = in the fast lane, fast lane, full steam ahead, at full tilt, full-tilt, full-throttle, at full throttle, at top speed, at full blast, at full speed.
    * a toda marcha = at full throttle, at top speed, at full blast, at full speed, at full stretch.
    * a toda mecha = at a rate of knots, full steam ahead, at full blast, at full throttle, at top speed, at full speed, at full stretch.
    * a toda pasta = at a rate of knots.
    * a toda pastilla = in the fast lane, on the fast track, fast lane, overdrive, full steam ahead, full-tilt, at full tilt, full-throttle, at full throttle, at a rate of knots, at top speed, at full blast, at full speed.
    * a toda prueba = unswerving.
    * a todas horas = at all hours, around the clock.
    * a todas luces = patently.
    * a todas partes = far and wide.
    * a toda velocidad = full-tilt, at full tilt, full-throttle, at full throttle, at top speed, at full blast, at full speed.
    * a todo alrededor = all round.
    * a todo color = full-colour, in full colour.
    * a todo gas = full steam ahead, full-tilt, at full tilt, full-throttle, at full throttle, at top speed, at full blast, at full speed, at full stretch.
    * a todo lo largo de = the length of.
    * a todo meter = full steam ahead, at full stretch, at full speed, at full blast, at top speed, at full throttle.
    * a todo ritmo = in full swing, in full force, in full gear.
    * a todos lados = far and wide.
    * a todos los efectos = to all intents and purposes, to all intents, for all practical purposes, for all intents and purposes.
    * a todos los niveles = at all levels.
    * a todos nosotros = us all.
    * a todos por igual = one size fits all.
    * a todo vapor = full steam ahead, full-tilt, at full tilt, full-throttle, at full throttle, at top speed, at full blast, at full speed, at full stretch.
    * a todo volumen = at full blast.
    * a tontas y a ciegas = headlong, runaway.
    * a tontas y locas = like there's no tomorrow, without rhyme or reason.
    * a tope = packed to capacity, in the fast lane, fast lane, choc-a-block, chock-full, in full swing, in full gear, packed to the rafters.
    * a trancas y barrancas = with great difficulty, by fits and starts.
    * a través de = by way of, in the form of, through, via, out of, through the agency of.
    * a través de Internet = Internet-based, Web-based, Web-supported.
    * a través de la historia = over time.
    * a través de la TI = IT-enabled.
    * a través de la web = Web-based, Web-supported.
    * a través de los años = over the years, down the years.
    * a través de los ojos de = through the eyes of.
    * a través de los siglos = over the centuries.
    * a través del teléfono = call-in.
    * a través del tiempo = over time.
    * a través de operador = operator-assisted.
    * a tres bandas = three pronged.
    * a tres niveles = three-tiered.
    * a troche y moche = like there's no tomorrow.
    * a trompicones = by fits and starts.
    * a tropezones = falteringly, hesitantly, haltingly, jerkily.
    * a trozos = piecewise.
    * ¡A tu salud! = Here's to you!.
    * a última hora = at the last minute, at the eleventh hour, last minute [last-minute], at the very last minute, at the very last moment, at the very last.
    * a últimas horas de la tarde = late evening.
    [b]* a últ
    * * *
    a femenino (pl aes) ( read as [a]) the letter A, a
    * * *
    = for, per, to.

    Ex: The fine policy matrix corresponds to the loan policy matrix, cell for cell.

    Ex: Indexing can thus be achieved at a detailed level, with often many terms per document, with almost no indexing effort.
    Ex: Accessibility to the documents stored in files is an important factor, so the physical storage is important.
    * a + Adjetivo + escala = on a + Adjetivo + scale.
    * a alguna parte = someplace.
    * a alta presión = high-pressured, high-pressure.
    * a altas horas de la noche = late at night.
    * a ambas orillas del Atlántico = on both sides of the ocean, on both sides of the Atlantic.
    * a ambos lados de = on either side of.
    * a ambos lados del Altántico = on both sides of the ocean, on both sides of the Atlantic.
    * a ambos lados de + Lugar = on both sides of + Lugar.
    * a años luz de = light years away from.
    * a bajas temperaturas = at low temperature.
    * a bajo coste = low-cost.
    * a bajo costo = low-cost.
    * a bajo nivel = low-level.
    * a bajo precio = lower-cost, at a low price, on the cheap.
    * a base de = in the form of, on a diet of.
    * a base de carne = meaty [meatier -comp., meatiest -sup.].
    * a base de cometer errores = the hard way.
    * a base de errores = the hard way.
    * a boca de jarro = at close range.
    * a bocajarro = point blank.
    * a bombo y platillo = fanfare, with a bang.
    * a bordo = aboard, on board ship.
    * a bordo de = aboard, onboard.
    * a bordo de un barco = shipboard, on board ship.
    * a buen recaudo = in a safe place, in safekeeping.
    * a caballo = on horseback, astride.
    * a caballo entre = astride... and..., midway between.
    * a caballo entre... y... = half way between... and....
    * a caballo regalado no se le mira el diente = never look a gift horse in the mouth.
    * a cada rato = every so often, every now and then, every now and again, every once in a while.
    * a cambio = in return.
    * a cambio de = in exchange for, in return for.
    * a cambio de nada = for nothing.
    * a cántaros = cats and dogs.
    * a cargo = in the saddle.
    * a cargo (de) = charged with, in charge (of), at the helm (of).
    * a cargo de Alguien = under supervision.
    * a cargo de las riendas = in the saddle.
    * a cargo del ayuntamiento = local authority-run.
    * a cargo del gobierno = government-operated, government-run.
    * a cargo de una sola persona = one-man band.
    * a cargo de voluntarios = volunteer-run.
    * a chorros = profusely.
    * a ciegas = blindfold, blindly, blindfolded, in the dark.
    * a ciencia cierta = for sure, for certain.
    * a cierta distancia = some distance away.
    * a cierta distancia de = off.
    * a cierta distancia de la costa = offshore.
    * a cierta distancia del litoral = offshore.
    * a cobro revertido = reverse charges.
    * a color = multi-colour [multi-color -USA].
    * a comienzos de + Expresión Temporal = early + Expresión Temporal, the.
    * a comienzos de + Fecha = in the early + Fecha, in the early part of + Fecha.
    * a comienzos de + Período de Tiempo = by the turn of + Período de Tiempo, at the turn of + Período de Tiempo.
    * a conciencia = deliberately, wilfully [willfully, -USA], by design, on purpose.
    * a condición de que + Subjuntivo = provided (that), providing (that), as long as.
    * a contenido enriquecido = content-enriched.
    * a continuación = next, then, in the following, herewith.
    * a continuación se enumeran = given below.
    * a contracorriente = against the grain.
    * a contraluz = against the light.
    * a contrapelo = against the grain, against the nap.
    * a coro = with one voice, in unison.
    * a corto plazo = before very long, short term [short-term], in the short run, short-range, at short notice, in the short term, short-run.
    * a costa de = at the cost of, at the expense of, at + Nombre's + expense, at cost of.
    * a costa de mucho = at (a) great expense.
    * a costa de otro = at someone else's expense.
    * a costa de otros = at other people's expense.
    * a criterio de = at the discretion of.
    * a cualquier hora = anytime, around the clock.
    * a cualquier hora del día o de la noche = at any hour of the day or night, at any time of the day or night.
    * a cualquier precio = at any cost, at all costs, at any price.
    * a cuatro aguas = hipped.
    * a cuatro patas = on all fours, on four legs.
    * a cuenta de = at the expense of.
    * a cuenta de la empresa = at company expense.
    * a cuenta de otro = at someone else's expense.
    * a cuenta de otros = at other people's expense.
    * a cuenta propia = at + Posesivo + expense, at + Posesivo + own expense.
    * a cuerpo de rey = the lap of luxury.
    * a cuestas = in tow.
    * a decir de todos = by all accounts.
    * a decir verdad = to tell the truth, if the truth be known, if the truth be told, in all truth, in truth, fact is, the fact is (that), to be fair.
    * a decir verdad... = the fact of the matter is that....
    * a demanda = pro re nata.
    * a deshora(s) = at odd times, out of hours.
    * a día de hoy = as of today.
    * a diario = every day.
    * a diestro y siniestro = like there's no tomorrow.
    * a dieta = on a diet.
    * a diferencia de = apart from, as opposed to, in contradistinction to, as contrasted with, in contrast (to/with), quite apart from, in sharp contrast (with).
    * a diferencia de + Nombre = unlike + Nombre.
    * a diferentes niveles = multi-tiered [multitiered], multi-tier [multitier].
    * a discreción = at will, no holds barred.
    * a disgusto = unwillingly, reluctantly.
    * a disposición de = at the disposal of.
    * a distancia = remote, remotely, distantly.
    * a doble espacio = double-spaced.
    * a domicilio = domiciliary.
    * ¿a dónde se dirige(n)...? = whither?.
    * ¿a dónde va(n)...? = whither?.
    * ¿a dónde vas? = quo vadis, whither thou goest.
    * a dos niveles = two-tier.
    * a dos velas = skint, penniless, broke.
    * a duras penas = with great difficulty.
    * a efectos de = in terms of, for the purpose of + Nombre.
    * a efectos prácticos = to all intents and purposes, for all practical purposes, for all intents and purposes, to all intents.
    * a él = him.
    * a ellos = them.
    * a escala = drawn-to-scale.
    * a escala industrial = on an industrial scale, industrial-scale.
    * a escala mundial = globally, on a global scale.
    * a escala natural = full-scale.
    * a escondidas = by stealth, stealthily, furtively, on the quiet, on the sly.
    * a eso = thereto.
    * a espaldas de = out of sight of.
    * a estas alturas = by now.
    * a este fin = to this end.
    * a este paso = at this rate.
    * a este respecto = in this respect.
    * a este ritmo = at this rate.
    * a estrenar = brand new.
    * a examen = under the microscope.
    * a excepción de = barring, except for, excepting, other than, with the exception of, short of.
    * a excepción de que = except that.
    * a excepción de uno = with one exception.
    * a expensas de = at the expense of, at + Nombre's + expense.
    * a expensas de otro = at someone else's expense.
    * a expensas de otros = at other people's expense.
    * a + Expresión Temporal = as of + Expresión Temporal.
    * a falta de = for want of, in the absence of, in default of, for lack of, short of.
    * a favor = in favour.
    * a favor de = in favour of.
    * a favor de la decisión personal sobre el aborto = pro-choice.
    * a favor de la esclavitud = pro-slavery.
    * a favor de la raza negra = pro-black [problack].
    * a favor de la vida humana = pro-life.
    * a favor y en contra = pro and con.
    * a + Fecha = as per + Fecha.
    * a finales de = by the end of, at the close of + Expresión Temporal.
    * a finales de + Expresión Temporal = as of late + Expresión Temporal, at the end of + Expresión Temporal, by the close of + Expresión Temporal.
    * a finales de + Fecha = in the late + Fecha, in late + Fecha.
    * a finales de los + Década = late + Década, the.
    * a finales del + Siglo = late + Siglo, late period of + Siglo.
    * a fin de cuentas = at the end of the day, in the end, in the final count, in the grand scheme of things, when all is said and done, after all is said and done.
    * a fondo = fully, thoroughly, full-scale.
    * a fondo perdido = non-refundable.
    * ¡a freír espárragos! = on your bike!.
    * a fuerza de = by dint of.
    * a fuerza de cometer errores = the hard way.
    * a fuerza de errores = the hard way.
    * a gas = gas-powered.
    * a gatas = on all fours.
    * a grandes rasgos = broadly, rough draft.
    * a granel = in bulk.
    * a gran escala = large scale [large-scale], massive, on a wide scale, high-volume, wide-scale, on a broad scale, in a big way, on a grand scale.
    * a gran velocidad = at great speed.
    * a grito limpio = at the top of + Posesivo + voice.
    * a grito pelado = at the top of + Posesivo + voice.
    * a gritos = vociferously.
    * a groso modo = crudely.
    * a grosso modo = roughly, rough draft.
    * a gusto = at ease, at leisure.
    * a gusto de = to the liking of, at the pleasure of.
    * a horcajadas = astride.
    * a hurtadillas = surreptitiously, by stealth, stealthily, furtively, on the sly.
    * a imitación de lo clásico = classicising [classicizing, -USA], classicised [classicized, -USA].
    * a iniciativa de = at the initiative of.
    * a iniciativas del gobierno = government-led.
    * a instancia de = at the urging of.
    * a instancias de = at the instigation of, at the behest of, under the auspices of.
    * a intervalos = at intervals.
    * a intervalos + Adjetivo = at + Adjetivo + intervals.
    * a intervalos semanales = at weekly intervals.
    * a invitación de = at the invitation of.
    * a jabón = soapy [soapier -comp., soapiest -sup.].
    * a juicio = on trial.
    * a juicio público = in the public eye.
    * a juzgar por = to judge by, judging by, judging from.
    * a la acuarela = water-coloured [water-colored, -USA].
    * a la alcaldía = mayoral.
    * a la altura de = of the stature of, equal to.
    * a la altura de la cintura = waist high, waist deep.
    * a la altura de la rodilla = knee-high.
    * a la altura de los hombros = shoulder-high.
    * a la anchura de los hombros = shoulder-width.
    * a la anochecida = at nightfall.
    * a la antigua = old-style.
    * a la antigua usanza = old-style.
    * a la atención de = c/o (care of).
    * a la baja = on the wane.
    * a la brasa = grilled.
    * a la buena de Dios = out in the cold.
    * a la cabeza de = in the forefront of/in.
    * a la caída de la noche = at nightfall, at twilight.
    * a la caída de la tarde = at twilight.
    * a la carta = a la carte.
    * a la defensiva = on the defensive.
    * a la derecha = at the right.
    * a la derecha de = on the right side of, on the right-hand side of.
    * a la deriva = rudderless.
    * a la discreción de = at the discretion of.
    * a la disposición de Alguien = at + Posesivo + disposal.
    * a la expectativa de = on the lookout for, on the alert for.
    * a la + Expresión Temporal = a + Expresión Temporal.
    * a la fuerza = forcefully, of necessity, forcibly, compulsorily.
    * a la fuga = on the run, on the lam.
    * a la hora de + Infinitivo = when it came to + Gerundio, when it comes to + Gerundio.
    * a la hora de la verdad = when push comes to shove, if it comes to the crunch, when it comes to the crunch, when the worst comes to the worst, if the worst comes to the worst, when the crunch comes to the crunch, if the crunch comes to the crunch.
    * a la hora del café = at coffee.
    * a la intemperie = in the open, exposed.
    * a la inversa = mirror-fashion, mirror image, in reverse.
    * a la izquierda = at the left.
    * a la larga = in the long term, over the long term, in the end, eventually, for the long pull, over a period of time, over the long haul, in the far term, ultimately, by and by.
    * a la ligera = lightly.
    * a la luz de = in light of, in the light of.
    * a la luz de la luna = by moonlight, in the moonlight, moonlit.
    * a la luz de las estrellas = by starlight.
    * a la luz de las velas = by candlelight, candlelight, candlelit.
    * a la luz del día = in the light of day.
    * a la luz de una lámpara de gas = by gaslight.
    * a la mano de = available at the fingertips of.
    * a la misma altura que = in the same league as.
    * a la moda = trendy [trendier -comp., trendiest -sup.].
    * a la onda = in the know.
    * a la opinión pública = in the public eye.
    * a la par = in concert, in tandem, neck and neck, in a tandem fashion, in parallel.
    * a la par que = in tandem with, hand in hand (with), as the same time as.
    * a la parrilla = grilled, on the grill.
    * a la perfección = superbly.
    * a la plancha = griddled, on the griddle, on the hotplate.
    * a largo plazo = in the long term, over the long term, long-range, in the long run, long-term, over the long run, over the long haul, long-run, in the far term, far-term.
    * a la salida = on the way out.
    * a la sazón = at that time.
    * a las doce del mediodía = at high noon.
    * a la semana = a week, per week.
    * a las mil maravillas = marvellously [marvelously, -USA], famously, like a house on fire.
    * a la sombra de = in the shadow of.
    * a las puertas de = on the threshold of.
    * a la última = hip [hipper -comp., hippest -sup.], on the fast track, hipped.
    * a la vanguardia = on the cutting edge, on the leading edge, in the fast lane, on the fast track, at the leading edge, on the bleeding edge.
    * a la vanguardia de = in the vanguard of, at the forefront of, in the forefront of/in, at the vanguard of.
    * a la velocidad de la luz = at the speed of light.
    * a la velocidad del rayo = at the speed of lightning.
    * a la velocidad del sonido = at the speed of sound.
    * a la venta = on release.
    * a la vez = at once, at one time, at similar times, at the same time, concurrently, side-by-side, simultaneously, at the same instant, in parallel, in tandem, at the one time, in a tandem fashion, at a time, in unison.
    * a la vez que = hand in hand (with), cum, in conjunction with, in unison with.
    * a la vista = in sight, within sight.
    * a la vista de = in light of, in the light of.
    * a la vuelta de = on the return leg of.
    * a la zaga = not far behind, in tow.
    * al azar = lucky draw, lucky dip.
    * al extremo norte = northernmost.
    * al extremo oeste = westernmost.
    * al hacer esto = in doing so.
    * al norte del estado = upstate.
    * a lo extremo = to the extreme.
    * a lo grande = in a big way, big time, grandly, on a grand scale.
    * a lo hecho, pecho = no use crying over spilt/spilled milk, you've made your bed, now you must lie in it!.
    * a lo largo de = along, down, throughout.
    * a lo largo de + Expresión Temporal = sometime + Expresión Temporal.
    * a lo largo de la historia = over time.
    * a lo largo de la ruta = along the way.
    * a lo largo del tiempo = longitudinal, longitudinally.
    * a lo largo de todo = the entire length of.
    * a lo largo y ancho del país = countrywide [country-wide].
    * a lo largo y ancho de + Lugar = up and down + Lugar.
    * a lo lejos = in the distance.
    * a lo loco = helter-skelter, like there's no tomorrow.
    * a lo máximo = at best, at most, at the most.
    * a lo mejor = perhaps.
    * a lo que salga = come what may.
    * a los ojos de = in the eyes of.
    * a lo sumo = at best, at most, at the most.
    * al otro lado del atlántico = across the pond.
    * al otro lado del charco = across the pond.
    * al otro lado del océano = across the pond.
    * a lo zombi = zombielike.
    * a mano = by hand, manually, nearby [near-by], handy, within reach, within easy reach.
    * a mano alzada = by a show of hands.
    * a mano derecha de = on the right side of, on the right-hand side of.
    * a manojos = by the handful.
    * a manos de = at the hands of.
    * a marchas forzadas = in a rush, against the clock.
    * a mares = cats and dogs.
    * a más largo plazo = longer-term.
    * a más..., más... = the + Comparativo..., the + Comparativo....
    * a más tardar = at the latest.
    * a mata caballo = in a hurry, hurried, hurriedly, helter-skelter.
    * a media asta = at half-mast, at half staff.
    * a mediados de = in the middle decades of.
    * a mediados de + Fecha = in the mid + Fecha.
    * a mediados de semana = midweek.
    * a media jornada = half-time [half time].
    * a media mañana = mid-morning.
    * a medianoche = at midnight.
    * a medias = half-hearted [halfhearted], qualified.
    * a medias entre... y... = betwixt and between.
    * a medida = custom, bespoke.
    * a medida que + avanzar + el año = as the year + wear on.
    * a medida que + avanzar + el día = as the day + wear on.
    * a medida que pasaba el tiempo = as time passed (by), as time went by.
    * a medida que pasa el tiempo = as time passes (by).
    * a medida que pasa + Expresión Temporal = as + Expresión Temporal + go by.
    * a medida que + pasar + el año = as the year + wear on.
    * a medida que + pasar + el día = as the day + wear on.
    * a medida que se necesite = on demand, on request, as required.
    * a medida que + transcurrir + el año = as the year + wear on.
    * a medida que + transcurrir + el día = as the day + wear on.
    * a medio abrir = half-opened.
    * a medio camino = halfway [half-way/half way].
    * a medio comprender = half-understood.
    * a medio formar = half-formed.
    * a medio fuego = medium heat.
    * a medio hacer = halfway done, half done.
    * a medio plazo = medium-term, near-term, in the medium term, in the mid-term, mid-term [midterm].
    * a medio rimar = half-rhymed.
    * a medio vestir = half dressed.
    * a menor escala = at a reduced rate.
    * a menos que = unless, short of.
    * a menudo = oftentimes [often times], ofttimes [oft-times].
    * a merced de = at the mercy of.
    * a mí = me.
    * a mi entender = to my mind.
    * a mi modo de ver = in my books.
    * a mi parecer = to my mind, methinks, in my books.
    * a mitad de = half way through, halfway through.
    * a mitad de camino = halfway [half-way/half way].
    * a mitad de camino entre... y... = midway between, half way between... and....
    * a mitad de camino entre... y... = astride... and....
    * a mitad de precio = at half price.
    * a mí también me gustaría tener la misma oportunidad = turnabout is fair play.
    * a modo de = by way of, in the vein of, as a kind of.
    * a modo de aclaración = in parenthesis, on a sidenote.
    * a modo de advertencia = cautionary.
    * a modo de ejemplo = by way of illustration.
    * a modo de explicación = parenthetically.
    * a modo de ilustración = by way of illustration.
    * a modo de inciso = in passing, by the way of (a) digression.
    * a modo de paréntesis = parenthetical.
    * a modo de prólogo = prefatory.
    * a modo de resumen = wrap-up.
    * a mogollón = aplenty [a-plenty].
    * a montón = aplenty [a-plenty].
    * a montones = in droves, by the sackful.
    * a muchos niveles = many-levelled [many-leveled, -USA].
    * a muerte = bitter, bitterly.
    * a nadie le importa nada = nobody + gives a damn.
    * a nivel de barrio = neighbourhood-based.
    * a nivel de calle = on the ground level.
    * a nivel de la calle = at ground level.
    * a nivel del suelo = at ground level.
    * a nivel estatal = statewide [state-wide].
    * a nivel federal = federally, federally.
    * a nivel individual = privately.
    * a nivel local = locally, domestically.
    * a nivel multicultural = multi-culturally [multiculturally].
    * a nivel mundial = worldwide [world-wide], globally.
    * a nivel nacional = nationally, domestically, countrywide [country-wide].
    * a nivel privado = privately.
    * a nivel regional = regionally.
    * a nombre de = payable to.
    * a no ser que = unless.
    * a nosotros = us.
    * a ojo = ocular.
    * a ojos vista = before + Posesivo + (own two) eyes.
    * a orillas del océano = oceanfront.
    * a orillas del río = riverfront.
    * a orillas de un lago = lakeside, lakefront, by the lakeside.
    * a otro sitio = somewhere else.
    * a pares = in pairs.
    * a partes iguales = share and share alike, in equal measure(s).
    * a partir de = on the basis of, based on, working from, from, on a diet of, in response to.
    * a partir de ahora = from now on, from this point on, henceforth, as of now.
    * a partir de ahora y durante + Cuantificador + años = for + Cuantificador + years to come.
    * a partir de aquí = hereupon.
    * a partir de ello = therefrom.
    * a partir de entonces = from this time on, hereafter, thereafter, whereafter, from then on, thenceforth, henceforth, from that moment on.
    * a partir de ese momento = from that moment on.
    * a partir de este momento = hereinafter.
    * a partir de esto = on this basis, on that basis.
    * a partir de + Fecha = from + Fecha, effective + Fecha.
    * a partir de hoy = as from today.
    * a partir de la medianoche = late night.
    * a partir de los títulos = title-based.
    * a paso de tortuga = at a snail's pace.
    * a paso ligero = on the double.
    * a pasos agigantados = at an exponential rate, at exponential rates, by leaps and bounds.
    * a pedir de boca = without a hitch.
    * a pequeña escala = in a small way, small scale [small-scale].
    * a perpetuidad = in perpetuity.
    * a pesar de (que) = albeit (that), despite, in spite of, notwithstanding, although, despite the fact that, in spite of the fact that.
    * a pesar de todo = all the same, in spite of everything, despite everything, despite it all, in spite of it all, all this said.
    * a pesar de todo + Posesivo + Nombre = for all + Posesivo + Nombre.
    * a petición de = at the request of, at the urging of, at the behest of.
    * a petición del usuario = on demand, on request.
    * a petición popular = by popular demand.
    * a pie = on foot, afoot, dismounted.
    * a pilas = battery-operated.
    * a pique = sinking.
    * a placer = at will.
    * a plena luz del día = in broad daylight.
    * a poca distancia = not far behind.
    * a poca distancia andando = within walking distance, within an easy walk.
    * a poca distancia a pie = within an easy walk, within walking distance.
    * a pocos minutos andando = within walking distance, within easy walking distance, within an easy walk.
    * a pocos minutos a pie = within walking distance, within easy walking distance, within an easy walk.
    * a porrillo = by the handful.
    * a + Posesivo + aire = to + Posesivo + heart's content.
    * a + Posesivo + alcance = in the ballpark for + Pronombre, in + Posesivo + ballpark range.
    * a + Posesivo + costa = at + Posesivo + expense.
    * a + Posesivo + cuidado = in + Posesivo + safekeeping.
    * a + Posesivo + discreción = at will, at + Posesivo + discretion.
    * a + Posesivo + disposición = at + Posesivo + disposal.
    * a + Posesivo + entender = to the best of + Posesivo + belief.
    * a + Posesivo + espaldas = behind + Posesivo + back.
    * a + Posesivo + expensas = at + Posesivo + expense.
    * a + Posesivo + favor = in + Posesivo + favour, to + Posesivo + credit.
    * a + Posesivo + juicio = in + Posesivo + estimation.
    * a + Posesivo + manera = in + Posesivo + own way.
    * a + Posesivo + saber = to the best of + Posesivo + knowledge.
    * a + Posesivo + saber y entender = to the best of + Posesivo + knowledge and belief.
    * a + Posesivo + servicio = at + Posesivo + service.
    * a + Posesivo + sorprender = much to + Posesivo + surprise.
    * a + Posesivo + vista = before + Posesivo + (own two) eyes.
    * a posteriori = reactive, in retrospect, after-the-fact, hindsight, with hindsight, a posteriori, in hindsight.
    * a precio de coste = at cost price, at cost.
    * a precio de costo = at cost price, at cost.
    * a precio de ganga = at a steal.
    * a precio especial = at reduced cost, discounted, cut-rate, cut-price.
    * a precio razonable = at reasonable cost(s).
    * a precio reducido = at a discount.
    * a precios competitivos = competitively priced.
    * a precios especiales = at reduced rates, at preferential rates.
    * a precios razonables = at affordable prices.
    * a presión = pressurised [pressurized, -USA].
    * a primera hora de la mañana = first thing in the morning.
    * a primera hora de + Período del Día = first thing + Período del Día.
    * a primeras horas de la tarde = late afternoon.
    * a primera vista = on first acquaintance, at first sight, on first inspection, on the face of it, at first blush, at first glance, on the surface, prima facie, first-blush.
    * a primeros de + Fecha = in the early + Fecha.
    * a principios de + Fecha = in the early + Fecha.
    * a principios de los + Década = early + Década, the.
    * a priori = proactive [pro-active], foresight, a priori, on the surface.
    * a prisa = quickly.
    * a propósito = deliberate, for the record, incidentally, intentionally, by the way, in passing, anecdotally, purposely, by design, on purpose, wilfully [willfully, -USA], on a sidenote, studiously, by the way of (a) digression, by the by(e), speaking of which, designedly.
    * a propósito de = apropos of.
    * a propósito de nada = for no specific reason, for no particular reason.
    * a prueba = on trial.
    * a prueba de bombas = ruggedised [ruggedized, -USA], bomb-proof.
    * a prueba de conejos = rabbit-proof.
    * a prueba de fallos = fail-safe.
    * a prueba de incendios = fireproof [fire-proof].
    * a prueba de niños = childproof.
    * a prueba de robos = theft proof.
    * a prueba de tornados = tornado proof.
    * a prueba de un tratamiento duro = ruggedised [ruggedized, -USA].
    * a prueba de viento = windproof.
    * a puerta cerrada = behind closed doors.
    * a punta de pistola = at gunpoint.
    * a punto de = on the verge of, a heartbeat away from.
    * a punto de + Infinitivo = about to + Infinitivo.
    * a punto de irse a pique = on the rocks.
    * a punto de morir = on + Posesivo + deathbed.
    * a puñados = by the sackful, by the handful.
    * a quemarropa = point blank.
    * a quien madruga, Dios le ayuda = the early bird catches the worm.
    * a quienquiera que = whomever.
    * a rachas = by fits and starts.
    * a ráfagas = in bursts.
    * a raíz de = in the wake of.
    * a rajatabla = to the letter.
    * a ras de = flush with.
    * a ras de la calle = ground-floor.
    * a ras del suelo = at ground level.
    * a rastras = in tow.
    * a ratos = intermittently.
    * a reacción = jet-assisted.
    * a rebosar (de) = jam-packed (with), filled to capacity.
    * a regañadientes = grudgingly, grudging, begrudgingly, unwillingly, reluctantly.
    * a régimen = on a diet.
    * a remolque = in tow.
    * a reventar (de) = jam-packed (with), filled to capacity.
    * a saber = namely, viz, to wit.
    * a sabiendas = knowing, knowingly, wilfully [willfully, -USA].
    * a sabiendas de que = on the understanding that.
    * a sacudidas = jerkily.
    * a saltitos = jerky [jerkier -comp., jerkiest -sup.].
    * a salvo = in a safe place, in safekeeping, out of harm's way.
    * a sangre fría = cold-blooded.
    * a ser posible = if possible.
    * a simple vista = by the naked eye, superficially, on first thought.
    * a solas = all by + Reflexivo, by + Reflexivo.
    * a su debido tiempo = in due course, timely, in due time.
    * a sueldo = paid.
    * a su precio normal = at full price.
    * a su propio ritmo = at an individual pace.
    * a su tiempo = in a timely fashion, in due course, in a timely manner.
    * a su vez = Verbo + further, in turn, in its/their turn.
    * a tal efecto = to this effect.
    * a tales efectos = hereto.
    * a tarifa reducida = at reduced cost.
    * a tarifas especiales = at reduced rates, at preferential rates.
    * a temperatura ambiente = at room temperature.
    * a tener en cuenta en el futuro = for future reference.
    * a tenor de = in light of, in the face of, in the light of, in view of.
    * a ti = you, thee.
    * a tiempo = in timely fashion, on time, promptly, timely, just in time, in time.
    * a tiempo completo = full-time.
    * a tiempo parcial = part-time.
    * a tientas = in the dark.
    * a tientas y a ciegas = blindly, in the dark.
    * a ti mismo = yourself, thyself.
    * a tiro = within gunshot, within range.
    * a tirones = jerky [jerkier -comp., jerkiest -sup.].
    * a título de = by way of, for the sake of.
    * a título gratuito = gratuitous.
    * a título personal = in a personal capacity, in a private capacity.
    * a toda costa = absolutely, at all costs, come what may, at any cost, at any price.
    * a toda máquina = in the fast lane, fast lane, full steam ahead, at full tilt, full-tilt, full-throttle, at full throttle, at top speed, at full blast, at full speed.
    * a toda marcha = at full throttle, at top speed, at full blast, at full speed, at full stretch.
    * a toda mecha = at a rate of knots, full steam ahead, at full blast, at full throttle, at top speed, at full speed, at full stretch.
    * a toda pasta = at a rate of knots.
    * a toda pastilla = in the fast lane, on the fast track, fast lane, overdrive, full steam ahead, full-tilt, at full tilt, full-throttle, at full throttle, at a rate of knots, at top speed, at full blast, at full speed.
    * a toda prueba = unswerving.
    * a todas horas = at all hours, around the clock.
    * a todas luces = patently.
    * a todas partes = far and wide.
    * a toda velocidad = full-tilt, at full tilt, full-throttle, at full throttle, at top speed, at full blast, at full speed.
    * a todo alrededor = all round.
    * a todo color = full-colour, in full colour.
    * a todo gas = full steam ahead, full-tilt, at full tilt, full-throttle, at full throttle, at top speed, at full blast, at full speed, at full stretch.
    * a todo lo largo de = the length of.
    * a todo meter = full steam ahead, at full stretch, at full speed, at full blast, at top speed, at full throttle.
    * a todo ritmo = in full swing, in full force, in full gear.
    * a todos lados = far and wide.
    * a todos los efectos = to all intents and purposes, to all intents, for all practical purposes, for all intents and purposes.
    * a todos los niveles = at all levels.
    * a todos nosotros = us all.
    * a todos por igual = one size fits all.
    * a todo vapor = full steam ahead, full-tilt, at full tilt, full-throttle, at full throttle, at top speed, at full blast, at full speed, at full stretch.
    * a todo volumen = at full blast.
    * a tontas y a ciegas = headlong, runaway.
    * a tontas y locas = like there's no tomorrow, without rhyme or reason.
    * a tope = packed to capacity, in the fast lane, fast lane, choc-a-block, chock-full, in full swing, in full gear, packed to the rafters.
    * a trancas y barrancas = with great difficulty, by fits and starts.
    * a través de = by way of, in the form of, through, via, out of, through the agency of.
    * a través de Internet = Internet-based, Web-based, Web-supported.
    * a través de la historia = over time.
    * a través de la TI = IT-enabled.
    * a través de la web = Web-based, Web-supported.
    * a través de los años = over the years, down the years.
    * a través de los ojos de = through the eyes of.
    * a través de los siglos = over the centuries.
    * a través del teléfono = call-in.
    * a través del tiempo = over time.
    * a través de operador = operator-assisted.
    * a tres bandas = three pronged.
    * a tres niveles = three-tiered.
    * a troche y moche = like there's no tomorrow.
    * a trompicones = by fits and starts.
    * a tropezones = falteringly, hesitantly, haltingly, jerkily.
    * a trozos = piecewise.
    * ¡A tu salud! = Here's to you!.
    * a última hora = at the last minute, at the eleventh hour, last minute [last-minute], at the very last minute, at the very last moment, at the very last.
    * a últimas horas de la tarde = late evening.
    * a últ

    * * *
    a
    La preposición a suele emplearse precedida de ciertos verbos como empezar, ir, oler, sonar etc, en cuyo caso ver bajo el respectivo verbo.
    No se traduce cuando introduce el complemento directo de persona (ser humano, pronombres personales que lo representan como quien, alguien, etc) o un nombre con un objeto o animal personalizado: amo a mi patria = I love my country, pasear al perro = to walk the dog.
    En los casos en que precede al artículo definido el para formar la contracción al, ver bajo la siguiente entrada, donde también se encontrarán otros ejemplos y usos de a.
    A (en relaciones de espacio, lugar)
    voy a México/a la fiesta I'm going to Mexico/to the party
    voy a casa I'm going home
    dobla a la derecha turn right
    se cayó al río she fell into the river
    estaban sentados a la mesa they were sitting at the table
    a orillas del Ebro on the banks of the Ebro
    se sentó al sol he sat in the sun
    se sentó a mi derecha he sat down to the right of me o on my right
    a la vuelta de la esquina around the corner
    queda al norte de Toledo it's (to the) north of Toledo
    3
    (indicando distancia): está a diez kilómetros de aquí it's ten kilometers from here, it's ten kilometers away
    está a unos 20 minutos de aquí it takes o it's about 20 minutes from here, it's a 20 minute drive ( o walk etc) from here
    1 (señalando hora, momento, fecha) at
    abren a las ocho they open at eight o'clock
    ¿a qué hora vengo? what time shall I come?
    a eso de las dos at around o about two o'clock
    a mediados de abril in mid-April
    hoy estamos a 20 it's the 20th today
    al día siguiente the next o following day
    empezó a hablar a los diez meses he started talking when he was ten months old o at ten months
    llegó a la mañana/noche ( RPl); he arrived in the morning/at night
    2 al + INF:
    se cayó al bajar del autobús she fell as she was getting off the bus
    al verlo me di cuenta de que ya no lo quería when I saw him o on seeing him, I realized that I no longer loved him
    al salir de la estación torcí a la izquierda I turned left out of the station
    3
    (indicando distancia en el tiempo): a escasos minutos de su llegada (después) just a few minutes after she arrived; (antes) just a few minutes before she arrived
    trabajan de lunes a viernes/de una a cinco they work (from) Monday to Friday/from one to five
    a los diez minutos del primer tiempo ten minutes into the first half o after ten minutes of the first half
    estaré en París de martes a jueves I'll be in Paris from Tuesday until Thursday, I'll be in Paris Tuesday through Thursday ( AmE)
    C
    (en relaciones de proporción, equivalencia): tres veces al día/a la semana three times a day/a week
    sale a 2.000 euros por cabeza it works out at 2,000 euros per person
    iban a 100 kilómetros por hora they were going (at) 100 kilometers per hour
    nos ganaron cinco a tres they beat us by five points to three, they beat us five three o ( AmE) five to three
    D
    (indicando modo, estilo): fuimos a pie/a caballo we walked/rode, we went on foot/on horseback
    pollo al horno/a la brasa roast/barbecued chicken
    un peinado a lo Rodolfo Valentino a Rudolph Valentino hairstyle
    a crédito on credit
    ilustraciones a todo color full-color illustrations
    una tela a rayas a piece of striped material
    1
    (introduciendo el complemento directo de persona): ¿viste a José? did you see José?
    la policía está buscando al asesino the police are looking for the murderer
    no he leído a Freud I haven't read (any) Freud
    busca una secretaria bilingüe he's looking for a bilingual secretary
    ]
    2
    (introduciendo el complemento indirecto): le escribió una carta a su padre he wrote a letter to his father, he wrote his father a letter
    dáselo/dáselos a ella give it/them to her
    les enseña inglés a mis hijos she teaches my children English
    suave al tacto soft to the touch
    agradable al oído pleasing to the ear
    3
    (indicando procedencia): se lo compré a una gitana I bought it from o ( colloq) off a gipsy
    F
    enséñale a nadar teach him to swim
    fue a preguntar he went to ask
    a que + SUBJ:
    los instó a que participaran he urged them to take part
    voy a ir a que me hagan un chequeo I'm going to go and have a checkup
    2 ( fam)
    (para): ¿a qué tanta ceremonia? what's all the fuss for?
    ¿a qué le fuiste a decir eso? what did you go and tell him that for?
    3
    a por ( Esp fam): bajo a por pan I'm going down to get some bread o for some bread ( colloq)
    ¿quién va a ir a por los niños? who's going to fetch o get the children?
    ¡a por ello! go for it!
    los puntos a tratar en la reunión de mañana the points to be discussed at tomorrow's meeting
    es una idea a tener en cuenta it's an idea to bear in mind o that should be borne in mind
    total a pagar total payable
    horario a convenir hours to be arranged
    H
    1
    (en órdenes): ¡a la cama, niños! off to bed, children!
    ¡a callar! shut up! ( colloq)
    vamos ¡a trabajar! come on, let's get some work done!
    a decir verdad to tell you the truth
    a juzgar por lo que tú dices judging from what you say
    3 ( fam)
    (en cuanto a): a tozudo no hay quien le gane when it comes to being stubborn there's nobody like him
    4
    (indicando causa): a petición del interesado ( frml); at the request of the interested party
    al + INF:
    al no saber idiomas está en desventaja as he doesn't speak any languages he is at a disadvantage, he's at a disadvantage not speaking any languages
    5
    (expresando desafío): ¿a que no sabes qué nota me puso? you'll never guess what mark she gave me!
    tú no te atreverías — ¿a que sí? you wouldn't dare — do you want to o a bet? ( colloq)
    ¡a que no puedes! bet you can't! ( colloq)
    * * *

    Multiple Entries:
    A    
    a
    A,
    a sustantivo femenino (pl aes) (read as /a/) the letter A, a

    a preposición Nota:
    La preposición a suele emplearse precedida de ciertos verbos como empezar, ir, oler, sonar etc, en cuyo caso ver bajo el respectivo verbo.No se traduce cuando introduce el complemento directo de persona (ser humano, pronombres personales que lo representan, como quien, alguien, algún etc) o un nombre con un objeto o animal personalizado: amo a mi patria = I love my country, paseo a mi perro = I walk my dog.En los casos en que precede al artículo definido el para formar la contracción al, ver bajo la siguiente entrada, donde también se encontrarán otros ejemplos y usos de a.
    1

    voy a México/la tienda I'm going to Mexico/to the shop;

    voy a casa I'm going home;
    se cayó al río she fell into the river


    a orillas del Ebro on the banks of the Ebro;
    se sentó al sol he sat in the sun;
    se sentó a mi derecha he sat down on my right


    2
    a) (señalando hora, momento) at;


    a la hora de comer at lunch time;
    ¿a qué hora vengo? what time shall I come?;
    a mediados de abril in mid-April;
    al día siguiente the next o following day

    hoy estamos a lunes/a 20 today is Monday/it's the 20th today

    c) al + inf:


    al enterarse de la noticia when he learnt o on learning the news



    ( antes) a few minutes before she arrived;

    3 (en relaciones de proporción, equivalencia):

    sale a 100 euros cada uno it works out at 100 euros each;
    a 100 kilómetros por hora (at) 100 kilometers per hour;
    nos ganaron cinco a tres they beat us five three o (AmE) five to three
    4 (indicando modo, medio, estilo):
    a pie/a caballo on foot/on horseback;

    a crédito on credit;
    funciona a pilas it runs on batteries;
    a mano by hand;
    a rayas striped;
    vestirse a lo punk to wear punk clothes
    5

    ¿viste a José? did you see José?;

    no he leído a Freud I haven't read (any) Freud


    dáselo a ella give it to her;
    les enseña inglés a mis hijos she teaches my children English;
    le echó (la) llave a la puerta she locked the door

    se lo compré a una gitana I bought it from o (colloq) off a gipsy

    A, a f (letra) A
    'A' also found in these entries:
    Spanish:
    a. C.
    - a.m.
    - abajeña
    - abajeño
    - abanderada
    - abanderado
    - abandonar
    - abandonada
    - abandonado
    - abanico
    - abarquillada
    - abarquillado
    - abarrotada
    - abarrotado
    - abasto
    - abatida
    - abatido
    - abatirse
    - abdicar
    - aberración
    - abertura
    - abierta
    - abierto
    - abigarrada
    - abigarrado
    - abigarrar
    - ablandar
    - ablusada
    - ablusado
    - abnegada
    - abnegado
    - abobada
    - abobado
    - abocada
    - abocado
    - abogacía
    - abogada
    - abogado
    - abombada
    - abombado
    - abonar
    - abonada
    - abonado
    - abonarse
    - abono
    - abordar
    - abordaje
    - aborregar
    - abortar
    - abortiva
    English:
    A
    - A-level
    - a.m.
    - abandon
    - abandoned
    - abide by
    - ability
    - abject
    - abnormal
    - aboard
    - aborigine
    - abortion
    - abortive
    - about
    - above
    - above-board
    - above-mentioned
    - abrasive
    - abreast
    - abridged
    - abrupt
    - absent
    - absent-minded
    - absolute
    - absolutely
    - absorbed
    - abstemious
    - abstract
    - absurd
    - abundant
    - abuse
    - abusive
    - abysmal
    - academic
    - academy
    - accede
    - accent
    - acceptable
    - access
    - accident-prone
    - accidental
    - accidentally
    - acclimatized
    - accommodate
    - accommodation
    - accomplish
    - accomplished
    - account
    - account for
    - accountable
    * * *
    A
    1. (abrev de autopista) Br M, US freeway
    2. (abrev de alfil) [en notación de ajedrez] B
    A, a [a] nf
    [letra] A, a;
    si por a o por be… if for any reason…
    * * *
    a
    prp
    al este de to the east of;
    a casa home;
    ir a la cama/al cine go to bed/to the movies;
    ¡a trabajar! get to work!;
    vamos a Buenos Aires we’re going to Buenos Aires;
    voy a casa de Marta I’m going to Marta’s (house)
    a la mesa at the table;
    al lado de next to;
    a la derecha on the right;
    al sol in the sun;
    a treinta kilómetros de Cuzco thirty kilometers from Cuzco;
    está a cinco kilómetros it’s five kilometers away
    :
    ¿a qué hora llegas? what time do you arrive?;
    a las tres at three o’clock;
    de once a doce from eleven (o’clock) to twelve;
    estamos a quince de febrero it’s February fifteenth;
    a los treinta años at the age of thirty;
    a la llegada del tren when the train arrives
    :
    a la española the Spanish way;
    a mano by hand;
    a pie on foot;
    a 50 kilómetros por hora at fifty kilometers an hour
    :
    ¿a cómo o
    cuánto está? how much is it?;
    están a dos pesos el kilo they are two pesos a kilo
    :
    dáselo a tu hermano give it to your brother
    :
    vi a mi padre I saw my father
    :
    empezar a begin to;
    jugar a las cartas play cards;
    decidirse a hacer algo decide to do sth;
    voy a comprarlo I’m going to buy it;
    a decir verdad to tell the truth
    :
    ¿a que no lo sabes? I bet you don’t know;
    a ver OK, right;
    a ver lo que pasa ahora let’s see what happens now
    abr (= alias) aka (= also known as)
    * * *
    a nf
    : first letter of the Spanish alphabet
    a prep
    1) : to
    nos vamos a México: we're going to Mexico
    ¿llamaste a tu papá?: did you call your dad?
    como a usted le guste: as you wish
    3) : in the manner of
    papas a la francesa: french fries
    4) : on, by means of
    a pie: on foot
    5) : per, each
    tres pastillas al día: three pills per day
    enséñales a leer: teach them to read
    problemas a resolver: problems to be solved
    * * *
    a prep
    3. (distancia) away
    está a un kilómetro de aquí it's one kilometre from here / it's one kilometre away
    4. (tiempo) at
    5. (distribución, cantidad, medida, precio) a / at
    tocamos a 1.000 cada uno it works out at 1,000 each
    fui a pie I walked / I went on foot
    hecho a mano handmade / made by hand
    ¿has visto a Iván? have you seen Iván?
    9. (para) for
    10. (de) from

    Spanish-English dictionary > a

  • 104 ofrecer

    v.
    1 to offer.
    ofrecerle algo a alguien to offer somebody something
    ¿puedo ofrecerle algo de beber? may I offer you something to drink?
    ¿cuánto te ofrecen por la casa? how much are they offering you for the house?
    María le ofrece comida a Ricardo Mary offers Richard food.
    Ella ofrece sus servicios She offers her services.
    2 to bid.
    ¿qué ofrecen por esta mesa? what am I bid for this table?
    3 to present (tener, presentar) (imagen, dificultades).
    la cocina ofrece un aspecto lamentable the kitchen is a sorry sight
    4 to offer up (oraciones, sacrificio).
    5 to make an offer.
    Ellos ofrecen They make an offer.
    6 to offer to, to promise to, to volunteer to.
    María le ofrece comida a Ricardo Mary offers Richard food.
    Ella ofrece sus servicios She offers her services.
    Ellos ofrecen limpiar They offer to clean.
    Le ofrecí a María ir a verla I offered Mary to go see her.
    Ellos ofrecieron a Ricardo They offered Richard.
    * * *
    Conjugation model [ AGRADECER], like link=agradecer agradecer
    1 (dar - premio, amistad) to offer; (- banquete, fiesta) to hold; (- regalo) to give
    2 (presentar) to present
    1 (prestarse) to offer, volunteer
    2 (disponer) to want
    ¿qué se le ofrece? what can I do for you?
    * * *
    verb
    * * *
    1. VT
    1) (=presentar voluntariamente)
    a) [+ servicios, ayuda, trabajo, dinero] to offer

    ¿cuánto te ofrecieron por el coche? — how much did they offer you for the car?

    ofrecer hacer algo — to offer to do sth

    b) [+ espectáculo, programa] [en TV] to show
    c) frm [+ respetos] to pay frm
    2) (=tener)
    a) [+ ventaja] to offer; [+ oportunidad, garantías] to offer, give; [+ solución] to offer, provide

    no ofrecer duda, la gravedad del caso no ofrece duda — there is no doubt about the seriousness of the case

    b) [+ dificultad] to present

    el ladrón no ofreció resistencia — the burglar did not put up a struggle, the burglar offered no resistance frm

    c) [+ imagen] to present
    3) (=celebrar) [+ acto, fiesta, cena] to hold, give
    4) [+ sacrificio, víctima] to offer up
    5) (Rel) to make a vow
    2.
    See:
    * * *
    1.
    verbo transitivo
    1)
    a) <ayuda/cigarrillo/empleo> to offer

    te llamo para ofrecerte al niño — (Col, Ven) I'm ringing to let you know that the baby has been born

    ofrecer + INF — to offer to + inf

    b) < dinero> to offer; ( en una subasta) to bid
    c) < fiesta> to give, throw (colloq); < recepción> to lay on, to hold
    d) <sacrificio/víctima> to offer (up)
    2)
    a) < oportunidad> to give, provide

    le ofrece la posibilidad de entablar nuevas amistades — it provides her with the chance to make new friends; < dificultad> to present

    b) <aspecto/vista>
    c) < resistencia> persona to put up, offer
    2.
    ofrecerse v pron
    1) persona to offer, volunteer

    ofrecerse A or PARA + INF — to offer o volunteer to + inf

    3) (frml) (querer, necesitar) (gen neg o interrog)

    ¿se le ofrece alguna otra cosa? — can I offer o get you anything else?

    ¿qué se le ofrece, señora? — what would you like, madam? (frml)

    * * *
    = deliver, feature, give, offer, open up, pitch, provide, provide with, supply, proffer, furnish (with), come forward with, tender, serve up.
    Ex. The result could be termed a full-provision data base -- a data base including both text and reference, and delivering much more than the 2 added together.
    Ex. Other catalogues and bibliographies only feature added entries under title where it is deemed that the author main entry heading is not likely to be obvious to the users.
    Ex. An abstract of a bibliography can be expected to note whether author affiliations are given = Es de esperar que el resumen de una bibliografía indique si se incluyen los lugares de trabajo de los autores.
    Ex. Thus some current awareness services can be purchased from external vendors, whilst others may be offered by a library or information unit to its particular group of users.
    Ex. Here is a key paper by a non librarian which opens up a new and constructive approach to library purpose.
    Ex. Thus pitching instructions at the right level can be difficult.
    Ex. To start with, most catalogues, indexes, data bases and bibliographies provide access to information or documents.
    Ex. Many libraries provide users with photocopies of contents pages of selected journals.
    Ex. Here an attempt is made to choose one form and supply references from the other forms.
    Ex. 'No question,' she said meditatively, 'we have to do something'; 'like more coffee?' proffered the waitress, the coffee pot hovered above Jergens' cup.
    Ex. One of the definitions of 'organise' is to furnish with organs, make organic, make into living being or tissue.
    Ex. Neither pundit from the past, nor sage from the schools, neither authorised body nor inspired individual has come forward with a definition acceptable to all practising librarians as theirs and theirs alone, sharply defining them as a group.
    Ex. This address was tendered at the State Library of Victoria, Nov 88, to mark the retirement of Professor Jean Whyte.
    Ex. A watering hole in Spain is serving up free beer and tapas to recession-weary customers who insult its bartenders as a way to let off steam.
    ----
    * ofrecer acceso = provide + access.
    * ofrecer apoyo = support, provide + support, rally (a)round, rally behind.
    * ofrecer asesoramiento = offer + advice, offer + guidance, dispense + advice.
    * ofrecer ayuda = offer + guidance, offer + assistance, provide + support.
    * ofrecer cobijo = provide + a home.
    * ofrecer conclusiones = provide + conclusions.
    * ofrecer conjuntamente = bundle.
    * ofrecer conocimiento = package + knowledge.
    * ofrecer consejos prácticos = offer + hints and advice.
    * ofrecer descuento = offer + discount.
    * ofrecer directrices = provide + guidance.
    * ofrecer en cantidad = offer + in quantity.
    * ofrecer en un lote = bundle.
    * ofrecer esperanzas = hold + promise.
    * ofrecer estímulo = provide + stimulus.
    * ofrecer incentivo = provide + incentive, offer + inducement.
    * ofrecer información = provide + information, provide + details, supply + information, offer + information, package + information, furnish + information.
    * ofrecer la garantía de = provide + the stamp of.
    * ofrecer la mano = put forth + Posesivo + hand.
    * ofrecer la oportunidad = allow + the opportunity to, allow + the opportunity to.
    * ofrecer la oportunidad de = offer + a chance to.
    * ofrecer la otra mejilla = turn + the other cheek.
    * ofrecer la posibilidad = afford + possibility, provide + facility.
    * ofrecer la posibilidad de = have + the potential (to/for), offer + the facility.
    * ofrecer la posibilidad de que = usher in + the day when.
    * ofrecer lo máximo = shoot (for) + the moon.
    * ofrecer poco = low-ball.
    * ofrecer por primera vez = debut.
    * ofrecer posibilidades = have + potential, offer + options, offer + possibilities, hold + potential, present + possibilities, open (up) + avenues.
    * ofrecer razones = provide + reasons.
    * ofrecer refugio = provide + a home.
    * ofrecer resistencia = put up + resistance.
    * ofrecer santuario = offer + sanctuary.
    * ofrecerse = be forthcoming, step forward, step up to.
    * ofrecerse como voluntario = volunteer.
    * ofrecer servicio = service.
    * ofrecer sugerencias = give + suggestions.
    * ofrecer una explicación = present + explanation.
    * ofrecer una fiesta = host + party.
    * ofrecer una forma de = provide + a way of/to.
    * ofrecer una imagen = present + picture.
    * ofrecer una introducción a = provide + a background to.
    * ofrecer una norma = offer + prescription.
    * ofrecer una opinión = offer + opinion.
    * ofrecer una oportunidad = offer + opportunity, provide + opportunity, present + an opportunity.
    * ofrecer una perspectiva = offer + perspective.
    * ofrecer una posibilidad = afford + opportunity.
    * ofrecer una prestación = offer + facility.
    * ofrecer una rama de olivo para hacer las paces = offer + an olive branch.
    * ofrecer una recepción = host + reception.
    * ofrecer una respuesta = provide + answer.
    * ofrecer una solución = provide + solution, offer + solution.
    * ofrecer una sonrisa = give + a grin.
    * ofrecer una visión = provide + a picture.
    * ofrecer una visión de = offer + an account of.
    * ofrecer una visión de conjunto = provide + a picture, provide + overview.
    * ofrecer una visión muy releveladora de = provide + insight into, give + an insight into, give + an inside look at.
    * ofrecer una vista = afford + a view.
    * ofrecer un curso = offer + course.
    * ofrecer un ejemplo = afford + example.
    * ofrecer un sacrificio = make + a sacrifice.
    * ofrecer un servicio = operate + service, provide + service, do + service.
    * ofrecer ventaja = be of benefit.
    * * *
    1.
    verbo transitivo
    1)
    a) <ayuda/cigarrillo/empleo> to offer

    te llamo para ofrecerte al niño — (Col, Ven) I'm ringing to let you know that the baby has been born

    ofrecer + INF — to offer to + inf

    b) < dinero> to offer; ( en una subasta) to bid
    c) < fiesta> to give, throw (colloq); < recepción> to lay on, to hold
    d) <sacrificio/víctima> to offer (up)
    2)
    a) < oportunidad> to give, provide

    le ofrece la posibilidad de entablar nuevas amistades — it provides her with the chance to make new friends; < dificultad> to present

    b) <aspecto/vista>
    c) < resistencia> persona to put up, offer
    2.
    ofrecerse v pron
    1) persona to offer, volunteer

    ofrecerse A or PARA + INF — to offer o volunteer to + inf

    3) (frml) (querer, necesitar) (gen neg o interrog)

    ¿se le ofrece alguna otra cosa? — can I offer o get you anything else?

    ¿qué se le ofrece, señora? — what would you like, madam? (frml)

    * * *
    = deliver, feature, give, offer, open up, pitch, provide, provide with, supply, proffer, furnish (with), come forward with, tender, serve up.

    Ex: The result could be termed a full-provision data base -- a data base including both text and reference, and delivering much more than the 2 added together.

    Ex: Other catalogues and bibliographies only feature added entries under title where it is deemed that the author main entry heading is not likely to be obvious to the users.
    Ex: An abstract of a bibliography can be expected to note whether author affiliations are given = Es de esperar que el resumen de una bibliografía indique si se incluyen los lugares de trabajo de los autores.
    Ex: Thus some current awareness services can be purchased from external vendors, whilst others may be offered by a library or information unit to its particular group of users.
    Ex: Here is a key paper by a non librarian which opens up a new and constructive approach to library purpose.
    Ex: Thus pitching instructions at the right level can be difficult.
    Ex: To start with, most catalogues, indexes, data bases and bibliographies provide access to information or documents.
    Ex: Many libraries provide users with photocopies of contents pages of selected journals.
    Ex: Here an attempt is made to choose one form and supply references from the other forms.
    Ex: 'No question,' she said meditatively, 'we have to do something'; 'like more coffee?' proffered the waitress, the coffee pot hovered above Jergens' cup.
    Ex: One of the definitions of 'organise' is to furnish with organs, make organic, make into living being or tissue.
    Ex: Neither pundit from the past, nor sage from the schools, neither authorised body nor inspired individual has come forward with a definition acceptable to all practising librarians as theirs and theirs alone, sharply defining them as a group.
    Ex: This address was tendered at the State Library of Victoria, Nov 88, to mark the retirement of Professor Jean Whyte.
    Ex: A watering hole in Spain is serving up free beer and tapas to recession-weary customers who insult its bartenders as a way to let off steam.
    * ofrecer acceso = provide + access.
    * ofrecer apoyo = support, provide + support, rally (a)round, rally behind.
    * ofrecer asesoramiento = offer + advice, offer + guidance, dispense + advice.
    * ofrecer ayuda = offer + guidance, offer + assistance, provide + support.
    * ofrecer cobijo = provide + a home.
    * ofrecer conclusiones = provide + conclusions.
    * ofrecer conjuntamente = bundle.
    * ofrecer conocimiento = package + knowledge.
    * ofrecer consejos prácticos = offer + hints and advice.
    * ofrecer descuento = offer + discount.
    * ofrecer directrices = provide + guidance.
    * ofrecer en cantidad = offer + in quantity.
    * ofrecer en un lote = bundle.
    * ofrecer esperanzas = hold + promise.
    * ofrecer estímulo = provide + stimulus.
    * ofrecer incentivo = provide + incentive, offer + inducement.
    * ofrecer información = provide + information, provide + details, supply + information, offer + information, package + information, furnish + information.
    * ofrecer la garantía de = provide + the stamp of.
    * ofrecer la mano = put forth + Posesivo + hand.
    * ofrecer la oportunidad = allow + the opportunity to, allow + the opportunity to.
    * ofrecer la oportunidad de = offer + a chance to.
    * ofrecer la otra mejilla = turn + the other cheek.
    * ofrecer la posibilidad = afford + possibility, provide + facility.
    * ofrecer la posibilidad de = have + the potential (to/for), offer + the facility.
    * ofrecer la posibilidad de que = usher in + the day when.
    * ofrecer lo máximo = shoot (for) + the moon.
    * ofrecer poco = low-ball.
    * ofrecer por primera vez = debut.
    * ofrecer posibilidades = have + potential, offer + options, offer + possibilities, hold + potential, present + possibilities, open (up) + avenues.
    * ofrecer razones = provide + reasons.
    * ofrecer refugio = provide + a home.
    * ofrecer resistencia = put up + resistance.
    * ofrecer santuario = offer + sanctuary.
    * ofrecerse = be forthcoming, step forward, step up to.
    * ofrecerse como voluntario = volunteer.
    * ofrecer servicio = service.
    * ofrecer sugerencias = give + suggestions.
    * ofrecer una explicación = present + explanation.
    * ofrecer una fiesta = host + party.
    * ofrecer una forma de = provide + a way of/to.
    * ofrecer una imagen = present + picture.
    * ofrecer una introducción a = provide + a background to.
    * ofrecer una norma = offer + prescription.
    * ofrecer una opinión = offer + opinion.
    * ofrecer una oportunidad = offer + opportunity, provide + opportunity, present + an opportunity.
    * ofrecer una perspectiva = offer + perspective.
    * ofrecer una posibilidad = afford + opportunity.
    * ofrecer una prestación = offer + facility.
    * ofrecer una rama de olivo para hacer las paces = offer + an olive branch.
    * ofrecer una recepción = host + reception.
    * ofrecer una respuesta = provide + answer.
    * ofrecer una solución = provide + solution, offer + solution.
    * ofrecer una sonrisa = give + a grin.
    * ofrecer una visión = provide + a picture.
    * ofrecer una visión de = offer + an account of.
    * ofrecer una visión de conjunto = provide + a picture, provide + overview.
    * ofrecer una visión muy releveladora de = provide + insight into, give + an insight into, give + an inside look at.
    * ofrecer una vista = afford + a view.
    * ofrecer un curso = offer + course.
    * ofrecer un ejemplo = afford + example.
    * ofrecer un sacrificio = make + a sacrifice.
    * ofrecer un servicio = operate + service, provide + service, do + service.
    * ofrecer ventaja = be of benefit.

    * * *
    ofrecer [E3 ]
    vt
    A
    1 ‹ayuda/cigarrillo/empleo› to offer
    le ofreció su brazo he offered her his arm
    no nos ofreció ni una taza de café he didn't even offer us a cup of coffee
    todavía no nos ha ofrecido la casa he still hasn't invited us to see his new house
    te llamo para ofrecerte al niño ( Col); I'm ringing to let you know that the baby's been born
    ofrecer + INF to offer TO + INF
    ofreció prestarnos su coche she offered to lend us her car
    2 ‹dinero› (por un artículo) to offer
    ofreció mil dólares por el jarrón he bid a thousand dollars for the vase
    ¿cuánto me ofrece por este cuadro? how much will you give o offer me for this picture?
    3 ‹fiesta› to give, hold, throw ( colloq)
    ofrecieron una comida en su honor they gave a meal in her honor
    ofrecieron una recepción en el Hotel Suecia they laid on o held a reception in the Hotel Suecia
    4 ‹sacrificio/víctima› to offer, offer up
    B
    1 ‹oportunidad› to give, provide; ‹dificultad› to present
    le ofrece la posibilidad de entablar nuevas amistades it provides her with o it gives her o ( frml) it affords her the chance to make new friends
    el plan ofrece varias dificultades the plan presents o poses a number of problems
    2 ‹aspecto/vista›
    su habitación ofrecía un aspecto lúgubre her room was gloomy o had an air of gloominess about it
    el balcón ofrecía una vista maravillosa there was a marvelous view from the balcony
    el año ofrece buenas perspectivas things look good for the coming year, the coming year looks promising
    ofrecían un espectáculo desgarrador they were a heartrending sight
    3 ‹resistencia› «persona» to put up, offer
    se entregó sin ofrecer ninguna resistencia he surrendered without putting up o offering any resistance
    A
    «persona»: se ofrece niñera con experiencia experienced nanny seeks employment
    ofrecerse A or PARA + INF to offer o volunteer to + INF
    se ofreció a venir a buscarnos she offered o volunteered to come and pick us up
    B
    (presentarse): un espectáculo único se ofrecía ante nuestros ojos a unique spectacle presented itself before o greeted our eyes
    las cumbres nevadas se nos ofrecían en todo su esplendor the snowy peaks appeared o stood before us in all their splendor
    C ( frml) (querer, necesitar) ( gen neg o interrog) ofrecérsele algo A algn:
    ¿se le ofrece alguna otra cosa? can I offer o get you anything else?, would you care for anything else?
    si no se le ofrece nada más, me retiro a dormir if there's nothing else I can do for you, I'll say goodnight
    ¿qué se le ofrece a la señora? what would you like o what can I get you to drink, madam? ( frml)
    * * *

     

    ofrecer ( conjugate ofrecer) verbo transitivo
    1
    a)ayuda/cigarrillo/empleo to offer

    b) dinero to offer;

    ( en una subasta) to bid
    c) fiesta to give;

    recepción to lay on
    d)sacrificio/víctima to offer (up)

    2
    a)oportunidad/posibilidad to give, provide;

    dificultad to present

    ofrecerse verbo pronominal
    1 [ persona] to offer, volunteer;
    ofrecerse A or PARA hacer algo to offer o volunteer to do sth
    2 (frml) (querer, necesitar) ( gen neg o interrog):
    ¿qué se le ofrece, señora? what would you like, madam? (frml);

    si no se le ofrece nada más if there's nothing else I can do for you
    ofrecer verbo transitivo
    1 (agua, ayuda, dinero, etc) to offer
    2 (posibilidad, solución, consejo) to give
    3 (un homenaje, banquete, etc) to hold
    4 (aspecto) to present
    5 Rel to offer (up)
    ' ofrecer' also found in these entries:
    Spanish:
    brindar
    - dar
    - tender
    - amparar
    - convidar
    - dedicar
    - excusar
    - querer
    - tributar
    English:
    offer
    - outbid
    - part exchange
    - present
    - put up
    - shall
    - tender
    - volunteer
    - bid
    - cater
    - dispense
    - feature
    - give
    - hand
    - hold
    - lay
    - proffer
    - put
    - quote
    * * *
    vt
    1. [proporcionar, dar] to offer;
    ofrecerle algo a alguien to offer sb sth;
    me han ofrecido el puesto de director they've offered me the job of manager;
    ¿puedo ofrecerle algo de beber? may I offer you something to drink?;
    ofrecen una recompensa por él they are offering a reward for his capture;
    le ofrecieron una cena homenaje they held a dinner in his honour;
    ¿cuánto te ofrecen por la casa? how much are they offering you for the house?;
    me ofrece la oportunidad o [m5] la ocasión de conocer la ciudad it gives me the chance to get to know the city
    2. [en subastas] to bid;
    ¿qué ofrecen por esta mesa? what am I bid for this table?
    3. [tener, presentar] to present;
    la cocina ofrece un aspecto lamentable the kitchen is a sorry sight;
    esta tarea ofrece algunas dificultades this task poses o presents a number of problems;
    aquel negocio ofrecía inmejorables perspectivas that business had excellent prospects
    4. [oraciones, sacrificio] to offer up;
    ofrecer una misa por alguien to have a mass said for sb
    * * *
    v/t offer
    * * *
    ofrecer {53} vt
    1) : to offer
    2) : to provide, to give
    3) : to present (an appearance, etc.)
    * * *

    Spanish-English dictionary > ofrecer

  • 105 lassen

    I Modalv.; lässt, ließ, hat lassen
    1. (erlauben) let; jemanden gehen / schlafen etc. lassen let s.o. go / sleep etc.; fallen lassen drop; sehen lassen show; die Polizei musste ihn laufen lassen the police had to let him go; lass mich mal sehen! let me see ( oder have a look); lass ihn nur kommen! just let him come; lass mich nur machen! (just) leave it to me; er lässt sich nichts sagen he won’t listen (to anyone); sie ließ alles mit sich geschehen she put up with everything he ( oder they etc.) did to her; lass ihn doch ausreden let him finish (what he’s saying); bieten, schmecken II, sehen II, stören I, träumen 1 etc.
    2. (veranlassen) jemanden etw. tun lassen get s.o. to do s.th.; stärker: make s.o. do s.th.; er ließ ihn versetzen he had him transferred; er ließ sich einen Anzug machen he had a suit made (for himself); sich (Dat) etw. schicken lassen have s.th. sent; sich (Dat) einen Zahn ziehen lassen have a tooth (taken) out; er ließ den Arzt / die Polizei kommen he sent for ( oder called) the doctor / he called the police; er ließ mich warten he kept me waiting, he made me wait; lassen Sie mich wissen let me know; ich lass mich so nicht anreden I won’t be spoken to like that, I won’t have anyone speak to me like that; ich lass mich doch nicht verarschen umg. I won’t be made a fool of, what sort of a fool do they etc. take me for?; siehe auch laufen I
    3. auffordernd: lass(t) uns gehen! let’s go; lasst oder lasset uns beten let us pray
    4. (ermöglichen) das lässt sich ( schon) machen / einrichten (I’m sure) it can be done / we can manage that; es lässt sich nicht beweisen it can’t be proved; das Wort lässt sich nicht übersetzen this word can’t be translated ( oder is untranslatable); der Schrank lässt sich leicht öffnen the cupboard is easy to open; die Tür lässt sich nicht öffnen grundsätzlich: the door can’t be opened, the door doesn’t open; im Moment: the door won’t open; es lässt sich nicht leugnen, dass... there’s no denying that; es lässt sich vielfach verwenden it can be put to a number of uses; es lässt sich gut mischen / drehen it mixes well / turns easily; der Wein lässt sich trinken umg. this wine’s very drinkable ( oder not bad at all)
    5. ich habe mir sagen lassen I’ve heard ( oder been told); ich lasse bitten geh. please bring our visitor(s) in; einen fahren lassen vulg. let off; einfallen 1, hören I, sehen II
    II v/i; P.P. gelassen
    1. umg.: lass nur, ich mach das schon you can leave that to me; lass doch, das geht auch so leave it, it’s OK as it is
    2. geh. (sich trennen) von jemandem / etw. lassen altm. leave s.o. / give up s.th.; sie können nicht voneinander lassen they cannot be parted, they are inseparable
    III v/t; P.P. gelassen
    1. er ließ ihn ins Haus he let him in(to the house); Wasser in die Wanne lassen run ([the] water into) the bath; einen lassen vulg. let off; worauf du einen lassen kannst! vulg. you can be sure of that!
    2. (unterlassen) stop; lass das! don’t!; (hör auf) auch stop it!; lass das Weinen (do) stop crying; lass es ( sein) leave it, don’t bother; lassen wir das enough of that; lass den Lärm stop that noise; ich kann’s nicht lassen I can’t stop, I can’t help it; er kann das Streiten nicht lassen he can’t stop arguing, he 'will go on arguing; er kann’s einfach nicht lassen he 'will keep on doing it; tu, was du nicht lassen kannst you must do what you think best ( oder what you have to do)
    3. (in einem Zustand belassen) leave; alles so lassen, wie es ist leave things as they are; die Tür offen lassen leave the door open; etw. / jemanden hinter sich (Dat) lassen leave s.th. / s.o. behind; das Licht brennen lassen leave the light(s) on; das kann man (so) lassen! umg. (mm,) not bad; lass ( die) Arbeit Arbeit sein umg. you can leave your work, it won’t run away; Ruhe
    4. (an einem Ort etc. lassen) leave; wo soll ich mein Gepäck lassen? where shall I leave ( oder put) my luggage?; wo habe ich ( bloß) meinen Schirm gelassen? where can I have left ( oder put) my umbrella?; lass mir noch einen Schluck in der Flasche leave a drop for me in the bottle; viel Geld lassen umg., fig. beim Glücksspiel etc.: lose a packet (of money)
    5. (überlassen) give; (vermachen) leave; jemandem etw. lassen leave s.o. s.th.; fig. leave s.th. to s.o.; ich lasse Ihnen das Bild für 400 Dollar you can have the picture for $400; jemandem fünf Minuten lassen give s.o. five minutes; das muss man ihm lassen you’ve got to hand it to him; Sorge, Vortritt, Wille, Zeit etc.
    6. poet. (verlassen) (Land, Frau etc.) leave; sein Leben lassen lose one’s life, be killed, die, sein Leben für etw. lassen lay down one’s life for s.th.
    * * *
    (sein lassen) to let;
    (zulassen) to let
    * * *
    lạs|sen ['lasn] pret ließ [liːs] ptp gela\#ssen [gə'lasn]
    1. MODALVERB ptp la\#ssen
    1)

    = veranlassen etw tun lassen — to have or get sth done

    jdm mitteilen lassen, dass... — to let sb know that...

    jdm ausrichten lassen, dass... — to leave a message for sb that...

    er lässt Ihnen mitteilen, dass... — he wants or wishes (form) you to know that...

    etw kommen lassen —

    Goethe lässt Faust sagen... — Goethe has Faust say...

    2)

    = zulassenBei absichtlichen Handlungen wird lassen mit to let übersetzt, bei versehentlichen Handlungen mit to leave.die Bohnen fünf Minuten kochen lassen — let the beans boil for five minutes

    einen Bart/die Haare wachsen lassen — to grow a beard/one's hair, to let one's beard/hair grow

    3) = erlauben to let, to allow

    er hat mich nicht ausreden lassenhe didn't allow me to finish speaking, he didn't let me finish speaking

    jdn etw sehen/hören lassen — to let sb see/hear sth

    er hat sich überreden lassenhe let himself be persuaded, he allowed himself to be persuaded

    ich lasse mich nicht belügen/zwingen — I won't be lied to/coerced

    4)

    = Möglichkeit bieten das Fenster lässt sich leicht öffnen — the window opens easily

    das Fenster lässt sich nicht öffnen (grundsätzlich nicht) — the window doesn't open; (momentan nicht) the window won't open

    das Wort lässt sich schwer/nicht übersetzen — the word is hard to translate/can't be translated or is untranslatable

    das lässt sich machen — that's possible, that can be done

    es lässt sich essen/trinken — it's edible/drinkable

    hier lässt es sich bequem sitzen — it's nice sitting here

    das lässt sich zehn Jahre später nicht mehr feststellen — ten years on this can no longer be established, ten years on it is too late to establish this

    das lässt sich nicht mehr ändern — it's too late to do anything about it now

    daraus lässt sich schließen or folgern, dass... — one can conclude from this that...

    5)

    im Imperativ lass uns gehen! — let's go!

    lass es dir gut gehen!take care of yourself!

    lass ihn nur kommen!just let him show his face!, just let him come!

    lasset uns beten —

    2. TRANSITIVES VERB
    1) = unterlassen to stop; (= momentan aufhören) to leave

    lass diese Bemerkungen!that's enough of that kind of remark!

    er kann das Rauchen/Trinken nicht lassen — he can't stop smoking/drinking

    tu was du nicht lassen kannst! — if you must, you must!

    er kann es nicht lassen!he will keep on doing it!

    er hat es versucht, aber er kann es nicht lassen — he's tried, but he can't help it or himself

    ich will aber nicht! – dann lassen wir es eben — but I don't want to! – let's not bother then

    wenn du nicht willst, dann lass es doch — if you don't want to, then don't

    2) = zurücklassen, loslassen to leave

    lass mich ( los)! — let me go!

    lass mich ( in Ruhe)! — leave me alone!

    3)

    = überlassen jdm etw lassen — to let sb have sth

    Peter will mir meinen Ball nicht lassen (= nicht geben)Peter won't let go of my ball

    lass ihr schon den Ball, sonst weint sie wieder — let her keep the ball otherwise she'll start crying again

    4) = hineinlassen, hinauslassen to let (
    in +acc into, aus out of)

    er ließ mich nicht aus dem Haus — he wouldn't let me out of the house

    lass bloß den Hund nicht auf das Sofa! — don't let the dog get on the sofa!

    einen ( Furz) lassen (inf)to let off (inf)

    5) = belassen to leave

    etw lassen, wie es ist — to leave sth (just) as it is

    etw ungesagt/ungetan lassen (geh) — to leave sth unsaid/undone

    3. INTRANSITIVES VERB
    von jdm/etw lassen (= ablassen) to give sb/sth up

    lass mal, ich mach das schon — leave it, I'll do it

    lass mal, ich zahle das schon — no, that's all right, I'll pay

    4. REFLEXIVES VERB

    ◆ sich lassen sich vor Freude nicht zu lassen wissen or nicht lassen können — to be beside oneself with joy

    * * *
    1) (to cause to be done: I'm having a tooth (taken) out; Have Smith come and see me.) have
    2) (to allow or permit: She refused to let her children go out in the rain; Let me see your drawing.) let
    3) (to cause to: I will let you know how much it costs.) let
    4) (used for giving orders or suggestions: If they will not work, let them starve; Let's (= let us) leave right away!) let
    5) (to allow to remain in a particular state or condition: She left the job half-finished.) leave
    6) (to let (a person or a thing) do something without being helped or attended to: I'll leave the meat to cook for a while.) leave
    * * *
    las·sen
    [ˈlasn̩]
    1.
    <lässt, ließ, gelassen>
    etw \lassen to stop sth; (verzichten) to refrain from doing sth; (nicht tun) to not do sth; (sich nicht bemühen) to not bother to do sth; (beiseitelegen) to put [or set] aside sth sep
    lass das! stop it [or that]!, BRIT fam also give over!
    lass das Betteln! stop begging!
    keine Lust? dann \lassen wir es eben you don't feel like it? we won't bother then
    tu, was du nicht \lassen kannst do what you have [or want] to do
    lass doch die Arbeit Arbeit sein! (fam) forget work!
    jd kann etw nicht \lassen sb can't stop sth
    ich konnte es einfach nicht \lassen I simply couldn't resist
    jd kann es nicht \lassen, etw zu tun sb can't stop doing sth
    2.
    <lässt, ließ, gelassen>
    jdn/etw irgendwo \lassen to leave sb/sth somewhere
    etw hinter sich dat \lassen to leave sth behind one
    3.
    <lässt, ließ, gelassen>
    jdm [o für jdn] etw \lassen to leave sth for sb
    4.
    <lässt, ließ, gelassen>
    jdm etw \lassen to let sb have sth
    lass ihnen ihren Spaß let them have their fun [or enjoy themselves]
    die Diebe haben uns nichts ge\lassen the thieves left us nothing [or fam cleaned us out]
    jdm etw billig/zum halben Preis \lassen to let sb have sth cheap/for half the price
    5.
    <lässt, ließ, gelassen>
    jdn/ein Tier irgendwohin \lassen to let sb/an animal go somewhere
    jdn aus etw dat/in etw akk \lassen to let [or allow] sb out of/into sth
    6.
    <lässt, ließ, gelassen>
    (in einem Zustand lassen)
    jdn/etw irgendwie/irgendwo \lassen to leave sb/sth somehow/somewhere
    jdn ohne Aufsicht \lassen to leave sb unsupervised
    es dabei \lassen to leave sth at that
    \lassen wir's dabei let's leave it at that
    etw ungesagt \lassen to leave sth unsaid
    nichts unversucht \lassen to try everything
    etw \lassen, wie es ist to leave sth as it is
    7.
    <lässt, ließ, gelassen>
    jdn/etw \lassen to let sb/sth go
    8.
    <lässt, ließ, gelassen>
    (nicht stören)
    jdn \lassen to leave sb alone
    jdn in Frieden \lassen to leave sb in peace
    jdn in seinem Glauben \lassen to not disillusion sb
    9.
    <lässt, ließ, gelassen>
    jdn \lassen to let sb; (euph sl: Sex haben) to let sb sleep [or have sex] with one
    lässt du mich? will you let me?
    10.
    <lässt, ließ, gelassen>
    ein Boot zu Wasser \lassen to put out a boat
    etw aus dem Fenster/von der Mauer \lassen to lower sth out of the window/from the top of the wall
    etw aus etw dat/in etw akk \lassen to let sth out of/into sth
    Luft aus Reifen \lassen to let down sep tyres
    jdm Wasser in die Wanne \lassen to run a bath for sb
    11.
    <lässt, ließ, gelassen>
    das/eines muss jd jdm \lassen sb must give [or grant] sb that/one thing
    12.
    <lässt, ließ, gelassen>
    jdn/etw \lassen to lose sb/sth
    Geld \lassen (fam) to lose money; (ausgeben) to spend money
    sein Leben für etw akk \lassen to lay down one's life for sth
    13.
    alles unter sich dat \lassen (euph veraltend) to mess the bed
    einen \lassen (derb) to let one rip fam
    1.
    <lässt, ließ, lassen>
    jdn etw tun \lassen to have sb do sth; (überreden) to get sb to do sth
    sie wollen alle ihre Kinder studieren \lassen they want all of their children to study
    \lassen Sie Herrn Braun hereinkommen please send Mr Braun in
    jdn erschießen \lassen to have sb shot
    jdn kommen \lassen to send for sb
    jdn etw wissen \lassen to let sb know sth
    etw machen \lassen to have [or get] sth done
    ich lasse bitten please let them/him/her come in
    das Licht brennen \lassen to keep [or leave] the light on
    nichts machen \lassen to get nothing done
    eine Pizza kommen \lassen to have [or get] a pizza delivered
    etw reparieren \lassen to have [or get] sth repaired
    sich dat sagen \lassen, dass... to hear [or be told] that...
    sich akk scheiden \lassen to get a divorce
    jdm etw schicken \lassen to have sth sent to sb
    sich dat die Haare schneiden/einen Zahn ziehen \lassen to have [or get] one's hair cut/a tooth pulled
    jdn warten \lassen to keep sb waiting
    2.
    <lässt, ließ, lassen>
    jdn etw tun \lassen to let sb do sth, to allow sb to do sth
    ich lasse mich nicht länger von dir belügen! I won't be lied to by you any longer!
    wie konnten Sie sich nur so hinters Licht führen \lassen! how could you allow yourself to be led up the garden path like that!
    er lässt sich nicht so leicht betrügen he won't be taken in so easily
    du solltest dich nicht so behandeln \lassen you shouldn't allow yourself to be treated like that
    das lasse ich nicht mit mir machen I won't stand for it!
    sie lässt sich nichts sagen she won't be told
    viel mit sich dat machen \lassen to put up with a lot
    3.
    <lässt, ließ, lassen>
    etw geschehen \lassen to let sth happen
    10 Minuten kochen und dann abkühlen \lassen boil for 10 minutes and let stand to cool, the water should be allowed to boil for a minute
    sich dat etw geschehen \lassen to let sth happen to one
    er lässt sich zurzeit einen Bart wachsen he's growing a beard at the moment
    4.
    <lässt, ließ, lassen>
    (geeignet sein)
    etw lässt sich akk tun sth can be done
    das lässt sich machen! that can be done!
    das lässt sich leicht machen! that's easy to do!
    das lässt sich hören that's acceptable
    das lässt sich denken that's understandable
    der Text lässt sich nur schwer übersetzen the text can only be translated with difficulty
    das lässt sich nicht leicht beweisen that won't be easy to prove
    sich akk leicht öffnen/schließen \lassen to open/close easily
    5.
    <lässt, ließ, lassen>
    (als Imperativ)
    lass/lasst uns etw tun let's do sth
    lasset uns beten let us pray
    lass uns das nie wieder erleben! don't ever let's go through that again!
    lass dich hier nie wieder blicken! don't ever show your face around here again!
    \lassen Sie sich das gesagt sein, so etwas dulde ich nicht let me tell you that I won't tolerate anything like that
    lass dich bloß nicht von ihm ärgern just don't let him annoy you
    lass dir/\lassen Sie sich... let...
    lass dir darüber keine grauen Haare wachsen don't get any grey hairs over it
    6.
    <lässt, ließ, lassen>
    jdn/etw etw tun \lassen to wait until sb/sth has done sth
    1.
    <lässt, ließ, gelassen>
    von etw dat \lassen to give up sth sep
    2.
    <lässt, ließ, gelassen>
    von etw dat \lassen to let go of sth
    3.
    <lässt, ließ, gelassen>
    \lassen Sie mal! leave it!; (danke) that's all right!
    4.
    <lässt, ließ, gelassen>
    (veraltend: trennen)
    von jdm \lassen to leave [or part from] sb
    <lässt, ließ, lassen>
    es lässt sich nicht leugnen, dass... it cannot be denied [or there's no denying] [or we/you etc. cannot deny] that...
    hier lässt es sich gut arbeiten you can work well here
    hier lässt es sich leben it's a good life here
    * * *
    1.
    unregelmäßiges transitives Verb
    1) mit Inf. (2. Part. lassen) (veranlassen)

    etwas tun lassenhave or get something done

    jemanden warten/erschießen lassen — keep somebody waiting/have somebody shot

    jemanden kommen/rufen lassen — send for somebody

    2) mit Inf. (2. Part. lassen) (erlauben)

    jemanden etwas tun lassen — let somebody do something; allow somebody to do something

    jemanden ausreden lassen — let somebody finish speaking; allow somebody to finish speaking

    3) (zugestehen, belassen)

    das muss man ihm/ihr lassen — one must grant or give him/her that

    4) (hineinlassen/herauslassen) let or allow (in + Akk. into, aus out of)

    jemanden ins Zimmer lassenlet or allow somebody into the room

    5) (unterlassen) stop; (Begonnenes) put aside

    lass das!stop that or it!

    es nicht lassen können, etwas zu tun — be unable to stop doing something

    tu, was du nicht lassen kannst — go ahead and do what you want to do

    6) (zurücklassen; bleiben lassen) leave
    8)

    lass/lasst uns gehen/fahren! — let's go!

    9) (verlieren) lose; (ausgeben) spend
    10)
    2.
    unregelmäßiges reflexives Verb (2. Part. lassen)
    1)

    das lässt sich machen — that can be done; s. auch hören 1. 2), 3)

    es lässt sich nicht leugnen/verschweigen, dass... — it cannot be denied or there's no denying that.../we/you etc. cannot hide the fact that...

    hier lässt es sich leben/wohl sein — it's a good life here

    3.
    unregelmäßiges intransitives Verb
    1) (ugs.)

    Lass mal. 1ch mache das schon — Leave it. 1'll do it

    Lass doch od. nur! Du kannst mir das Geld später zurückgeben — That's all right. You can pay me back later

    2) (2. Part. lassen) (veranlassen)

    ich lasse bitten — would you ask him/her/them to come in

    ich habe mir sagen lassen, dass... — 1've been told or informed that...

    3) (veralt.): (aufgeben)

    von jemandem/etwas lassen — part from somebody/something

    * * *
    A. v/mod; lässt, ließ, hat lassen
    1. (erlauben) let;
    jemanden gehen/schlafen etc
    lassen let sb go/sleep etc;
    die Polizei musste ihn laufen lassen the police had to let him go;
    lass mich mal sehen! let me see ( oder have a look);
    lass ihn nur kommen! just let him come;
    lass mich nur machen! (just) leave it to me;
    sie ließ alles mit sich geschehen she put up with everything he ( oder they etc) did to her;
    lass ihn doch ausreden let him finish (what he’s saying); bieten, schmecken B, sehen B, stören A, träumen 1 etc
    jemanden etwas tun lassen get sb to do sth; stärker: make sb do sth;
    er ließ ihn versetzen he had him transferred;
    er ließ sich einen Anzug machen he had a suit made (for himself);
    sich (dat)
    etwas schicken lassen have sth sent;
    sich (dat)
    einen Zahn ziehen lassen have a tooth (taken) out;
    er ließ den Arzt/die Polizei kommen he sent for ( oder called) the doctor/he called the police;
    er ließ mich warten he kept me waiting, he made me wait;
    ich lass mich so nicht anreden I won’t be spoken to like that, I won’t have anyone speak to me like that;
    ich lass mich doch nicht verarschen umg I won’t be made a fool of, what sort of a fool do they etc take me for?; auch laufen A
    lass(t) uns gehen! let’s go;
    lasset uns beten let us pray
    das lässt sich (schon) machen/einrichten (I’m sure) it can be done/we can manage that;
    es lässt sich nicht beweisen it can’t be proved;
    das Wort lässt sich nicht übersetzen this word can’t be translated ( oder is untranslatable);
    der Schrank lässt sich leicht öffnen the cupboard is easy to open;
    die Tür lässt sich nicht öffnen grundsätzlich: the door can’t be opened, the door doesn’t open; im Moment: the door won’t open;
    es lässt sich nicht leugnen, dass … there’s no denying that;
    es lässt sich vielfach verwenden it can be put to a number of uses;
    es lässt sich gut mischen/drehen it mixes well/turns easily;
    der Wein lässt sich trinken umg this wine’s very drinkable ( oder not bad at all)
    5.
    ich habe mir sagen lassen I’ve heard ( oder been told);
    ich lasse bitten geh please bring our visitor(s) in;
    einen fahren lassen vulg let off; einfallen 1, hören A, sehen B
    B. v/i; pperf gelassen
    1. umg:
    lass nur, ich mach das schon you can leave that to me;
    lass doch, das geht auch so leave it, it’s OK as it is
    2. geh (sich trennen)
    von jemandem/etwas lassen obs leave sb/give up sth;
    sie können nicht voneinander lassen they cannot be parted, they are inseparable
    C. v/t; pperf gelassen
    1.
    er ließ ihn ins Haus he let him in(to the house);
    Wasser in die Wanne lassen run ([the] water into) the bath;
    einen lassen vulg let off;
    worauf du einen lassen kannst! vulg you can be sure of that!
    2. (unterlassen) stop;
    lass das! don’t!; (hör auf) auch stop it!;
    lass das Weinen (do) stop crying;
    lass es (sein) leave it, don’t bother;
    lassen wir das enough of that;
    lass den Lärm stop that noise;
    ich kann’s nicht lassen I can’t stop, I can’t help it;
    er kann das Streiten nicht lassen he can’t stop arguing, he 'will go on arguing;
    er kann’s einfach nicht lassen he 'will keep on doing it;
    tu, was du nicht lassen kannst you must do what you think best ( oder what you have to do)
    alles so lassen, wie es ist leave things as they are;
    die Tür offen lassen leave the door open;
    etwas/jemanden hinter sich (dat)
    lassen leave sth/sb behind;
    das Licht brennen lassen leave the light(s) on;
    das kann man (so) lassen! umg (mm,) not bad;
    lass (die) Arbeit Arbeit sein umg you can leave your work, it won’t run away; Ruhe
    4. (an einem Ort etc lassen) leave;
    wo soll ich mein Gepäck lassen? where shall I leave ( oder put) my luggage?;
    wo habe ich (bloß) meinen Schirm gelassen? where can I have left ( oder put) my umbrella?;
    lass mir noch einen Schluck in der Flasche leave a drop for me in the bottle;
    viel Geld lassen umg, fig beim Glücksspiel etc: lose a packet (of money)
    5. (überlassen) give; (vermachen) leave;
    jemandem etwas lassen leave sb sth; fig leave sth to sb;
    ich lasse Ihnen das Bild für 400 Dollar you can have the picture for $400;
    jemandem fünf Minuten lassen give sb five minutes;
    das muss man ihm lassen you’ve got to hand it to him; Sorge, Vortritt, Wille, Zeit etc
    6. poet (verlassen) (Land, Frau etc) leave;
    sein Leben lassen lose one’s life, be killed, die,
    sein Leben für etwas lassen lay down one’s life for sth
    * * *
    1.
    unregelmäßiges transitives Verb
    1) mit Inf. (2. Part. lassen) (veranlassen)

    etwas tun lassenhave or get something done

    jemanden warten/erschießen lassen — keep somebody waiting/have somebody shot

    jemanden kommen/rufen lassen — send for somebody

    2) mit Inf. (2. Part. lassen) (erlauben)

    jemanden etwas tun lassen — let somebody do something; allow somebody to do something

    jemanden ausreden lassen — let somebody finish speaking; allow somebody to finish speaking

    er lässt sich (Dat.) nichts sagen — you can't tell him anything

    3) (zugestehen, belassen)

    das muss man ihm/ihr lassen — one must grant or give him/her that

    4) (hineinlassen/herauslassen) let or allow (in + Akk. into, aus out of)

    jemanden ins Zimmer lassenlet or allow somebody into the room

    5) (unterlassen) stop; (Begonnenes) put aside

    lass das!stop that or it!

    es nicht lassen können, etwas zu tun — be unable to stop doing something

    tu, was du nicht lassen kannst — go ahead and do what you want to do

    6) (zurücklassen; bleiben lassen) leave
    8)

    lass/lasst uns gehen/fahren! — let's go!

    9) (verlieren) lose; (ausgeben) spend
    10)
    2.
    unregelmäßiges reflexives Verb (2. Part. lassen)
    1)

    das lässt sich machen — that can be done; s. auch hören 1. 2), 3)

    es lässt sich nicht leugnen/verschweigen, dass... — it cannot be denied or there's no denying that.../we/you etc. cannot hide the fact that...

    hier lässt es sich leben/wohl sein — it's a good life here

    3.
    unregelmäßiges intransitives Verb
    1) (ugs.)

    Lass mal. 1ch mache das schon — Leave it. 1'll do it

    Lass doch od. nur! Du kannst mir das Geld später zurückgeben — That's all right. You can pay me back later

    2) (2. Part. lassen) (veranlassen)

    ich lasse bitten — would you ask him/her/them to come in

    ich habe mir sagen lassen, dass... — 1've been told or informed that...

    3) (veralt.): (aufgeben)

    von jemandem/etwas lassen — part from somebody/something

    * * *
    v.
    (§ p.,pp.: ließ, gelassen)
    = to assume v.
    to let v.
    (§ p.,p.p.: let)

    Deutsch-Englisch Wörterbuch > lassen

  • 106 don

    m.
    1 gift.
    don de mando leadership qualities
    tener don de gentes to have a way with people
    2 Mr., Mister.
    3 don.
    * * *
    1 Mr
    \
    Don Fulano de Tal Mr So-and-So
    un don nadie a nobody Table 1 NOTA Don is a courtesy title placed before the first names of men /Table 1
    ————————
    1 (regalo) gift, present
    2 (talento) talent, natural gift
    \
    don de gentes natural ability to get on well with people
    * * *
    noun m.
    * * *
    I
    SM
    1) (=talento) gift

    don de gentes, tener don de gentes — to know how to handle people, be good with people

    don de mandoleadership qualities pl ; (Mil) generalship

    don de palabragift of the gab *, gift of gab (EEUU) *

    2) (=deseo) wish
    3) (=regalo) gift
    II
    SM
    1) [tratamiento de cortesía]

    Don[en carta, sobre] Esquire

    Sr. Don Fernando García — [en correspondencia] Mr F. García, Fernando García Esq.

    ¿habéis visto a don Fernando? — have you seen Mr García?

    es don perfecto, él cree que nunca se equivoca — iró he thinks he's Mr Perfect and never makes a mistake

    Juan
    2) Arg, Col * [tratamiento popular] mate *, buddy (EEUU) *
    DON/DOÑA A courtesy title, don/doña placed before the first name of an older or more senior man/woman is a way of showing them your respect when talking to them or about them. E.g. "¿Podría hablar con don César Roca?", "Buenos días doña Alicia. ¿Qué tal su viaje?" Although now becoming rarer, in Spain Don and Doña, often abbreviated to D. and Dña., are commonly used before full names on official documents and contracts. In formal correspondence, they are used in combination with Sr., Sra. and Srta., e.g. Sr. D. Bernardo Esplugas Martín, Sra. Dña. Ana Rodríguez.
    * * *
    I
    a) (liter) ( dádiva) gift
    b) ( talento) talent, gift
    II
    1)
    a) (con el nombre de pila, tratamiento de cortesía) ≈Mr

    Sr Don Miguel López — (Corresp) Mr M López o (frml) Miguel López Esq

    b) (fam) ( en motes) Mr
    2) (AmL) ( uso popular)

    ¿qué le vendo, don? — what can I do for you, buddy (AmE) o (BrE) guv? (colloq)

    •• Cultural note:
    don/doña
    The words don, for men, and doña, for women, are courtesy titles used before someone's name, when they are being spoken or written to. They are used for someone who is senior professionally, in age or socially. Doña is usually used only for married or widowed women, except in official documents, when it refers to any woman. Don and doña always precede a person's first name. "¿Se va ya, don Juan?" When talking about a third person you can use don and doña before their first name, which is followed by their surname: " Don Juan Montesinos". In correspondence, don and doña can be abbreviated to D. and Dn., or Dña. and Da, respectively, and can be preceded by the appropriate title señor or señora: ‘Sr. Dn. Juan Montesinos’; ‘Sra. Dña. Ana Castellón
    * * *
    = gift, endowment, flair.
    Nota: A veces confundido con flare.
    Ex. The writer's gift is to orchestrate words in print better than the rest of us.
    Ex. Appreciation of literature, and the ability to say things about it which are true but not new, is a much commoner endowment.
    Ex. The image of the reference librarian, as portrayed by Katherine Hepburn in the film, 'Desk Set,' suggests the superb flair and intellectual acumen with which reference librarians would like to dazzle their patrons.
    ----
    * cultivar un don = cultivate + gift.
    * don angustias = worryguts, worrywart, worrypot.
    * don especial = knack, knack.
    * dotar con un don = endow with + gift.
    * * *
    I
    a) (liter) ( dádiva) gift
    b) ( talento) talent, gift
    II
    1)
    a) (con el nombre de pila, tratamiento de cortesía) ≈Mr

    Sr Don Miguel López — (Corresp) Mr M López o (frml) Miguel López Esq

    b) (fam) ( en motes) Mr
    2) (AmL) ( uso popular)

    ¿qué le vendo, don? — what can I do for you, buddy (AmE) o (BrE) guv? (colloq)

    •• Cultural note:
    don/doña
    The words don, for men, and doña, for women, are courtesy titles used before someone's name, when they are being spoken or written to. They are used for someone who is senior professionally, in age or socially. Doña is usually used only for married or widowed women, except in official documents, when it refers to any woman. Don and doña always precede a person's first name. "¿Se va ya, don Juan?" When talking about a third person you can use don and doña before their first name, which is followed by their surname: " Don Juan Montesinos". In correspondence, don and doña can be abbreviated to D. and Dn., or Dña. and Da, respectively, and can be preceded by the appropriate title señor or señora: ‘Sr. Dn. Juan Montesinos’; ‘Sra. Dña. Ana Castellón
    * * *
    = gift, endowment, flair.
    Nota: A veces confundido con flare.

    Ex: The writer's gift is to orchestrate words in print better than the rest of us.

    Ex: Appreciation of literature, and the ability to say things about it which are true but not new, is a much commoner endowment.
    Ex: The image of the reference librarian, as portrayed by Katherine Hepburn in the film, 'Desk Set,' suggests the superb flair and intellectual acumen with which reference librarians would like to dazzle their patrons.
    * cultivar un don = cultivate + gift.
    * don angustias = worryguts, worrywart, worrypot.
    * don especial = knack, knack.
    * dotar con un don = endow with + gift.

    * * *
    don1
    1 ( liter) (dádiva) gift
    2 (talento) talent, gift
    tiene un don para la música she has a talent o gift for music, she is a talented o gifted musician
    el don de la palabra/razón the gift of speech/reason
    tiene el don de meter siempre la pata ( iró); she has a real talent for o ( colloq) knack of putting her foot in it at every available opportunity ( iro)
    Compuestos:
    ability to get on well with people, good interpersonal skills ( frml)
    tiene don de gentes he gets on well with people, he has a way with people
    leadership qualities (pl)
    don2
    don/doña (↑ dona a1)
    A
    (usado con el nombre de pila): desde que se fue don Miguel since Mr López left
    ¿le sirvo un café, don Miguel? would you like some coffee, Mr López?
    Sr Don Miguel López ( Corresp) Mr M López o ( frml) Miguel López Esq.
    2 ( fam) (en motes) Mr
    ése es don dificultades that's Mr `No can do' o Mr Negative
    a don puntualidad no le va a caer nada bien que llegues tarde Mr Punctuality isn't going to think much of you showing up late ( colloq)
    donjuán m B. (↑ donjuán)
    Compuesto:
    ¡y no se va a casar con un don nadie como tú! and she's not going to marry a nobody o ( AmE colloq) a walking zero like you!
    B
    ( AmL) (en el uso popular): ¿qué le vendo, don? what can I do for you, buddy ( AmE) o ( BrE) guv? ( colloq)
    * * *

     

    Multiple Entries:
    Don    
    don
    don sustantivo masculino
    1
    a) (liter) ( dádiva) gift



    don de gentes ability to get on well with people;
    don de mando leadership qualities (pl)
    2 ( tratamiento de cortesía) ≈ Mr;

    ser un don nadie to be a nobody
    don 1 sustantivo masculino
    1 (capacidad) gift, talent: tiene el don de hacerme perder la paciencia, she has a knack for making me lose my patience
    2 (regalo, dádiva) gift: es un don divino, it is a heavenly gift
    don 2 sustantivo masculino Señor Don Carlos Jiménez, Mr Carlos Jiménez
    ser un don nadie, to be a nobody
    Es incorrecto traducir Don Miguel por Mr Miguel, ya que Mr sólo se puede usar con un apellido. Lo mejor es traducirlo por Mr Miguel más el apellido o Mr más el apellido. Si te refieres al destinatario de una carta, puedes escribir Miguel Romero, Esq.
    ' don' also found in these entries:
    Spanish:
    abandonar
    - abandonarse
    - abatimiento
    - abonarse
    - absoluta
    - absoluto
    - abundar
    - abusar
    - acalorarse
    - achantarse
    - aconsejar
    - adónde
    - advertir
    - agradar
    - ajena
    - ajeno
    - algo
    - almorzar
    - amargada
    - amargado
    - amargarse
    - antipatía
    - apartarse
    - aturullarse
    - aunque
    - aviso
    - bagatela
    - bajarse
    - balde
    - barrio
    - bastarse
    - berrinche
    - bicha
    - bilis
    - blandengue
    - bledo
    - bobada
    - bonita
    - bonito
    - borde
    - botepronto
    - broma
    - buena
    - bueno
    - caballo
    - caber
    - calibre
    - carne
    - carné
    - casar
    English:
    ability
    - don
    - empathize
    - esquire
    - excerpt
    - flair
    - genius
    - gift
    - money
    - nobody
    - nonentity
    - pipsqueak
    - skill
    - way
    - Esquire
    * * *
    Don nm
    el Don the Don
    * * *
    1 m gift;
    don de gentes way with people;
    don de lenguas gift for languages
    2 m Mr.;
    don Enrique Mr. Sanchez English uses the surname while Spanish uses the first name
    * * *
    don nm
    1) : gift, present
    2) : talent
    don nm
    1) : title of courtesy preceding a man's first name
    2)
    don nadie : nobody, insignificant person
    * * *
    don n
    1. Mr
    Don Antonio Díaz Mr Antonio DíazMr siempre va seguido del apellido, nunca del nombre solo
    2. (habilidad) gift / talent

    Spanish-English dictionary > don

  • 107 esta

    adj.
    this.
    * * *
    1→ link=este este,-a
    * * *
    * * *
    I
    ADJ DEM ver este II, 1), a)
    II
    PRON DEM
    =ésta PRON DEM ver este III, 1)
    * * *
    = this
    Ex. In this chapter a review of the development of cataloguing codes is given in order to explain and place in context the nature of modern cataloguing codes.
    * * *

    Ex: In this chapter a review of the development of cataloguing codes is given in order to explain and place in context the nature of modern cataloguing codes.

    * * *

    Del verbo estar: ( conjugate estar)

    está es:

    3ª persona singular (él/ella/usted) presente indicativo

    2ª persona singular (tú) imperativo

    Multiple Entries:
    esta    
    estar    
    está    
    ésta
    estar 1 ( conjugate estar) cópula
    1

    Estar denotes a changed condition or state as opposed to identity or nature, which is normally expressed by ser. Estar is also used when the emphasis is on the speaker's perception of things, of their appearance, taste, etc. The examples given below should be contrasted with those to be found in ser 1 cópula 1 to be;

    estás más gordo you've put on weight;
    estoy cansada I'm tired;
    está muy simpático conmigo he's being o he's been so nice to me (recently);
    ¡todo está tan caro! things are o have become so expensive!
    b) ( con

    bien, mal, mejor, peor): están todos bien, gracias they're all fine, thanks;

    ¡qué bien estás en esta foto! you look great in this photo!;
    está mal que no se lo perdones it's wrong of you not to forgive him;
    ver tb bien, mal, mejor, peor
    2 ( hablando de estado civil) to be;

    3 ( seguido de participios)

    estaban abrazados they had their arms around each other;
    ver tb v aux 2
    4 ( seguido de preposición) to be;
    (para más ejemplos ver tb la preposición o el nombre correspondiente);

    ¿a cómo está la uva? how much are the grapes?;
    está con el sarampión she has (the) measles;
    estoy de cocinera I'm doing the cooking;
    estamos sin electricidad the electricity is off at the moment;
    está sin pintar it hasn't been painted yet
    verbo intransitivo
    1 ( en un lugar) to be;
    ¿dónde está Chiapas? where's Chiapas?;

    está a 20 kilómetros de aquí it's 20 kilometers from here;
    ¿sabes dónde está Pedro? do you know where Pedro is?;
    ¿está Rodrigo? is Rodrigo in?;
    solo éstaé unos días I'll only be staying a few days;
    ¿cuánto tiempo éstaás en Londres? how long are you going to be in London (for)?
    2 ( en el tiempo):
    ¿a qué (día) estamos? what day is it today?;

    ¿a cuánto estamos hoy? what's the date today?;
    estamos a 28 de mayo it's May 28th (AmE) o (BrE) the 28th of May;
    estamos en primavera it's spring
    3
    a) (tener como función, cometido):


    estamos para ayudarlos we're here to help them


    4 (estar listo, terminado):

    lo atas con un nudo y ya está you tie a knot in it and that's it o there you are;
    enseguida estoy I'll be right with you
    5 (Esp) ( quedar) (+ me/te/le etc) (+ compl):

    la 46 te está mejor the 46 fits you better
    ésta v aux
    1 ( con gerundio):

    estoy viendo que va a ser imposible I'm beginning to see that it's going to be impossible
    2 ( con participio):

    ya está hecho un hombrecito he's a proper young man now;
    ver tb estar cópula 3
    estarse verbo pronominal ( enf) ( permanecer) to stay;
    ¿no te puedes ésta quieto? can't you stay o keep still?;

    estese tranquilo don't worry
    estar 2 sustantivo masculino (esp AmL) living room
    este,-a adj dem
    1 this
    este barco, this ship
    esta casa, this house 2 estos,-as, these
    estos hombres, these men
    estas mujeres, these women
    esta adj demeste,-a
    estar verbo intransitivo
    1 (existir, hallarse) to be: está al norte, it is to the north
    ¿estarás en casa?, will you be at home?
    no está en ningún lado, it isn't anywhere
    estamos aquí para servirle, we are at your service
    su pedido aún no está, your order isn't ready yet
    2 (permanecer) to stay: estos días estoy en casa de mis padres, these days I'm staying at my parents' place
    estoy en la oficina de ocho a dos, I'm at the office from eight to two
    quiero que estés aquí un minuto, ahora vuelvo, stay here, I'll be right back
    3 (tener una situación actual determinada: con adjetivo o participio) estaba blanco como la cera, he had turned as white as a sheet
    está dormido, he's asleep
    está teñida de rubio, her hair's dyed blonde
    (con gerundio) está estudiando, he is studying
    estaba preparando la comida, I was cooking
    (con adverbio) estoy tan lejos, I'm so far away
    está muy mal, (enfermo) he is very ill
    4 (quedar, sentar) el jersey me está pequeño, the sweater is too small for me
    5 (para indicar precio, grados, fecha) (+ a: fecha) to be: ¿a qué día estamos?, what's the date?
    estamos a 1 de Julio, it is the first of July
    (: precio) to be at: ¿a cómo/cuánto están las manzanas?, how much are the apples?
    están a setenta pesetas el kilo, they're seventy pesetas a kilo
    (: grados) en Madrid estamos a cuarenta grados, it's forty degrees in Madrid
    ♦ Locuciones: ¿estamos?, agreed?
    estar a disposición de, to be at the disposal of
    estar a la que salta, to be ready to take advantage of an opportunity
    estar a las duras y a las maduras, to take the bad with the good
    estar al caer, to be just round the corner
    estar en baja, to be waning
    estar en todo, to be on top of everything
    estaría bueno, whatever next
    ESTAR CON: (de acuerdo con) estoy con María, I agree with Mary
    ESTAR DE: estoy de broma, I'm joking
    está de camarero, he's working as a waiter
    estaba de Dios que las cosas sucedieran así, it was God's will that things turned out this way, está de vacaciones, he's on holiday
    me voy a marchar porque está claro que aquí estoy de más, I'm going to go because it's obvious that I'm in the way
    ESTAR ENCIMA: su madre siempre está encima de él, his mother is always on top of him
    ESTAR PARA: no estamos para bromas, we are in no mood for jokes
    esa ropa está para planchar, these clothes are ready to be ironed
    cuando estaba para salir, me llamaron, when I was just about to leave, they called me
    ESTAR POR: la casa está por construir, the house has still to be built
    estuve por decirle lo que pensaba, I was tempted to tell him what I thought
    estoy por la igualdad de derechos, I'm for equal rights
    ESTAR QUE: está que no puede con su alma, he is exhausted
    familiar está que trina, he's hopping mad
    ESTAR TRAS: está tras el ascenso, he is after promotion
    estoy tras una blusa blanca, I'm looking for a white blouse
    El uso del verbo to stay como traducción de estar en un lugar es incorrecto, a menos que quieras expresar lo contrario de irse o marcharse (no me voy a la playa, estaré en casa todo el verano, I'm not going to the beach, I'm staying at home all summer) o te refieras a alojarse: Estoy en el Palace. I'm staying at the Palace.
    éste,-a pron dem m,f
    1 this one: éste/ésta es más bonito/a, this one is prettier 2 éstos,-as, these (ones)
    ésta pron dem f éste

    ' ésta' also found in these entries:
    Spanish:
    abajo
    - abocada
    - abocado
    - abrir
    - abrigar
    - aburrida
    - aburrido
    - acabar
    - acabada
    - acabado
    - acaso
    - acento
    - aceptación
    - acercarse
    - achacosa
    - achacoso
    - acribillar
    - actual
    - actualidad
    - acudir
    - adscribir
    - afrutada
    - afrutado
    - agobiada
    - agobiado
    - agrado
    - ahí
    - alcance
    - altar
    - altura
    - amarrar
    - amuermar
    - ancha
    - ancho
    - anexa
    - anexo
    - anquilosarse
    - antes
    - antípodas
    - apego
    - apuntarse
    - aquél
    - aquélla
    - arder
    - arrastre
    - arriba
    - atentar
    - auge
    - auspicio
    - bache
    English:
    about
    - above-board
    - abroad
    - accustom
    - act
    - action
    - acute
    - adequate
    - after-care
    - agree
    - agreement
    - air
    - all
    - any
    - anybody
    - apparent
    - appealing
    - applicable
    - approach
    - appropriate
    - around
    - as
    - asbestos
    - aspect
    - astir
    - attuned to
    - auspice
    - available
    - away
    - back
    - bad-tempered
    - bald
    - bang
    - bare
    - basically
    - bat
    - battery
    - be
    - beauty
    - bed
    - behind
    - belong
    - bend
    - bent
    - best
    - blind
    - blitz
    - block up
    - bloody
    - blues
    * * *
    * * *
    det this
    este, esta, estos, estas
    det singular this; plural these;
    a todas estas in the meanwhile
    * * *
    * * *
    esta1 adj this
    esta2 adj this

    Spanish-English dictionary > esta

  • 108 estoy

    1→ link=estar estar
    * * *
    * * *
    * * *
    * * *
    estar1 (↑ estar (1))
    * * *

    Del verbo estar: ( conjugate estar)

    estoy es:

    1ª persona singular (yo) presente indicativo

    Multiple Entries:
    estar    
    estoy
    estar 1 ( conjugate estar) cópula
    1

    Estar denotes a changed condition or state as opposed to identity or nature, which is normally expressed by ser. Estar is also used when the emphasis is on the speaker's perception of things, of their appearance, taste, etc. The examples given below should be contrasted with those to be found in ser 1 cópula 1 to be;

    estás más gordo you've put on weight;
    estoy cansada I'm tired;
    está muy simpático conmigo he's being o he's been so nice to me (recently);
    ¡todo está tan caro! things are o have become so expensive!
    b) ( con

    bien, mal, mejor, peor): están todos bien, gracias they're all fine, thanks;

    ¡qué bien estás en esta foto! you look great in this photo!;
    está mal que no se lo perdones it's wrong of you not to forgive him;
    ver tb bien, mal, mejor, peor
    2 ( hablando de estado civil) to be;

    3 ( seguido de participios)

    estaban abrazados they had their arms around each other;
    ver tb v aux 2
    4 ( seguido de preposición) to be;
    (para más ejemplos ver tb la preposición o el nombre correspondiente);

    ¿a cómo está la uva? how much are the grapes?;
    está con el sarampión she has (the) measles;
    estoy de cocinera I'm doing the cooking;
    estamos sin electricidad the electricity is off at the moment;
    está sin pintar it hasn't been painted yet
    verbo intransitivo
    1 ( en un lugar) to be;
    ¿dónde está Chiapas? where's Chiapas?;

    está a 20 kilómetros de aquí it's 20 kilometers from here;
    ¿sabes dónde está Pedro? do you know where Pedro is?;
    ¿está Rodrigo? is Rodrigo in?;
    solo estoyé unos días I'll only be staying a few days;
    ¿cuánto tiempo estoyás en Londres? how long are you going to be in London (for)?
    2 ( en el tiempo):
    ¿a qué (día) estamos? what day is it today?;

    ¿a cuánto estamos hoy? what's the date today?;
    estamos a 28 de mayo it's May 28th (AmE) o (BrE) the 28th of May;
    estamos en primavera it's spring
    3
    a) (tener como función, cometido):


    estamos para ayudarlos we're here to help them


    4 (estar listo, terminado):

    lo atas con un nudo y ya está you tie a knot in it and that's it o there you are;
    enseguida estoy I'll be right with you
    5 (Esp) ( quedar) (+ me/te/le etc) (+ compl):

    la 46 te está mejor the 46 fits you better
    estoy v aux
    1 ( con gerundio):

    estoy viendo que va a ser imposible I'm beginning to see that it's going to be impossible
    2 ( con participio):

    ya está hecho un hombrecito he's a proper young man now;
    ver tb estar cópula 3
    estarse verbo pronominal ( enf) ( permanecer) to stay;
    ¿no te puedes estoy quieto? can't you stay o keep still?;

    estese tranquilo don't worry
    estar 2 sustantivo masculino (esp AmL) living room
    estoy see estar 1
    estar verbo intransitivo
    1 (existir, hallarse) to be: está al norte, it is to the north
    ¿estarás en casa?, will you be at home?
    no está en ningún lado, it isn't anywhere
    estamos aquí para servirle, we are at your service
    su pedido aún no está, your order isn't ready yet
    2 (permanecer) to stay: estos días estoy en casa de mis padres, these days I'm staying at my parents' place
    estoy en la oficina de ocho a dos, I'm at the office from eight to two
    quiero que estés aquí un minuto, ahora vuelvo, stay here, I'll be right back
    3 (tener una situación actual determinada: con adjetivo o participio) estaba blanco como la cera, he had turned as white as a sheet
    está dormido, he's asleep
    está teñida de rubio, her hair's dyed blonde
    (con gerundio) está estudiando, he is studying
    estaba preparando la comida, I was cooking
    (con adverbio) estoy tan lejos, I'm so far away
    está muy mal, (enfermo) he is very ill
    4 (quedar, sentar) el jersey me está pequeño, the sweater is too small for me
    5 (para indicar precio, grados, fecha) (+ a: fecha) to be: ¿a qué día estamos?, what's the date?
    estamos a 1 de Julio, it is the first of July
    (: precio) to be at: ¿a cómo/cuánto están las manzanas?, how much are the apples?
    están a setenta pesetas el kilo, they're seventy pesetas a kilo
    (: grados) en Madrid estamos a cuarenta grados, it's forty degrees in Madrid
    ♦ Locuciones: ¿estamos?, agreed?
    estar a disposición de, to be at the disposal of
    estar a la que salta, to be ready to take advantage of an opportunity
    estar a las duras y a las maduras, to take the bad with the good
    estar al caer, to be just round the corner
    estar en baja, to be waning
    estar en todo, to be on top of everything
    estaría bueno, whatever next
    ESTAR CON: (de acuerdo con) estoy con María, I agree with Mary
    ESTAR DE: estoy de broma, I'm joking
    está de camarero, he's working as a waiter
    estaba de Dios que las cosas sucedieran así, it was God's will that things turned out this way, está de vacaciones, he's on holiday
    me voy a marchar porque está claro que aquí estoy de más, I'm going to go because it's obvious that I'm in the way
    ESTAR ENCIMA: su madre siempre está encima de él, his mother is always on top of him
    ESTAR PARA: no estamos para bromas, we are in no mood for jokes
    esa ropa está para planchar, these clothes are ready to be ironed
    cuando estaba para salir, me llamaron, when I was just about to leave, they called me
    ESTAR POR: la casa está por construir, the house has still to be built
    estuve por decirle lo que pensaba, I was tempted to tell him what I thought
    estoy por la igualdad de derechos, I'm for equal rights
    ESTAR QUE: está que no puede con su alma, he is exhausted
    familiar está que trina, he's hopping mad
    ESTAR TRAS: está tras el ascenso, he is after promotion
    estoy tras una blusa blanca, I'm looking for a white blouse
    El uso del verbo to stay como traducción de estar en un lugar es incorrecto, a menos que quieras expresar lo contrario de irse o marcharse (no me voy a la playa, estaré en casa todo el verano, I'm not going to the beach, I'm staying at home all summer) o te refieras a alojarse: Estoy en el Palace. I'm staying at the Palace.

    ' estoy' also found in these entries:
    Spanish:
    absolutamente
    - aburrida
    - aburrido
    - acaso
    - acostumbrada
    - acostumbrado
    - acuerdo
    - agobiada
    - agobiado
    - agradecida
    - agradecido
    - aliento
    - ánimo
    - arrastre
    - aterrizar
    - baqueteada
    - baqueteado
    - barriga
    - café
    - cansada
    - cansado
    - chorrear
    - cierta
    - cierto
    - comida
    - comido
    - concretamente
    - conocida
    - conocido
    - convalidación
    - desear
    - desocupación
    - despistada
    - despistado
    - destemplada
    - destemplado
    - devaneo
    - diaria
    - diario
    - disconforme
    - disposición
    - enferma
    - enfermo
    - enganchada
    - enganchado
    - enterada
    - enterado
    - entre
    - escarmentar
    - escucha
    English:
    accustom
    - agree
    - all
    - altogether
    - applied
    - approve of
    - back up
    - beat
    - bit
    - boiling
    - bored
    - certain
    - cheese off
    - clear
    - cold
    - connect
    - craft
    - dead
    - define
    - dissatisfied
    - do in
    - down
    - downright
    - far
    - feather
    - for
    - gramophone
    - grope
    - happy
    - health
    - hindrance
    - holiday
    - ill
    - impatient
    - inclined
    - interested
    - interesting
    - inundate
    - just
    - leek
    - look for
    - look out for
    - loophole
    - middle
    - misgiving
    - momentarily
    - motherhood
    - myself
    - mystify
    - newsletter
    * * *
    * * *
    vbestar
    * * *

    Spanish-English dictionary > estoy

  • 109 estuve

    1→ link=estar estar
    * * *
    estuviste, etc see estar
    * * *
    estuviste, etc see estar
    * * *
    estuve, estuviste, etc
    ser1 (↑ ser (1))
    * * *

    Del verbo estar: ( conjugate estar)

    estuve es:

    1ª persona singular (yo) pretérito indicativo

    Multiple Entries:
    estar    
    estuve
    estar 1 ( conjugate estar) cópula
    1

    Estar denotes a changed condition or state as opposed to identity or nature, which is normally expressed by ser. Estar is also used when the emphasis is on the speaker's perception of things, of their appearance, taste, etc. The examples given below should be contrasted with those to be found in ser 1 cópula 1 to be;

    estás más gordo you've put on weight;
    estoy cansada I'm tired;
    está muy simpático conmigo he's being o he's been so nice to me (recently);
    ¡todo está tan caro! things are o have become so expensive!
    b) ( con

    bien, mal, mejor, peor): están todos bien, gracias they're all fine, thanks;

    ¡qué bien estás en esta foto! you look great in this photo!;
    está mal que no se lo perdones it's wrong of you not to forgive him;
    ver tb bien, mal, mejor, peor
    2 ( hablando de estado civil) to be;

    3 ( seguido de participios)

    estaban abrazados they had their arms around each other;
    ver tb v aux 2
    4 ( seguido de preposición) to be;
    (para más ejemplos ver tb la preposición o el nombre correspondiente);

    ¿a cómo está la uva? how much are the grapes?;
    está con el sarampión she has (the) measles;
    estoy de cocinera I'm doing the cooking;
    estamos sin electricidad the electricity is off at the moment;
    está sin pintar it hasn't been painted yet
    verbo intransitivo
    1 ( en un lugar) to be;
    ¿dónde está Chiapas? where's Chiapas?;

    está a 20 kilómetros de aquí it's 20 kilometers from here;
    ¿sabes dónde está Pedro? do you know where Pedro is?;
    ¿está Rodrigo? is Rodrigo in?;
    solo estuveé unos días I'll only be staying a few days;
    ¿cuánto tiempo estuveás en Londres? how long are you going to be in London (for)?
    2 ( en el tiempo):
    ¿a qué (día) estamos? what day is it today?;

    ¿a cuánto estamos hoy? what's the date today?;
    estamos a 28 de mayo it's May 28th (AmE) o (BrE) the 28th of May;
    estamos en primavera it's spring
    3
    a) (tener como función, cometido):


    estamos para ayudarlos we're here to help them


    4 (estar listo, terminado):

    lo atas con un nudo y ya está you tie a knot in it and that's it o there you are;
    enseguida estoy I'll be right with you
    5 (Esp) ( quedar) (+ me/te/le etc) (+ compl):

    la 46 te está mejor the 46 fits you better
    estuve v aux
    1 ( con gerundio):

    estoy viendo que va a ser imposible I'm beginning to see that it's going to be impossible
    2 ( con participio):

    ya está hecho un hombrecito he's a proper young man now;
    ver tb estar cópula 3
    estarse verbo pronominal ( enf) ( permanecer) to stay;
    ¿no te puedes estuve quieto? can't you stay o keep still?;

    estese tranquilo don't worry
    estar 2 sustantivo masculino (esp AmL) living room
    estuve, estuviste, etc see estar 1
    estar verbo intransitivo
    1 (existir, hallarse) to be: está al norte, it is to the north
    ¿estarás en casa?, will you be at home?
    no está en ningún lado, it isn't anywhere
    estamos aquí para servirle, we are at your service
    su pedido aún no está, your order isn't ready yet
    2 (permanecer) to stay: estos días estoy en casa de mis padres, these days I'm staying at my parents' place
    estoy en la oficina de ocho a dos, I'm at the office from eight to two
    quiero que estés aquí un minuto, ahora vuelvo, stay here, I'll be right back
    3 (tener una situación actual determinada: con adjetivo o participio) estaba blanco como la cera, he had turned as white as a sheet
    está dormido, he's asleep
    está teñida de rubio, her hair's dyed blonde
    (con gerundio) está estudiando, he is studying
    estaba preparando la comida, I was cooking
    (con adverbio) estoy tan lejos, I'm so far away
    está muy mal, (enfermo) he is very ill
    4 (quedar, sentar) el jersey me está pequeño, the sweater is too small for me
    5 (para indicar precio, grados, fecha) (+ a: fecha) to be: ¿a qué día estamos?, what's the date?
    estamos a 1 de Julio, it is the first of July
    (: precio) to be at: ¿a cómo/cuánto están las manzanas?, how much are the apples?
    están a setenta pesetas el kilo, they're seventy pesetas a kilo
    (: grados) en Madrid estamos a cuarenta grados, it's forty degrees in Madrid
    ♦ Locuciones: ¿estamos?, agreed?
    estar a disposición de, to be at the disposal of
    estar a la que salta, to be ready to take advantage of an opportunity
    estar a las duras y a las maduras, to take the bad with the good
    estar al caer, to be just round the corner
    estar en baja, to be waning
    estar en todo, to be on top of everything
    estaría bueno, whatever next
    ESTAR CON: (de acuerdo con) estoy con María, I agree with Mary
    ESTAR DE: estoy de broma, I'm joking
    está de camarero, he's working as a waiter
    estaba de Dios que las cosas sucedieran así, it was God's will that things turned out this way, está de vacaciones, he's on holiday
    me voy a marchar porque está claro que aquí estoy de más, I'm going to go because it's obvious that I'm in the way
    ESTAR ENCIMA: su madre siempre está encima de él, his mother is always on top of him
    ESTAR PARA: no estamos para bromas, we are in no mood for jokes
    esa ropa está para planchar, these clothes are ready to be ironed
    cuando estaba para salir, me llamaron, when I was just about to leave, they called me
    ESTAR POR: la casa está por construir, the house has still to be built
    estuve por decirle lo que pensaba, I was tempted to tell him what I thought
    estoy por la igualdad de derechos, I'm for equal rights
    ESTAR QUE: está que no puede con su alma, he is exhausted
    familiar está que trina, he's hopping mad
    ESTAR TRAS: está tras el ascenso, he is after promotion
    estoy tras una blusa blanca, I'm looking for a white blouse
    El uso del verbo to stay como traducción de estar en un lugar es incorrecto, a menos que quieras expresar lo contrario de irse o marcharse (no me voy a la playa, estaré en casa todo el verano, I'm not going to the beach, I'm staying at home all summer) o te refieras a alojarse: Estoy en el Palace. I'm staying at the Palace.

    ' estuve' also found in these entries:
    Spanish:
    cerca
    - comerse
    - estar
    - hipar
    - quien
    - tris
    - tentar
    English:
    alternate
    - coop up
    - already
    - down
    - flat
    - lie
    - out
    - out of
    - talk
    * * *
    * * *
    vbestar

    Spanish-English dictionary > estuve

  • 110 estás

    adj.
    these.
    * * *
    1→ link=estar estar
    * * *
    * * *

    Del verbo estar: ( conjugate estar)

    estás es:

    2ª persona singular (tú) presente indicativo

    Multiple Entries:
    estar    
    estas    
    éstas
    estar 1 ( conjugate estar) cópula
    1

    Estar denotes a changed condition or state as opposed to identity or nature, which is normally expressed by ser. Estar is also used when the emphasis is on the speaker's perception of things, of their appearance, taste, etc. The examples given below should be contrasted with those to be found in ser 1 cópula 1 to be;

    estás más gordo you've put on weight;
    estoy cansada I'm tired;
    está muy simpático conmigo he's being o he's been so nice to me (recently);
    ¡todo está tan caro! things are o have become so expensive!
    b) ( con

    bien, mal, mejor, peor): están todos bien, gracias they're all fine, thanks;

    ¡qué bien estás en esta foto! you look great in this photo!;
    está mal que no se lo perdones it's wrong of you not to forgive him;
    ver tb bien, mal, mejor, peor
    2 ( hablando de estado civil) to be;

    3 ( seguido de participios)

    estaban abrazados they had their arms around each other;
    ver tb v aux 2
    4 ( seguido de preposición) to be;
    (para más ejemplos ver tb la preposición o el nombre correspondiente);

    ¿a cómo está la uva? how much are the grapes?;
    está con el sarampión she has (the) measles;
    estoy de cocinera I'm doing the cooking;
    estamos sin electricidad the electricity is off at the moment;
    está sin pintar it hasn't been painted yet
    verbo intransitivo
    1 ( en un lugar) to be;
    ¿dónde está Chiapas? where's Chiapas?;

    está a 20 kilómetros de aquí it's 20 kilometers from here;
    ¿sabes dónde está Pedro? do you know where Pedro is?;
    ¿está Rodrigo? is Rodrigo in?;
    solo éstasé unos días I'll only be staying a few days;
    ¿cuánto tiempo éstasás en Londres? how long are you going to be in London (for)?
    2 ( en el tiempo):
    ¿a qué (día) estamos? what day is it today?;

    ¿a cuánto estamos hoy? what's the date today?;
    estamos a 28 de mayo it's May 28th (AmE) o (BrE) the 28th of May;
    estamos en primavera it's spring
    3
    a) (tener como función, cometido):


    estamos para ayudarlos we're here to help them


    4 (estar listo, terminado):

    lo atas con un nudo y ya está you tie a knot in it and that's it o there you are;
    enseguida estoy I'll be right with you
    5 (Esp) ( quedar) (+ me/te/le etc) (+ compl):

    la 46 te está mejor the 46 fits you better
    éstas v aux
    1 ( con gerundio):

    estoy viendo que va a ser imposible I'm beginning to see that it's going to be impossible
    2 ( con participio):

    ya está hecho un hombrecito he's a proper young man now;
    ver tb estar cópula 3
    estarse verbo pronominal ( enf) ( permanecer) to stay;
    ¿no te puedes éstas quieto? can't you stay o keep still?;

    estese tranquilo don't worry
    estar 2 sustantivo masculino (esp AmL) living room
    estar verbo intransitivo
    1 (existir, hallarse) to be: está al norte, it is to the north
    ¿estarás en casa?, will you be at home?
    no está en ningún lado, it isn't anywhere
    estamos aquí para servirle, we are at your service
    su pedido aún no está, your order isn't ready yet
    2 (permanecer) to stay: estos días estoy en casa de mis padres, these days I'm staying at my parents' place
    estoy en la oficina de ocho a dos, I'm at the office from eight to two
    quiero que estés aquí un minuto, ahora vuelvo, stay here, I'll be right back
    3 (tener una situación actual determinada: con adjetivo o participio) estaba blanco como la cera, he had turned as white as a sheet
    está dormido, he's asleep
    está teñida de rubio, her hair's dyed blonde
    (con gerundio) está estudiando, he is studying
    estaba preparando la comida, I was cooking
    (con adverbio) estoy tan lejos, I'm so far away
    está muy mal, (enfermo) he is very ill
    4 (quedar, sentar) el jersey me está pequeño, the sweater is too small for me
    5 (para indicar precio, grados, fecha) (+ a: fecha) to be: ¿a qué día estamos?, what's the date?
    estamos a 1 de Julio, it is the first of July
    (: precio) to be at: ¿a cómo/cuánto están las manzanas?, how much are the apples?
    están a setenta pesetas el kilo, they're seventy pesetas a kilo
    (: grados) en Madrid estamos a cuarenta grados, it's forty degrees in Madrid
    ♦ Locuciones: ¿estamos?, agreed?
    estar a disposición de, to be at the disposal of
    estar a la que salta, to be ready to take advantage of an opportunity
    estar a las duras y a las maduras, to take the bad with the good
    estar al caer, to be just round the corner
    estar en baja, to be waning
    estar en todo, to be on top of everything
    estaría bueno, whatever next
    ESTAR CON: (de acuerdo con) estoy con María, I agree with Mary
    ESTAR DE: estoy de broma, I'm joking
    está de camarero, he's working as a waiter
    estaba de Dios que las cosas sucedieran así, it was God's will that things turned out this way, está de vacaciones, he's on holiday
    me voy a marchar porque está claro que aquí estoy de más, I'm going to go because it's obvious that I'm in the way
    ESTAR ENCIMA: su madre siempre está encima de él, his mother is always on top of him
    ESTAR PARA: no estamos para bromas, we are in no mood for jokes
    esa ropa está para planchar, these clothes are ready to be ironed
    cuando estaba para salir, me llamaron, when I was just about to leave, they called me
    ESTAR POR: la casa está por construir, the house has still to be built
    estuve por decirle lo que pensaba, I was tempted to tell him what I thought
    estoy por la igualdad de derechos, I'm for equal rights
    ESTAR QUE: está que no puede con su alma, he is exhausted
    familiar está que trina, he's hopping mad
    ESTAR TRAS: está tras el ascenso, he is after promotion
    estoy tras una blusa blanca, I'm looking for a white blouse
    El uso del verbo to stay como traducción de estar en un lugar es incorrecto, a menos que quieras expresar lo contrario de irse o marcharse (no me voy a la playa, estaré en casa todo el verano, I'm not going to the beach, I'm staying at home all summer) o te refieras a alojarse: Estoy en el Palace. I'm staying at the Palace.
    estos,-as adj dem pleste,-a
    éstos,-as pron dem m,fpléste,-a

    ' éstas' also found in these entries:
    Spanish:
    acabar
    - advertida
    - advertido
    - ahumar
    - altura
    - amenaza
    - bien
    - binocular
    - blandir
    - bobada
    - bribón
    - bribona
    - buscarse
    - canción
    - cargada
    - cargado
    - combadura
    - comestible
    - cómo
    - compaginación
    - consuelo
    - contraluz
    - curativa
    - curativo
    - descentrada
    - descentrado
    - desconocida
    - desconocido
    - despelote
    - discusión
    - disposición
    - distinguirse
    - eh
    - elemento
    - enclenque
    - escuchar
    - espectáculo
    - espesa
    - espeso
    - esta
    - este
    - fecha
    - flor
    - fotocomposición
    - fundar
    - gaita
    - garbosa
    - garboso
    - guapa
    - guapo
    English:
    absorb
    - agreeable
    - all
    - all right
    - amenable
    - balance out
    - be
    - block
    - blow up
    - bombed-out
    - breeding ground
    - bristle
    - call
    - class
    - come out
    - connect
    - daylight
    - fine
    - fragrance
    - game
    - graffiti
    - heaven
    - home
    - inhabit
    - inhibit
    - intersect
    - land
    - lead off from
    - luck
    - mind
    - mud
    - must
    - nervous
    - nice
    - now
    - oblige
    - OK
    - okay
    - play
    - pull
    - put down
    - put on
    - quite
    - read
    - ready
    - something
    - stage
    - standard
    - staple
    - stare
    * * *
    este, esta, estos, estas
    det singular this; plural these;
    a todas estas in the meanwhile

    Spanish-English dictionary > estás

  • 111 GÖRA

    ð, also spelt görva, giörva, geyra, giora, gera: prop. gøra, not gra (the ø was sounded nearly as y or ey), so that the g is to be sounded as an aspirate, however the word is spelt; and the insertion of i or j (giöra, gjöra), which is usual in mod. writing, and often occurs in old, is phonetic, not radical, and göra and gjöra represent the same sound. The word in the oldest form had a characteristic v, and is spelt so on the Runic stones in the frequent Runic phrase, gaurva kubl, Baut., and Danske Runemind. passim; but also now and then in old Icel. MSS., e. g. the Kb. of Sæm. (cited from Bugge’s Edit.), gorva, Am. 75, Skv. 1. 34, 3. 20, Hm. 123, Og. 29; gerva, Am. 64, Bkv. 3; giorva, Rm. 9; giorfa, 28; gorvir, Hkv. Hjörv. 41; gørvom, Hým. 6; gorviz, Am. 35; gerviz, Merl. 2. 89:—this characteristic v has since been dropped, and it is usually spelt without it in MSS., gora, Hým. 1, Og. 23, Ls. 65; gera, Am. 85; gorir, Hm. 114: the pret. always drops the v, gorþi, Hym. 21; gorðo or gorþo, fecerunt, Hm. 142, Am. 9; gorðumz, Hðm. 28; gerþi, Am. 74; gerþit, 26:—with i inserted, Rm. 9, 22; giordu, 11; in the Mork. freq. giavra. The ö is still sounded in the east of Icel., whereas gera is the common form in speech, gjöra in writing:—the old pres. indic. used by the poets and in the laws is monosyllabic görr, with suffixed negative, görr-a, Hkr. i. (in a verse); mod. bisyllabic görir, which form is also the usual one in the Sagas:—the old part. pass. was görr or gerr, geyrr, Fms. ix. 498, x. 75, where the v was kept before a vowel, and is often spelt with f, gorvan, gorvir, and gorfan, gorfir: dat. so-goro or so-guru adverbially = sic facto: the mod. part. gjörðr, gerðr, görðr, as a regular part. of the 2nd weak conjugation, which form occurs in MSS. of the 15th century, e. g. Bs. i. 877, l. 21. [This is a Scandin. word; Dan. gjöre; Swed. göra; Old Engl. and Scot. gar, which is no doubt of Scandin. origin, the Saxon word being do, the Germ. thun, neither of which is used in the Scandin.; the word however is not unknown to the Teut., though used in a different sense; A. S. gervan and gearvjan = parare; O. H. G. karwan; Germ. gerben, garben, but esp. the adj. and adv. gar, vide above s. v. gör-.] To make, to do; the Icel. includes both these senses.
    A. To make:
    I. to build, work, make, etc.; göra himin ok jörð, 623. 36, Hom. 100; göra hús, to build a house, Fms. xi. 4, Rb. 384; göra kirkju, Bjarn. 39; göra skip, N. G. L. i. 198; göra langskip, Eg. 44; göra stólpa, Al. 116; göra tól (= smíða), Vsp. 7; göra (fingr)-gull, Bs. i. 877; göra haug, to build a cairn, Eg. 399; göra lokhvílu, Dropl. 27; göra dys, Ld. 152; göra kistu ( coffin), Eg. 127; göra naust, N. G. L. i. 198; göra jarðhús, Dropl. 34; göra veggi, Eg. 724: also, göra bók, to write a book, Íb. 1, Rb. 384; göra kviðling, to make a song, Nj. 50; göra bréf, to draw up a deed ( letter), Fms. ix. 22; göra nýmæli, to frame a law, Íb. 17.
    2. adding prep.; göra upp, to repair, rebuild, restore, Fb. ii. 370; göra upp Jórsala-borg, Ver. 43; göra upp skála, Ld. 298; göra upp leiði, to build up a grave.
    II. to make, prepare, get ready; göra veizlu, drykkju, brúðkaup, erfi, and poët. öl, öldr, to make a feast, brew bridal ale, Fs. 23, Fms. xi. 156, Dropl. 6, Am. 86; göra seið, blót, to perform a sacrifice, Ld. 152; göra bú, to set up a house, Grág. i. 185, Ld. 68; göra eld, to make a fire, Fs. 100, K. Þ. K. 88; göra rekkju, to make one’s bed, Eg. 236; göra upp hvílur, Sturl. ii. 124; göra graut, to make porridge, Eg. 196, N. G. L. i. 349; göra drykk, to make a drink, Fms. i. 8; göra kol, or göra til kola, to make charcoal, Ölk. 35.
    III. in somewhat metaph. phrases; göra ferð, to make a journey, Fms. x. 281; görði heiman för sína, he made a journey from home, Eg. 23; göra sinn veg, to make one’s way, travel, Mar.; göra uppreisn, to make an uprising, to rebel, Rb. 384, Fms. ix. 416; göra úfrið, to make war, 656 C. 15; göra sátt, göra frið, to make peace, Hom. 153, Bs. i. 24; göra féskipti, Nj. 118; göra tilskipan, to make an arrangement, Eg. 67; göra ráð sitt, to make up one’s mind, Nj. 267, Fms. ix. 21; göra hluti, to cast lots, Fms. x. 348.
    2. to make, give, pay, yield; göra tíund, to pay tithes, Hom. 180; hann skal göra Guði tíunda hlut verðsins, id.; göra ölmusu, to give alms, 64; göra ávöxt, to yield fruit, Greg. 48; gefa né göra ávöxt, Stj. 43; göra konungi skatt eða skyld, Fms. xi. 225.
    3. to contract; göra vináttu, félagskap, to contract friendship, Nj. 103, Eg. 29; göra skuld, to contract a debt, Grág. i. 126: göra ráð með e-m, to take counsel with, advise one, Eg. 12; göra ráð fyrir, to suppose, Nj. 103, Fms. ix. 10; göra mun e-s, to make a difference, i. 255, Eb. 106.
    4. to make, make up, Lat. efficere; sex tigir penninga göra eyri, sixty pence make an ounce, Grág. i. 500, Rb. 458.
    5. to grant, render; göra kost, to make a choice, to grant, Nj. 130, Dropl. 6, Fms. xi. 72, (usually ellipt., kostr being understood); vil ek at þér gerit kostinn, Nj. 3; ok megit þér fyrir því göra ( grant) honum kostinn, 49, 51; göra e-m lög, to grant the law to one, 237; göra guðsifjar, to make ‘gossip’ with one, to be one’s godfather, Fms. ii. 130.
    6. special usages; göra spott, háð, gabb, … at e-u, to make sport, gibes, etc. at or over a thing, Fms. x. 124; göra iðran, to do penance, Greg. 22; göra þakkir, to give thanks, Hom. 55; göra róm at máli e-s, to cheer another’s speech, shout hear, hear! var görr at máli hans mikill rómr ok góðr, his speech was much cheered, Nj. 250,—a parliamentary term; the Teutons cheered, the Romans applauded (with the hands), cp. Tacit. Germ.
    7. with prepp.; gera til, to make ready or dress meat; láta af ( to kill) ok göra til ( and dress), K. Þ. K. 80, Ísl. ii. 83, 331, Fs. 146, 149, Bjarn. 31, Finnb. 228; göra til nyt, to churn milk, K. Þ. K. 78; göra til sverð, to wash and clean the sword, Dropl. 19; máttu þeir eigi sjá, hversu Þorvaldr var til gerr, how Th. got a dressing, Nj. 19.
    β. göra at e-u, to mend, make good, put right (at-görð), ek skal at því gera, Fms. xi. 153, Eg. 566, Nj. 130: to heal, Bárð. 171, Eg. 579, Grág. i. 220; göra at hesti, K. Þ. K. 54, Nj. 74: göra við e-u, vide B. II.
    8. adding acc. of an adj., part., or the like; göra mun þat margan höfuðlausan, Nj. 203; göra mikit um sik, to make a great noise, great havoc, Fb. i. 545, Grett. 133, Fms. x. 329; göra e-n sáttan, to reconcile one, Grág. i. 336; göra sér e-n kæran, to make one dear to oneself, Hkr. i. 209; göra sik líkan e-m, to make oneself like to another, imitate one, Nj. 258; göra sik góðan, to make oneself good or useful, 74, 78; göra sik reiðan, to take offence, 216; göra sér dælt, to make oneself at home, take liberties, Ld. 134, Nj. 216; göra langmælt, to make a long speech, Sks. 316; göra skjót-kjörit, to make a quick choice, Fms. ii. 79; göra hólpinn, to ‘make holpen,’ to help, x. 314; göra lögtekit, to make a law, issue a law, xi. 213, Bs. i. 37; hann gerði hann hálshöggvinn, he had him beheaded, Fms. ix. 488, v. l.; ok görðu þá handtekna alla at minsta kosti, Sturl. i. 40; várir vöskustu ok beztu menn era görfir handteknir, 41.
    β. göra sér mikit um e-t, to make much of, admire, Eg. 5, Fms. x. 254, 364; göra e-t at ágætum, to make famous, extol a thing, vii. 147; göra at orðum, to notice as remarkable, Fas. i. 123; göra at álitum, to take into consideration, Nj. 3; göra sér úgetið at e-u, to be displeased with, Ld. 134; göra vart við sik, to make one’s presence noticed, Eg. 79; göra sér mikit, lítið fyrir, to make great, small efforts, Finnb. 234; göra sér í hug, to brood over; hann gerði sér í hug at drepa jarl, Fs. 112; göra sér í hugar lund, to fancy, think: göra af sér, to exert oneself, ef þú gerir eigi meira af þér um aðra leika, Edda 32; hvárt hann var með Eiríki jarli, eðr görði hann annat af sér, or what else he was making of himself, Fms. xi. 157.
    9. phrases, gera fáleika á sik, to feign, make oneself look sad, Nj. 14; esp. adding upp, gera sér upp veyki, to feign sickness, (upp-gerð, dissimulation); göra sér til, to make a fuss, (hence, til-gerð, foppishness.)
    B. To do:
    I. to do, act; allt þat er hann gerir síðan ( whatever he does), þat á eigandi at ábyrgjask, Gþl. 190; þér munut fátt mæla eðr gera, áðr yðr munu vandræði af standa, i. e. whatsoever you say or do will bring you into trouble, Nj. 91; göra e-t með harðfengi ok kappi, 98; ger svá vel, ‘do so well,’ be so kind! 111; gerit nú svá, góði herra (please, dear lord!), þiggit mitt heilræði, Fms. vii. 157: and in mod. usage, gerið þér svo vel, gerðu svo vel, = Engl. please, do! sagði, at hann hafði með trúleik gört, done faithfully, Eg. 65; göra gott, to do good; göra íllt, to do evil, (góð-görð, íll-görð); ok þat var vel gört, well done, 64; geyrða ek hotvetna íllt, I did evil in all things, Niðrst. 109; hefir hann marga hluti gört stór-vel til mín, he has done many things well towards me, I have received many great benefits at his hands, Eg. 60: with dat., svá mikit gott sem jarl hefir mér gert, Nj. 133; þér vilda ek sízt íllt göra, I would least do harm to thee, 84: göra fúlmennsku, to do a mean act, 185; göra vel við e-n, to do well to one, Fs. 22; göra stygð við e-n, to offend one, Fms. x. 98; göra sæmiliga til e-s, to do well to one, Ld. 62, Nj. 71; göra sóma e-s, to do honour to one, Fms. vii. 155; göra e-m gagn, to give help to one, Nj. 262; göra e-m sæmd, skomm, to do ( shew) honour, dishonour, to one, 5, Fms. x. 43; göra háðung, xi. 152; göra styrk, to strengthen one, ix. 343; göra e-m skapraun, to tease one; göra ósóma, Vápn. 19; göra skaða ( scathe), Eg. 426; göra óvina-fagnað, to give joy to one’s enemies, i. e. to do just what they want one to do, Nj. 112; göra til skaps e-m, to conform to one’s wishes, 80; gerum vér sem faðir vár vill, let us do as our father wishes, 198; vel má ek gera þat til skaps föður míns at brenna inni með honum, id.; göra at skapi e-s, id., 3; var þat mjök gert móti mínu skapi, Fms. viii. 300; gera til saka við e-n, to offend, sin against one, Nj. 80; gera á hluta e-s, to wrong one, Vígl. 25; göra ílla fyrir sér, to behave badly, Fms. vii. 103.
    II. adding prep.; göra til e-s, to deserve a thing (cp. til-görð, desert, behaviour); hvat hafðir þú til gört, what hast thou done to deserve it? Nj. 130; framarr en ek hefi til gört, more than I have deserved, Fms. viii. 300; ok hafit þér Danir heldr til annars gört, ye Danes have rather deserved the reverse, xi. 192, Hom. 159:—göra eptir, to do after, imitate, Nj. 90:—göra við e-u (cp. við-görð, amendment), to provide for, amend, ok mun úhægt vera at göra við forlögum þeirra, Ld. 190; er úhægt at göra við ( to resist) atkvæðum, Fs. 22; ok mun ekki mega við því gera, Nj. 198:—göra af við e-n (cp. af-görð, evil doing), to transgress against one, ek hefi engan hlut af gört við þik, Fms. vii. 104, viii. 241; ok iðrask nú þess er hann hefir af gert, 300; göra af við Guð, to sin against God, Hom. 44.
    2. special usages; göra … at, to do so and so; spurði, hvat hann vildi þá láta at gera, he asked what he would have done, Nj. 100; hann gerði þat eina at, er hann átti, he did only what be ought, 220; þeir Flosi sátu um at rengja, ok gátu ekki at gert, F. tried, and could do nothing, 115, 242; þér munut ekki fá at gert, fyrr en …, 139; Flosi ok hans menn fengu ekki at gert, 199; mikit hefir þú nú at gert, much hast thou now done ( it is a serious matter), 85; er nú ok mikit at gert um manndráp siðan, 256; hann vildi taka vöru at láni, ok göra mikit at, and do great things, Ld. 70; Svartr hafði höggit skóg ok gert mikit at, Nj. 53; slíkt gerir at er sölin etr, so it happens with those who eat seaweed, i. e. that (viz. thirst) comes of eating seaweed, Eg. 605.
    β. göra af e-u, to do so and so with a thing; hvat hafið ér gert af Gunnari, Njarð. 376; ráð þú draumana, vera má at vér gerim af nokkut, may be that we may make something out of it, Ld. 126; gör af drauminum slíkt er þér þykkir líkligast, do with the dream ( read it) as seems to thee likeliest, Ísl. ii. 196: göra við e-n, to do with one; þá var um rætt, hvað við þá skyldi göra, what was to be done with them? Eg. 232; ærnar eru sakir til við Egil, hvat sem eg læt göra við hann, 426; eigi veit ek hvat þeir hafa síðan við gört, 574: göra fyrir e-t, to provide; Jón var vel fjáreigandi, ok at öllu vel fyrir gört, a wealthy and well-to-do man, Sturl. iii. 195; þótt Björn sé vel vígr maðr, þá er þar fyrir gört, því at …, but that is made up, because …: fyrir göra (q. v.), to forfeit.
    C. METAPH. AND SPECIAL USAGES:
    I. to do, help, avail; nú skulum vér ganga allir á vald jarlsins, því at oss gerir eigi annat, nothing else will do for us, Nj. 267; þat mun ekki gera, that wont do, 84; en ek kann ekki ráð til at leggja ef þetta gerir ekki, Fms. ii. 326; konungr vill þat eigi, þvi at mér gerir þat eigi ( it will not do for me) at þér gangit hér upp, x. 357; þat gerir mér ekki, at þér gangit á Orminn, … en hitt má vera at mér komi at gagni, ii. 227; þóttisk þá vita, at honum mundi ekki gera ( it would do nothing) at biðja fyrir honum, Fb. i. 565; engum gerði við hann at keppa, 571; ekki gerði þeim um at brjótask, Bárð. 10 new Ed.; sagða ek yðr eigi, at ekki mundi gera at leita hans, Sks. 625; hvat gerir mér nú at spyrja, Stj. 518; ekki gerir at dylja, no use hiding it, Fbr. 101 new Ed.; ætla þat at fáir þori, enda geri engum, Band. 7; bæði var leitað til annarra ok heima, ok gerði ekki, but did no good, 4; hét hann þeim afarkostum, ok gerði þat ekki, but it did no good, Fms. ii. 143.
    II. to send, despatch, cp. the Engl. to ‘do’ a message; hann gerði þegar menn frá sér, Eg. 270; hann hafði gört menn sex á skóginn fyrir þá, 568; þá gerði Karl lið móti þeim, Fms. i. 108; jarl gerði Eirík at leita Ribbunga, ix. 314; hann gerði fram fyrir sik Álf á njósn, 488; hann gerði menn fyrir sér at segja konunginum kvámu sína, x. 10; hleypi-skúta var gör norðr til Þrándheims, vii. 206; jafnan gerði jarl til Ribbunga ok drap menn af þeim, ix. 312; vilja Ósvífrs-synir þegar gera til þeirra Kotkels, despatch them to slay K., Ld. 144; skulu vér nú göra í mót honum, ok láta hann engri njósn koma, 242:—göra eptir e-m, to send after one, Nero bað göra eptir postulunum ok leiða þangat, 656 C. 26; nú verðr eigi eptir gört at miðjum vetri, Grág. i. 421; frændr Bjarnar létu göra eptir (Germ. abholen) líki hans, Bjarn. 69; síðan gerðu þeir til klaustrs þess er jómfrúin var í, Fms. x. 102:—gera e-m orð, njósn, to do a message to one; hann gerði orð jörlum sínum, Eg. 270; ætluðu þeir at göra Önundi njósn um ferðir Egils, 386, 582; vóru þangat orð gör, word was sent thither, Hkr. ii. 228.
    III. with infin. as an auxiliary verb, only in poetry and old prose (laws); ef hón gerði koma, if she did come, Völ. 5; gerðit vatn vægja, Am. 25; gramr gørr-at sér hlífa, he does not spare himself, Hkr. i. (in a verse); gerðut vægjask, id., Fs. (in a verse); hann gerðisk at höggva, Jb. 41; görðir at segja, Bkv. 15; görðisk at deyja, Gkv. 1. 1: in prose, eigi gerir hugr minn hlægja við honum, Fas. i. 122; góðir menn göra skýra sitt mál með sannsögli, 677. 12; Aristodemus görði eigi enn at trúa, Post.: esp. in the laws, ef þeir göra eigi ganga í rúm sín, Grág. i. 8; ef goðinn gerr eigi segja, 32; ef hann gerr eigi í ganga, 33; ef þeir göra eigi hluta meðr sér, 63; ef dómendr göra eigi dæma, 67; ef dómendr göra eigi við at taka, id.; ef goðinn gerr eigi ( does not) nefna féráns-dóm, 94; nú göra þeir menn eigi úmaga færa, 86; ef þeir göra eigi nefna kvöðina af búanum, Kb. ii. 163; ef þeir göra eigi segja, hvárt …, Sb. ii. 52; nú gerr sá eigi til fara, Kb. ii. 96; göra eigi koma, 150; ef hann gerr eigi kjósa, § 113.
    IV. a law term, göra um, or gera only, to judge or arbitrate in a case; fékksk þat af, at tólf menn skyldu göra um málit, Nj. 111; villt þú göra um málit, 21; bjóða mun ek at göra um, ok lúka upp þegar görðinni, 77; mun sá mála-hluti várr beztr, at góðir menn geri um, 88; málin vóru lagið í gerð, skyldu gera um tólf menn, var þá gert um málin á þingi, var þat gert, at … (follows the verdict), 88; vil ek at þú sættisk skjótt ok látir góða menn gera um …, at hann geri um ok enir beztu menn af hvárra liði lögliga til nefndir, 188; Njáll kvaðsk eigi gera mundu nema á þingi, 105; þeir kváðusk þat halda mundu, er hann gerði, id.; skaltú gera sjálfr, 58; fyrr en gert var áðr um hitt málit, 120; ek vil bjóðask til at göra milli ykkar Þórðar um mál yðar, Bjarn. 55; Þorsteinn kvað þat þó mundi mál manna, at þeir hefði góða nefnd um sættir þótt hann görði, 56; nú er þegar slegit í sætt málinu með því móti, at Áskell skal göra um þeirra í milli, Rd. 248; er nú leitað um sættir milli þeirra, ok kom svá at þeir skulu göra um málin Þorgeirr goði frá Ljósa-vatni ok Arnórr ór Reykjahlíð, sú var görð þeirra at …, 288; svá kemr at Ljótr vill at Skapti görði af hans hendi, en Guðmundr vill sjálfr göra fyrir sína hönd, skyldi Skapti gerð upp segja, Valla L. 225; eigi hæfir þat, leitum heldr um sættir ok geri Þorgeirr um mál þessi, Lv. 12; var jafnt gört sár Þórðar ok sár Þórodds, Eb. 246; þær urðu mála-lyktir at Þórðr skyldi göra um …, 24; ok vóru þá görvar miklar fésektir, 128; var leitað um sættir, ok varð þat at sætt, at þeir Snorri ok Steindórr skyldi göra um, 212; þit erut gerfir héraðs-sekir sem íllræðis-menn, Fs. 58: göra görð, Sturl. i. 63, 105: adding the fine, to fix the amount, þat er gerð mín, at ek geri verð húss ok matar, I fix the amount of the value of the house and (stolen) stores, Nj. 80; gerði Njáll hundrað silfrs, N. put it at a hundred silver pieces, 58; margir mæltu, at mikit vaeri gert, that the amount was high, id.; slíkt fégjald sem gert var, 120; vilit ér nokkut héraðs-sektir göra eða utanferðir, 189; hann dæmdi þegar, ok görði hundrað silfrs, 6l; síðan bauð Bjarni Þorkatli sætt ok sjálfdæmi, görði Bjarni hundrað silfrs, Vápn. 31; ek göri á hönd Þóri hundrað silfrs, Lv. 55; ek göri á hönd þér hundrað silfrs, id.; vilit þér, at ek göra millum ykkar? síðan görði konungr konuna til handa Þórði ok öll fé hennar, Bjarn. 17; Rafn kvað hann mikit fé annat af sér hafa gört, at eigi þætti honum þat betra, Fs. 30; Gellir görði átta hundrað silfrs, Lv. 97; fyrir þat gerði Börkr hinn digri af honum eyjarnar, B. took the isles from him as a fine, Landn. 123: adding the case as object, Gunnarr gerði gerðina, G. gave judgment in the case, Nj. 80; fyrr en gert var áðr um hitt málit, till the other case was decided, 120; þá sætt er hann görði Haraldi jarli, that settlement which he made for earl Harold, Fms. viii. 300: Flosi var görr utan ok allir brennu-menn, F. was put out ( banished) and all the burners, Nj. 251: metaph., nema þau vili annat mál á gera, unless they choose to settle it otherwise, Grág. i. 336.
    2. in the phrase, göra sekð, to make a case of outlawry, Grág. i. 118; eigi um görir sekð manns ella, else the outlawry takes no effect; en hann um görir eigi ella sekðina, else he cannot condemn him, 119.
    3. to perform; eptir-gerðar þeirrar sem hverr nennti framast at gera eptir sinn náung, Fms. viii. 103; en þat grunaði konung, at hann mundi ætla at göra eptir sumar sættir, i. e. that he had some back door to escape by, Orkn. 58 (cp. Ó. H.); allt þat er þér gerit nú fyrir þeirra sálum, id.
    V. special usages, to make allowance for; gera fóðr til fjár, to make an arbitrary allowance for, Ísl. ii. 138; hence, to suppose, en ef ek skal göra til fyrir fram ( suggest) hvat er hón (the code) segir mér, þá segi ek svá, at …, Fms. ix. 331; gera sér í hug, Fs. 112; göra sér í hugar-lund, to fancy; göra e-m getsakir, to impute to one; gera orð á e-u, to report a thing; þat er ekki orð á því geranda, ‘tis not worth talking about; eigi þarf orð at göra hjá því (‘tis not to be denied), sjálfan stólkonunginn blindaði hann, Mork. 14 (cp. Fms. vi. 168, l. c.); gera sér létt, to take a thing lightly, Am. 70; göra sér far um, to take pains; göra sér í hug, hugar-lund, to suppose.
    D. IMPERS. it makes one so and so, one becomes; hann görði fölvan í andliti, he turned pale, Glúm. 342; leysti ísinn ok görði varmt vatnið, the water became warm, 623. 34; veðr görði hvast, a gale arose, Eg. 128; hríð mikla gerði at þeim, they were overtaken by a storm, 267; þá gerði ok á hríð (acc.) veðrs, 281; féll veðrit ok gerði logn (acc.), and became calm, 372; görði þá stórt á firðinum, the sea rose high, 600; til þess er veðr lægði ok ljóst gerði, and till it cleared up, 129; um nóttina gerði á æði-veðr ok útsynning, 195; görir á fyrir þeim hafvillur, they lost their course (of sailors), Finnb. 242; mér gerir svefnhöfugt, I grow sleepy, Nj. 264; þá görði vetr mikinn þar eptir hinn næsta, Rd. 248.
    E. REFLEX, to become, grow, arise, and the like; þá görðisk hlátr, then arose laughter, Nj. 15; görðisk bardagi, it came to a fight, 62, 108; sá atburðr görðisk, it came to pass, Fms. x. 279; þau tíðendi er þar höfðu görzt, Ld. 152; gerðisk með þeim félagskapr, they entered into fellowship, Eg. 29; gerðisk svá fallit kaup, Dipl. ii. 10; Sigurðr konungr gerðisk ( grew up to be) ofstopa-maðr …, görðisk mikill maðr ok sterkr, Fms. vii. 238; hann görðisk brátt ríkr maðr ok stjórnsamr, xi. 223; Unnr görðisk þá mjök elli-móð, U. became worn with age, Ld. 12; sár þat er at ben görðisk, a law term, a wound which amounted to a bleeding wound, Nj. passim:—to be made, to become, görask konungr, to become king, Eg. 12; ok görðisk skáld hans, and became his skáld, 13; görðisk konungs hirðmaðr, 27; görask hans eigin-kona, to become his wedded wife, Fms. i. 3; at hann skyldi görask hálf-konungr yfir Dana-veldi, 83; vill Hrútr görask mágr þinn, Nj. 3; hann gerðisk síðan óvarari, he became less cautious, Fms. x. 414.
    2. with the prep. svá, to happen, come to pass so and so; svá görðisk, at …, it so happened, that …, Nj. 167; görðisk svá til, at …, Fms. x. 391; þá görðisk svá til um síðir, at…, at last it came to pass. that …, 392; enda vissi hann eigi, at þingför mundi af görask, in case he knew not that it would entail a journey to parliament, Grág. i. 46: with at added, to increase, þá görðisk þat mjök at um jarl ( it grew even worse with the earl) at hann var úsiðugr um kvenna-far, görðisk þat svá mikit, at …, it grew to such a pitch, that …, Hkr. i. 245; hence the mod. phrase, e-ð á-görist, it increases, gains, advances, esp. of illness, bad habits, and the like, never in a good sense.
    3. impers. with dat., honum gerðisk ekki mjök vært, he felt restless, Ld. 152; næsta gerisk mér kynlegt, I feel uneasy, Finnb. 236.
    4. to behave, bear oneself; Páll görðisk hraustliga í nafni Jesu, Post. 656 C. 13.
    5. to set about doing, be about; fám vetrum síðan görðisk hann vestr til Íslands, Fms. x. 415; maðr kom at honum ok spurði, hvat hann gerðisk, what he was about, Ó. H. 244; görðisk jarl til Ribbunga, Fms. ix. 312, v. l.; tveir menn görðusk ferðar sinnar, two men set out for a journey, x. 279; görðusk menn ok eigi til þess at sitja yfir hlut hans, Eg. 512; at þessir menn hafa görzk til svá mikils stórræðis, Fms. xi. 261; eigi treystusk menn at görask til við hann, Bárð. 160.
    6. (mod.) to be; in such phrases as, eins og menn nú gerast, such as people now are; eins og flestir menn gerast.
    F. PART. PASS. görr, geyrr (Fms. ix. 498, x. 75), gjörr, gerr, as adj., compar. görvari, superl. görvastr; [A. S. gearu; gare, Chaucer, Percy’s Ballads; O. H. G. garwe; Germ. gar]:—skilled, accomplished; vaskligr, at sér görr, Ld. 134; vel at sér görr, Ísl. ii. 326, Gísl. 14; gerr at sér um allt, Nj. 51; hraustir ok vel at sér görvir, Eg. 86; at engi maðr hafi gervari at sér verit en Sigurðr, Mork. 221; allra manna snjallastr í máli ok görvastr at sér, Hkr. iii. 360: the phrase, leggja görva hönd á e-t, to set a skilled hand to work, to be an adept, a master in a thing; svá hagr, at hann lagði allt á görva hönd, Fas. i. 391, (á allt görva hönd, iii. 195.)
    2. ready made, at hand; in the saying, gott er til geyrs (i. e. görs, not geirs) at taka, ‘tis good to have a thing at hand, Hkm. 17; ganga til görs, to have it ready made for one, Ld. 96; gör gjöld, prompt punishment, Lex. Poët.:—with infin., gerr at bjóða, ready to offer, Gh. 17; gervir at eiskra, in wild spirits, Hom. 11; görvar at ríða, Vsp. 24: with gen. of the thing, gerr ílls hugar, prone to evil, Hým. 9; gerr galdrs, prone to sorcery, Þd. 3; skulut þess görvir, be ready for that! Am. 55.
    II. [cp. görvi, Engl. gear], done, dressed; svá görvir, so ‘geared,’ so trussed, Am. 40.
    III. adverb. phrases, so-gurt, at soguru, so done; verða menn þat þó so-gurt at hafa, i. e. there is no redress to be had, Hrafn. 9; hafi hann so-gurt, N. G. L. i. 35, Nj. 141; kvað eigi so-gort duga, 123, v. l.; at (með) so-guru, this done, quo facto, Skv. 1. 24, 40; freq. with a notion of being left undone, re infecta. Germ. unverrichteter sache, Eg. 155, Glúm. 332, Ó. H. 202; enda siti um so-gort, and now let it stand, Skálda 166; við so-gurt, id., 655 vii. 4; á so-gurt ofan, into the bargain, Bs. i. 178, Ölk. 36, Fas. i. 85.

    Íslensk-ensk orðabók > GÖRA

  • 112 ὄνομα

    ὄνομα, ατος, τό (Hom.+).
    proper name of an entity, name
    gener. τῶν ἀποστόλων τὰ ὀνόματα ἐστιν ταῦτα Mt 10:2; cp. Rv 21:14. τῶν παρθένων τὰ ὀν. Hs 9, 15, 1. τὸ ὄνομα τοῦ πατρός Lk 1:59. ὄν. μοι, sc. ἐστίν, my name is (Od. 9, 366) Mk 5:9b. τί ὄν. σοι; what is your name? vs. 9a; w. copula Lk 8:30.—The expressions ᾧ (ᾗ) ὄν., οὗ τὸ ὄν., καὶ τὸ ὄν. αὐτοῦ (αὐτῆς), ὄν. αὐτῷ (parenthetic) are almost always without the copula (B-D-F §128, 3; Rob. 395): ᾧ (ᾗ) ὄν. (Sb 7573, 13 [116 A.D.]; Demetr.: 722 Fgm. 1, 5 Jac.; Just., A I, 53, 8 ᾧ ὄν. Λώτ) Lk 1:26, 27a; 2:25; 8:41; 24:13, 18 v.l.; Ac 13:6.—οὗ τὸ ὄν. (without a verb as BGU 344, 1) Mk 14:32. Cp. ὧν τὰ ὀνόματα ἐν βίβλῳ ζωῆς Phil 4:3 (ὧν τὰ ὀν. is a formula [Dssm., LO 95=LAE 121]. S. esp. BGU 432 II, 3 ὧν τὰ ὀν. τῷ βιβλιδίῳ δεδήλωται).—καὶ τὸ ὄν. αὐτῆς Lk 1:5b. καὶ τὸ ὄν. τῆς παρθένου Μαριάμ vs. 27b.—ὄν. αὐτῷ (Demosth. 32, 11 Ἀριστοφῶν ὄνομʼ αὐτῷ; Dionys. Hal. 8, 89, 4; Aelian, NA 8, 2 γυνὴ … Ἡρακληὶς ὄν. αὐτῇ; LXX) J 1:6; 3:1. ὁ καθήμενος ἐπάνω αὐτοῦ (i.e. τοῦ ἵππου), ὄν. αὐτῷ (ὁ) θάνατος Rv 6:8; cp. 9:11a.—W. the copula ἦν δὲ ὄν. τῷ δούλῳ Μάλχος J 18:10 (POxy 465, 12 ὁ δὲ κραταιὸς αὐτοῦ, ὄν. αὐτῷ ἐστιν Νεβύ, μηνύει; Jos., Ant. 19, 332). ἄγγελος …, οὗ τὸ ὄν. ἐστιν Θεγρί Hv 4, 2, 4.—The dat. is quite freq. ὀνόματι named, by name (X., Hell. 1, 6, 29 Σάμιος ὀνόματι Ἱππεύς; Tob 6:11 BA; 4 Macc 5:4; Just., D. 85, 6; 115, 3; B-D-F §160; 197; Rob. 487) ἄνθρωπον ὀν. Σίμωνα Mt 27:32; cp. Mk 5:22; Lk 1:5a; 5:27; 10:38; 16:20; 23:50; 24:18; Ac 5:1, 34; 8:9; 9:10–12, 33, 36; 10:1; 11:28; 12:13; 16:1, 14; 17:34; 18:2, 7, 24; 19:24; 20:9; 21:10; 27:1; 28:7; MPol 4. Also the acc. τοὔνομα (on the crasis s. B-D-F §18; Mlt-H. 63; FPreisigke, Griech. Urkunden des ägypt. Mus. zu Kairo [1911] 2, 6 γυνὴ Ταμοῦνις τοὔνομα; Diod S 2, 45, 4 πόλιν τοὔνομα Θ.; Lucian, Dial. Deor. 3; Philo, Leg. All. 1, 68; Jos., Ant. 7, 344, Vi. 382) named, by name (the acc. as X. et al., also 2 Macc 12:13; Demetr.: 722 Fgm. 1, 5 Jac. υἱὸν ὄ. Δάν.—B-D-F §160; Rob. 487) Mt 27:57. (Cp. ὄν. gener. as ‘mode of expression’ εἰ καὶ διάφορα ὀνόματα ἐστιν, ἀλλʼ … οἰκείαν … δέχεται τὴν νόησιν although there are various ways of expressing it, it nevertheless has a definite sense Did., Gen. 86, 22 [of various metaphors and images for the soul].)
    used w. verbs
    α. as their obj.: ὄν. ἔχειν Did., Gen. 29, 6 bear the name or as name, be named ὄν. ἔχει Ἀπολλύων Rv 9:11b (in this case the name Ἀ. stands independently in the nom.; B-D-F §143; Rob. 458). καλεῖν τὸ ὄν. τινος w. the name foll. in the acc. (after the Hb.; B-D-F §157, 2; Rob. 459) καλέσεις τὸ ὄν. αὐτοῦ Ἰησοῦν you are to name him Jesus Mt 1:21; Lk 1:31.—Mt 1:25. καλέσεις τὸ ὄν. αὐτοῦ Ἰωάννην Lk 1:13. καλέσουσιν τὸ ὄν. αὐτοῦ Ἐμμανουήλ Mt 1:23 (Is 7:14). διδόναι GJs 6:2. Pass. w. the name in the nom. (cp. GrBar 6:10 Φοῖνιξ καλεῖται τὸ ὄν. μου) ἐκλήθη τὸ ὄν. αὐτοῦ Ἰησοῦς Lk 2:21; cp. Rv 19:13. Also τὸ ὄν. τοῦ ἀστέρος λέγεται ὁ ῎ Αψινθος Rv 8:11.—ἐπιθεῖναι ὄν. τινι w. acc. of the name Mk 3:16f; cp. 12:8f; κληρονομεῖν ὄν. receive a name Hb 1:4=1 Cl 36:2. κληροῦσθαι τὸ αὐτὸ ὄν. obtain the same name (s. κληρόω 2) MPol 6:2.—τὰ ὀν. ὑμῶν ἐγγέγραπται ἐν τοῖς οὐρανοῖς Lk 10:20.—Rv 13:8; 17:8. ἐξαλείψω τὸ ὄν. αὐτῶν 1 Cl 53:3 (Dt 9:14); Rv 3:5a (perh. to be placed in 4 below); s. ἐξαλείφω.
    β. in another way (εἰ δέ τις ὀνόματι καλέσει but if anyone is so named Hippol., Ref. 6, 20, 2): ὸ̔ς καλεῖται τῷ ὀνόματι τούτῳ who is so named Lk 1:61. ἀνὴρ ὀνόματι καλούμενος Ζακχαῖος a man whose name was Zacchaeus 19:2. καλεῖν τι (i.e. παιδίον) ἐπὶ τῷ ὀνόματί τινος name someone after someone 1:59. Cp. IMg 10:1. This leads to
    used w. prepositions: ἐξ ὀνόματος (Ctesias, Ind. p. 105 M.: Diod S 13, 15, 1; 37, 15, 2; Appian, Mithrid. 59, §243, Bell. Civ. 3, 21 §77; 4, 73 §310; PGM 4, 2973; Jos., Ant. 2, 275) by name, individually, one by one (so that no one is lost in the crowd) ἐξ ὀν. πάντας ζήτει IPol 4:2. ἀσπάζομαι πάντας ἐξ ὀνόματος 8:2. πάντες ἐξ ὀν. συνέρχεσθε (parallel to κατʼ ἄνδρα) IEph 20:2.—κατʼ ὄν. by name, individually (Diod S 16, 44, 2; Gen 25:13; EpArist 247; Jos., Bell. 7, 14) J 10:3 (New Docs 3, 77f; animals called individually by name: Ps.-Aristot., Mirabil. 118.—HAlmqvist, Plut. u. das NT ’46, 74). Esp. in greetings (BGU 27, 18 [II A.D.] ἀσπάζομαι πάντας τοὺς φιλοῦντάς σε κατʼ ὄν.; POxy 1070, 46; pap in Dssm., LO 160/1, ln. 14f [LAE 193, ln. 15, note 21]; New Docs 3, 77f) 3J 15; ISm 13:2b. ῥάβδους ἐπιγεγραμμένας ἑκάστης φυλῆς κατʼ ὄν. staffs, each one inscribed with the name of a tribe 1 Cl 43:2b.
    used in combination with God and Jesus. On the significance of the Divine Name in history of religions s. FGiesebrecht, Die atl. Schätzung des Gottesnamens 1901; Bousset, Rel.3 309ff; ADieterich, Eine Mithrasliturgie 1903, 110ff; FConybeare, JQR 8, 1896; 9, 1897, esp. 9, 581ff; JBoehmer, Das bibl. ‘im Namen’ 1898, BFCT V 6, 1901, 49ff, Studierstube 2, 1904, 324ff; 388ff; 452ff; 516ff; 580ff; BJacob, Im Namen Gottes 1903;WHeitmüller, ‘Im Namen Jesu’ 1903; WBrandt, TT 25, 1891, 565ff; 26, 1892, 193ff; 38, 1904, 355ff; RHirzel, Der Name: ASG 36, 2, 1918; Schürer III4 409–11; HObbink, De magische betekenis van den naam inzonderheid in het oude Egypte 1925; OGrether, Name u. Wort Gottes im AT ’34; HHuffman, Name: 1148–52.—The belief in the efficacy of the name is extremely old; its origin goes back to the most ancient times and the most primitive forms of intellectual and religious life. It has exhibited an extraordinary vitality. The period of our lit. also sees—within as well as without the new community of believers—in the name someth. real, a piece of the very nature of the personality whom it designates, expressing the person’s qualities and powers. Accordingly, names, esp. holy names, are revered and used in customary practices and ritual (σέβεσθαι θεῶν ὀνόματα Theoph. Ant., 1, 9 [p. 76, 7]), including magic. In Israelite tradition the greatest reverence was paid to the holy name of God and to its numerous paraphrases or substitutes; the names of angels and patriarchs occupied a secondary place. The syncretistic practices of the period revered the names of gods, daemons, and heroes, or even magic words that made no sense at all, but had a mysterious sound. The Judeo-Christians revere and use the name of God and, of course, the name of Jesus. On magic in Jewish circles, s. Schürer III 342–79; for the NT period in general s. MSmith, Clement of Alexandria and a Secret Gospel of Mark ’73, 195–230.—The names of God and Jesus
    α. in combination w. attributes: διαφορώτερον ὄν. a more excellent name Hb 1:4=1 Cl 36:2 (διάφορος 2). ἅγιον τὸ ὄν. αὐτοῦ Lk 1:49 (cp. Ps 110:9; Lev 18:21; 22:2; PGM 3, 570; 627; 4, 1005; 3071; 5, 77; 13, 561 μέγα κ. ἅγιον). τὸ μεγαλοπρεπὲς καὶ ἅγιον ὄν. αὐτοῦ 1 Cl 64; τὸ μέγα καὶ ἔνδοξον ὄν. Hv 4, 1, 3; 4, 2, 4 (on ἔνδοξον ὄν., cp. EPeterson, Εἷ θεός 1926, 282.—ὄν. μέγα κ. ἅγ. κ. ἔνδ.: PGM 13, 183f; 504f). τὸ μέγα καὶ θαυμαστὸν καὶ ἔνδοξον ὄν. Hs 9, 18, 5; τὸ πανάγιον καὶ ἔνδοξον ὄν. 1 Cl 58:1a; τοῦ παντοκράτορος καὶ ἐνδόξου ὄν. Hv 3, 3, 5; τὸ πανάρετον ὄν. 1 Cl 45:7; τῷ παντοκράτορι καὶ ἐνδόξῳ ὀνόματι 60:4; τὸ ὁσιώτατον τῆς μεγαλωσύνης αὐτοῦ ὄν. 58:1b. τὸ ὄν. μου θαυμαστὸν ἐν τοῖς ἔθνεσι D 14:3 (cp. Mal 1:14). The words ὄν. θεοπρεπέστατον IMg 1:2 are difficult to interpret (s. Hdb. ad loc.; θεοπρεπής b).
    β. in combination w. verbs: ἁγιάζειν τὸ ὄν. Mt 6:9 (AFridrichsen, Helligt vorde dit naun: DTT 8, 1917, 1–16). Lk 11:2; D 8:2 (ἁγιάζω 3). βλασφημεῖν (q.v. bγ) τὸ ὄν. Rv 13:6; 16:9; pass. βλασφημεῖται τὸ ὄν. (Is 52:5) Ro 2:24; 2 Cl 13:1f, 4; ITr 8:2. βλασφημίας ἐπιφέρεσθαι τῷ ὀν. κυρίου bring blasphemy upon the name of the Lord 1 Cl 47:7. πφοσέθηκαν κατὰ ὄν. τοῦ κυρίου βλασφημίαν Hs 6, 2, 3; βεβηλοῦν τὸ ὄν. 8, 6, 2 (s. βεβηλόω). ἀπαγγελῶ τὸ ὄν. τ. ἀδελφοῖς μου Hb 2:12 (cp. Ps 21:23). ὅπως διαγγελῇ τὸ ὄν. μου ἐν πάσῃ τῇ γῇ Ro 9:17 (Ex 9:16). δοξάζειν τὸ ὄν. (σου, τοῦ κυρίου, τοῦ θεοῦ etc.) Rv 15:4; 1 Cl 43:6; IPhld 10:1; Hv 2, 1, 2; 3, 4, 3; 4, 1, 3; Hs 9, 18, 5 (s. δοξάζω 1; cp. GJs 7:2; 12:1[w. ref. to name of Mary]). ὅπως ἐνδοξασθῇ τὸ ὄν. τοῦ κυρίου ἡμῶν Ἰησοῦ 2 Th 1:12. ἐλπίζειν τῷ ὀν. Mt 12:21 (vv.ll. ἐν or ἐπὶ τῷ ὀν.; the pass. on which it is based, Is 42:4, has ἐπὶ τῷ ὀν.). ἐπικαλεῖσθαι τὸ ὄν. κυρίου (as PsSol 6:1) or αὐτοῦ, σου etc. (w. ref. to God or Christ) call on the name of the Lord Ac 2:21 (Jo 3:5); 9:14, 21; 22:16; Ro 10:13 (Jo 3:5); 1 Cor 1:2. ψυχὴ ἐπικεκλημένη τὸ μεγαλοπρεπὲς καὶ ἅγιον ὄν. αὐτοῦ a person who calls upon his exalted and holy name 1 Cl 64.—Pass. πάντα τὰ ἔθνη ἐφʼ οὓς ἐπικέκληται τὸ ὄν. μου ἐπʼ αὐτούς Ac 15:17 (Am 9:12). τὸ καλὸν ὄν. τὸ ἐπικληθὲν ἐφʼ ὑμᾶς Js 2:7 (on καλὸν ὄν. cp. Sb 343, 9 and the Pompeian graffito in Dssm., LO 237 [LAE 276]). πάντες οἱ ἐπικαλούμενοι τῷ ὀν. αὐτοῦ all those who are called by (the Lord’s) name Hs 9, 14, 3; cp. οἱ κεκλημένοι τῷ ὀν. κυρίου those who are called by the name of the Lord 8, 1, 1. ἐπαισχύνεσθαι τὸ ὄν. κυρίου τὸ ἐπικληθὲν ἐπʼ αὐτούς be ashamed of the name that is named over them 8, 6, 4. ὁμολογεῖν τῷ ὀν. αὐτοῦ praise his name Hb 13:15 (cp. PsSol 15:2 ἐξομολογήσασθαι τῷ ὀνόματι σου). ὀνομάζειν τὸ ὄν. κυρίου 2 Ti 2:19 (Is 26:13). ψάλλειν τῷ ὀν. σου Ro 15:9 (Ps 17:50). οὐ μὴ λάβῃς ἐπὶ ματαίῳ τὸ ὄν. κυρίου 19:5 (Ex 20:7; Dt 5:11).—Although in the preceding examples the name is oft. practically inseparable fr. the being that bears it, this is perh. even more true of the foll. cases, in which the name appears almost as the representation of the Godhead, as a tangible manifestation of the divine nature (Quint. Smyrn. 9, 465 Polidarius, when healing, calls on οὔνομα πατρὸς ἑοῖο ‘the name of his father’ [Asclepius]; τοσοῦτον … δύναται τὸ ὄ. τοῦ Ἰησοῦ κατὰ τῶν δαιμόνων Orig., C. Cels. 1, 56, 11; Dt 18:7; 3 Km 8:16; Ps 68:37; Zech 13:2 ἐξολεθρεύσω τὰ ὀν. τῶν εἰδώλων; Zeph 1:4; PsSol 7:6; Just., D. 121, 3 ὑποτάσσεσθαι αὐτοῦ ὀν.): the ‘name’ of God is ἀρχέγονον πάσης κτίσεως 1 Cl 59:3. Sim. τὸ ὄν. τοῦ υἱοῦ τοῦ θεοῦ μέγα ἐστὶ καὶ τὸν κόσμον ὅλον βαστάζει Hs 9, 14, 5. λατρεύειν τῷ παναρέτῳ ὀν. αὐτοῦ worship the most excellent name (of the Most High) 1 Cl 45:7. ὑπακούειν τῷ παναγίῳ καὶ ἐνδόξῳ ὀν. αὐτοῦ be obedient to his most holy and glorious name 58:1a. ὑπήκοον γενέσθαι τῷ παντοκρατορικῷ καὶ παναρέτῳ ὀν. 60:4. κηρύσσειν τὸ ὄν. τοῦ υἱοῦ τοῦ θεοῦ Hs 9, 16, 5. ἐπιγινώσκειν τὸ ὄν. τοῦ υἱοῦ τοῦ θεοῦ 9, 16, 7. φοβεῖσθαι τὸ ὄν. σου Rv 11:18. φανεροῦν τινι τὸ ὄν. σου J 17:6. γνωρίζειν τινὶ τὸ ὄν. σου vs. 26. πιστεύειν τῷ ὀν. τοῦ υἱοῦ αὐτοῦ believe in the name of (God’s) son 1J 3:23. Also πιστεύειν εἰς τὸ ὄν. (s. γב below and s. πιστεύω 2aβ).—Of the name borne by followers of Jesus Christ (cp. Theoph. Ant. 1, 1 [p. 58, 13]): κρατεῖς τὸ ὄν. μου you cling to my name Rv 2:13. The same mng. also holds for the expressions: λαμβάνειν τὸ ὄν. τοῦ υἱοῦ αὐτοῦ Hs 9, 12, 4; 8; 9, 13, 2a; 7. τοῦ βαστάσαι τὸ ὄν. μου ἐνώπιον ἐθνῶν to bear my name before (the) Gentiles Ac 9:15. τὸ ὄν. ἡδέως βαστάζειν bear the name gladly Hs 8, 10, 3; cp. 9, 28, 5b. τὸ ὄν. τοῦ υἱοῦ τοῦ θεοῦ φορεῖν 9, 13, 3; 9, 14, 5f; 9, 15, 2; cp. 9, 13, 2b. Christians receive this name at their baptism: πρὶν φορέσαι τὸν ἄνθρωπον τὸ ὄν. τοῦ υἱοῦ τοῦ θεοῦ νεκρός ἐστιν before a person bears the name of God’s Son (which is given the candidate at baptism), he is dead 9, 16, 3. Of dissemblers and false teachers ὄν. μὲν ἔχουσιν, ἀπὸ δὲ τῆς πίστεως κενοί εἰσιν they have the (Christian) name, but are devoid of faith 9, 19, 2. Of Christians in appearance only ἐν ὑποκρίσει φέροντες τὸ ὄν. τοῦ κυρίου who bear the Lord’s name in pretense Pol 6:3. δόλῳ πονηρῷ τὸ ὄν. περιφέρειν carry the name about in wicked deceit (evidently of wandering preachers) IEph 7:1. τὸ ὄν. ἐπαισχύνονται τοῦ κυρίου αὐτῶν they are ashamed of their Lord’s name Hs 9, 21, 3. More fully: ἐπαισχύνονται τὸ ὄν. αὐτοῦ φορεῖν 9, 14, 6.
    γ. used w. prepositions
    א. w. διά and the gen. διὰ τοῦ ὀνόματός μου πιστεύειν PtK 3 p. 15 ln. 12; σωθῆναι διὰ τοῦ μεγάλου καὶ ἐνδόξου ὀν. be saved through the great and glorious name Hv 4, 2, 4. εἰς τὴν βασιλείαν τοῦ θεοῦ εἰσελθεῖν διὰ τοῦ ὀν. τοῦ υἱοῦ (τοῦ θεοῦ) Hs 9, 12, 5. ἄφεσιν ἁμαρτιῶν λαβεῖν διὰ τοῦ ὀν. αὐτοῦ Ac 10:43 (cp. Just., D. 11, 4 al.). σημεῖα … γίνεσθαι διὰ τοῦ ὀν. … Ἰησοῦ by the power of the name 4:30. Differently παρακαλεῖν τινα διὰ τοῦ ὀν. τοῦ κυρίου appeal to someone by the name (= while calling on the name) of the Lord 1 Cor 1:10.—W. διά and the acc. μισούμενοι … διὰ τὸ ὄν. μου hated on account of my name (i.e., because you bear it) Mt 10:22; 24:9; Mk 13:13; Lk 21:17 (Just., A I, 4, 2 al.). ποιεῖν τι εἴς τινα διὰ τὸ ὄν. μου J 15:21. ἀφέωνται ὑμῖν αἱ ἁμαρτίαι διὰ τὸ ὄν. αὐτοῦ your sins are forgiven on account of (Jesus’) name 1J 2:12. βαστάζειν διὰ τὸ ὄν. μου bear (hardship) for my name’s sake Rv 2:3 (s. βαστάζω 2bβ). πάσχειν διὰ τὸ ὄν. (also w. a gen. like αὐτοῦ) Pol 8:2; Hv 3, 2, 1b; Hs 9, 28, 3.
    ב. w. εἰς: somet. evidently as rendering of rabb. לְשֵׁם with regard to, in thinking of δέχεσθαί τινα εἰς ὄν. Ἰ. Χρ. receive someone in deference to Jesus Christ IRo 9:3. δύο ἢ τρεῖς συνηγμένοι εἰς τὸ ἐμὸν ὄν. two or three gathered and thinking of me, i.e., so that I am the reason for their assembling Mt 18:20; but here the other mng. (s. ג below) has had some influence: ‘while naming’ or ‘calling on my name’. τῆς ἀγάπης ἧς ἐνεδείξασθε εἰς τὸ ὄν. αὐτοῦ (i.e. θεοῦ) Hb 6:10 is either the love that you have shown with regard to him, i.e. for his sake, or we have here the frequently attested formula of Hellenistic legal and commercial language (s. Mayser II/2 p. 415; Dssm. B 143ff, NB 25, LO 97f [BS 146f; 197; LAE 121]; Heitmüller, op. cit. 100ff; FPreisigke, Girowesen im griech. Ägypt. 1910, 149ff. On the LXX s. Heitmüller 110f; JPsichari, Essai sur le Grec de la Septante 1908, 202f): εἰς (τὸ) ὄν. τινος to the name=to the account (over which the name stands). Then the deeds of love, although shown to humans, are dedicated to God.—The concept of dedication is also highly significant, in all probability, for the understanding of the expr. βαπτίζειν εἰς (τὸ) ὄν. τινος. Through baptism εἰς (τὸ) ὄν. τ. those who are baptized become the possession of and come under the dedicated protection of the one whose name they bear. An additional factor, to a degree, may be the sense of εἰς τὸ ὄν.=‘with mention of the name’ (cp. Herodian 2, 2, 10; 2, 13, 2 ὀμνύναι εἰς τὸ ὄν. τινος; Cyranides p. 57, 1 εἰς ὄν. τινος; 60, 18=εἰς τὸ ὄν. τ.; 62, 13. Another ex. in Heitmüller 107): Mt 28:19; Ac 8:16; 19:5; D 7:1, (3); 9:5; Hv 3, 7, 3; cp. 1 Cor 1:13, 15. S. βαπτίζω 2c and Silva New, Beginn. I/5, ’33, 121–40.—πιστεύειν εἰς τὸ ὄν. τινος believe in the name of someone i.e. have confidence that the person’s name (rather in the sense of a title, cp. Phil 2:9) is rightfully borne and encodes what the person really is J 1:12; 2:23; 3:18; 1J 5:13.
    ג. with ἐν: ἐν ὀνόματι of God or Jesus means in the great majority of cases with mention of the name, while naming or calling on the name (PsSol 11:8; JosAs 9:1; Just., D. 35, 2 al.; no corresponding use has been found in gener. Gk. lit.; but cp. ἐν ὀν. τοῦ μεγάλου καὶ ὑψίστου θεοῦ Hippol., Ref. 9, 15, 6.—Heitmüller p. 13ff, esp. 44; 49). In many pass. it seems to be a formula. ἐν τῷ ὀν. Ἰησοῦ ἐκβάλλειν δαιμόνια Mk 9:38; 16:17; Lk 9:49. τὰ δαιμόνια ὑποτάσσεται ἡμῖν ἐν τῷ ὀν. σου the demons are subject to us at the mention of your name 10:17. ποιεῖν τι ἐν τῷ ὀνόματι Ac 4:7; cp. Col 3:17. Perh. J 10:25 (but s. below). ἐν τῷ ὀν. Ἰησοῦ … οὗτος παρέστηκεν ὑγιής Ac 4:10. ὄν. … ἐν ᾧ δεῖ σωθῆναι ἡμᾶς vs. 12. παραγγέλλω σοι ἐν ὀν. Ἰ. Χρ. 16:18; cp. 2 Th 3:6; IPol 5:1. σοὶ λέγω ἐν τῷ ὀν. τοῦ κυρίου Ac 14:10 D. Peter, in performing a healing, says ἐν τῷ ὀν. Ἰησοῦ Χρ. περιπάτει 3:6 (s. Heitmüller 60). The elders are to anoint the sick w. oil ἐν τῷ ὀν. τοῦ κυρίου while calling on the name of the Lord Js 5:14.—Of prophets λαλεῖν ἐν τῷ ὀν. κυρίου 5:10. παρρησιάζεσθαι ἐν τῷ ὀν. Ἰησοῦ speak out boldly in proclaiming the name of Jesus Ac 9:27f. βαπτίζεσθαι ἐν τῷ ὀν. Ἰ. Χ. be baptized or have oneself baptized while naming the name of Jesus Christ Ac 2:38 v.l.; 10:48. At a baptism ἐν ὀν. χριστοῦ Ἰησοῦ AcPl Ha 3, 32. αἰτεῖν τὸν πατέρα ἐν τῷ ὀν. μου (=Ἰησοῦ) ask the Father, using my name J 15:16; cp. 14:13, 14; 16:24, 26. W. the latter pass. belongs vs. 23 (ὁ πατὴρ) δώσει ὑμῖν ἐν τῷ ὀν. μου (the Father) will give you, when you mention my name. τὸ πνεῦμα ὸ̔ πέμψει ὁ πατὴρ ἐν τῷ ὀν. μου the Spirit, whom the Father will send when my name is used 14:26. To thank God ἐν ὀν. Ἰησοῦ Χρ. while naming the name of Jesus Christ Eph 5:20. ἵνα ἐν τῷ ὀν. Ἰησοῦ πᾶν γόνυ κάμψῃ that when the name of Jesus is mentioned every knee should bow Phil 2:10. χαίρετε, υἱοί, ἐν ὀν. κυρίου greetings, my sons, as we call on the Lord’s name 1:1. ὁ ἐρχόμενος ἐν ὀν. κυρίου whoever comes, naming the Lord’s name (in order thereby to give evidence of being a Christian) D 12:1. ἀσπάζεσθαι ἐν ὀν. Ἰ. Χρ. greet, while naming the name of J. Chr. w. acc. of pers. or thing greeted IRo ins; ISm 12:2. Receive a congregation ἐν ὀν. θεοῦ IEph 1:3. συναχθῆναι ἐν τῷ ὀν. τοῦ κυρίου Ἰ. meet and call on the name of the Lord Jesus=as a Christian congregation 1 Cor 5:4. μόνον ἐν τῷ ὀν. Ἰ. Χρ. only (it is to be) while calling on the name of J. Chr. ISm 4:2.—Not far removed fr. these are the places where we render ἐν τῷ ὀν. with through or by the name (s. ἐν 4c); the effect brought about by the name is caused by its utterance ἀπελούσασθε, ἡγιάσθητε, ἐδικαιώθητε ἐν τῷ ὀν. τοῦ κυρίου Ἰ. Χρ. 1 Cor 6:11. ζωὴν ἔχειν ἐν τῷ ὀν. αὐτοῦ (=Ἰησοῦ) J 20:31. τηρεῖν τινα ἐν τῷ ὀν. (θεοῦ) 17:11f.—ἐν τῷ ὀν. at the command (of), commissioned by ἔργα ποιεῖν ἐν τῷ ὀν. τοῦ πατρός J 10:25 (but s. above). ἔρχεσθαι ἐν τῷ ὀν. τοῦ πατρός 5:43a; in contrast ἔρχ. ἐν τῷ ὀν. τῷ ἰδίῳ vs. 43b. εὐλογημένος ὁ ἐρχόμενος ἐν ὀν. κυρίου 12:13 (Ps 117:26). The Ps-passage prob. has the same sense (despite Heitmüller 53f) in Mt 21:9; 23:39; Mk 11:9; Lk 13:35; 19:38.—OMerlier, Ὄνομα et ἐν ὀνόματι dans le quatr. Év.: RevÉtGr 47, ’34, 180–204; RBratcher, BT 14, ’63, 72–80.
    ד. w. ἕνεκα (and the other forms of this word; s. ἕνεκα 1): of persecutions for one’s Christian faith ἀπάγεσθαι ἐπὶ βασιλεῖς ἕνεκεν τοῦ ὀν. μου Lk 21:12. πάσχειν or ὑποφέρειν εἵνεκα τοῦ ὀνόματος Hv 3, 1, 9; 3, 2, 1; Hs 9, 28, 5. ἕνεκεν τοῦ ὀν. (τοῦ) κυρίου v 3, 5, 2; Hs 9, 28, 6. ἀφιέναι οἰκίας … ἕνεκεν τοῦ ἐμοῦ ὀν. for my name’s sake Mt 19:29. ἔκτισας τὰ πάντα ἕνεκεν τοῦ ὀν. σου you created all things for your name’s sake, i.e. that God’s name might be praised for the benefits which the works of creation bring to humankind D 10:3.
    ה. w. ἐπί and the dat.: ἐπὶ τῷ ὀν. τινος when someone’s name is mentioned or called upon, or mentioning someone’s name (LXX; En 10:2; Just., D. 39, 6; Ath. 23, 1; s. Heitmüller 19ff; 43ff; s. also 47ff; 52ff; 87ff) in the NT only of the name of Jesus, and only in the synoptics and Ac. ἐλεύσονται ἐπὶ τῷ ὀν. μου they will come using my name Mt 24:5; Mk 13:6; Lk 21:8. κηρύσσειν ἐπὶ τῷ ὀν. αὐτοῦ μετάνοιαν 24:47. λαλεῖν ἐπὶ τῷ ὀν. τούτῳ to speak using this name Ac 4:17; 5:40. διδάσκειν 4:18; 5:28. ποιεῖν δύναμιν ἐπὶ τῷ ὀν. μου Mk 9:39. ἐπὶ τῷ ὀν. σου ἐκβάλλειν δαιμόνια Lk 9:49 v.l. ἐπὶ τῷ σῷ ὀν. τὰς θεραπείας ἐπετέλουν GJs 20:2 (codd.). Of the (spiritual) temple of God: οἰκοδομηθήσεται ναὸς θεοῦ ἐνδόξως ἐπὶ τῷ ὀν. κυρίου the temple of God will be gloriously built with the use of the Lord’s name 16:6f, 8 (quot. of uncertain orig.). βαπτίζεσθαι ἐπὶ τῷ ὀν. Ἰ. Χρ. Ac 2:38. Baptism is also referred to in καλεῖσθαι ἐπὶ τῷ ὀν. τοῦ υἱοῦ τοῦ θεοῦ receive a name when the name of God’s son is named Hs 9, 17, 4. The words δέχεσθαι (παιδίον) ἐπὶ τῷ ὀν. μου can also be classed here receive (a child) when my name is confessed, when I am called upon Mt 18:5; Mk 9:37; Lk 9:48 (s. Heitmüller 64); but s. also 3 below.—ἐπί w. acc.: πεποιθέναι ἐπὶ τὸ ὁσιώτατον τῆς μεγαλωσύνης αὐτοῦ ὄν. have confidence in (the Lord’s) most sacred and majestic name 1 Cl 58:1b; ἐλπίζειν ἐπὶ τὸ ὄν. hope in the name (of the Lord) 16:8b.
    ו. w. περί and the gen.: εὐαγγελίζεσθαι περὶ τοῦ ὀν. Ἰ. Χ. bring the good news about the name of J. Chr. Ac 8:12.—(W. acc.: ἔχομεν δέος τὸ ὄ. τοῦ θεοῦ Orig., C. Cels. 4, 48, 34).
    ז. w. πρός and acc.: πρὸς τὸ ὄν. Ἰησοῦ … πολλὰ ἐναντία πρᾶξαι do many things in opposing the name of Jesus Ac 26:9.
    ח. w. ὑπέρ and gen.: ὑπὲρ τοῦ ὀν. (Ἰησοῦ) ἀτιμασθῆναι Ac 5:41. πάσχειν 9:16; Hs 9, 28, 2. Cp. Ac 15:26; 21:13. The activity of the apostles takes place ὑπὲρ τοῦ ὀν. αὐτοῦ to the honor of (Jesus’) name Ro 1:5. Cp. 3J 7. Of thankful praying at the Lord’s Supper εὐχαριστοῦμεν σοι … ὑπὲρ τοῦ ἁγίου ὀν. σου, οὗ κατεσκήνωσας ἐν ταῖς καρδίαις ἡμῶν we thank you … for your holy name, which you caused to dwell in our hearts D 10:2.
    δ. ὄν. w. ref. to God or Christ not infreq. stands quite alone, simply the Name: Ac 5:41; Phil 2:9 (cp. Diod S 3, 61, 6); 3J 7; 2 Cl 13:1, 4; IEph 3:1; 7:1; IPhld 10:1; Hv 3, 2, 1; Hs 8, 10, 3; 9, 13, 2; 9, 28, 3; 5.
    a person (Phalaris, Ep. 128; POxy 1188, 8 [13 A.D.]; BGU 113, 11; Jos., Ant. 14, 22; other exx. in Dssm., NB 24f [BS 196f]; LXX) τὸ ποθητόν μοι ὄν. my dear friend: Alce ISm 13:2; IPol 8:3; Crocus IRo 10:1. Pl. (PThéad 41, 10; PSI 27, 22; Num 1:18 al.) people Ac 1:15; Rv 3:4. ὀνόματα ἀνθρώπων 11:13 (cp. Ael. Aristid. 50, 72 K.=26 p. 523 D.: ὀνόματα δέκα ἀνδρῶν). This is prob. the place for περὶ λόγου καὶ ὀνομάτων καὶ νόμου about teaching and persons and (the) law Ac 18:15.
    the classification under which one belongs, noted by a name or category, title, category (cp. Cass. Dio 38, 44; 42, 24 καὶ ὅτι πολλῷ πλείω ἔν τε τῷ σχήματι καὶ ἐν τῷ ὀνόματι τῷ τῆς στρατηγίας ὢν καταπράξειν ἤλπιζε=he hoped to effect much more by taking advantage of his praetorial apparel and title; ins: Sb 7541, 5 [II A.D.] Νύμφη ὄνομʼ ἐστί σοι; POxy 37 I, 17 [49 A.D.] βούλεται ὀνόματι ἐλευθέρου τὸ σωμάτιον ἀπενέγκασθαι=she claims to have carried off the infant on the basis of its being free-born; Jos., Ant. 12, 154 φερνῆς ὀνόματι; 11, 40; Just., A II, 6, 4 καὶ ἀνθρώπου καὶ σωτῆρος ὄνομα. Other exx. in Heitmüller 50); the possibility of understanding ὄν. as category made it easier for Greeks to take over rabb. לְשֵׁם (s. 1dγב above) in the sense with regard to a particular characteristic, then simply with regard to, for the sake of ὁ δεχόμενος προφήτην εἰς ὄν. προφήτου whoever receives a prophet within the category ‘prophet’, i.e. because he is a prophet, as a prophet Mt 10:41a; cp. vss. 41b, 42.—ὸ̔ς ἂν ποτίσῃ ὑμᾶς ἐν ὀνόματι, ὄτι Χριστοῦ ἐστε whoever gives you a drink under the category that you belong to Christ, i.e. in your capacity as a follower of Christ Mk 9:41. εἰ ὀνειδίζεσθε ἐν ὀν. Χριστοῦ if you are reviled for the sake of Christ 1 Pt 4:14. δοξαζέτω τὸν θεὸν ἐν τῷ ὀν. τούτῳ let the person praise God in this capacity (=ὡς Χριστιανός) vs. 16. δέδεμαι ἐν τῷ ὀν. I am imprisoned for the sake of the Name IEph 3:1.—δέχεσθαι (παιδίον) ἐπὶ τῷ ὀν. μου for my (name’s) sake Mt 18:5; Mk 9:37; Lk 9:48 (cp. Heitmüller 113. But s. 1dγה above).
    recognition accorded a person on the basis of performance, (well-known) name, reputation, fame (Hom. et al.; 1 Ch 14:17; 1 Macc 8:12) φανερὸν ἐγένετο τὸ ὄν. αὐτοῦ his fame was widespread Mk 6:14. ὄν. ἔχειν (Pla., Apol. 38c, Ep. 2, 312c) w. ὅτι foll. have the reputation of Rv 3:1 perh. also 3:5 (s. 1bα; JFuller, JETS 26, ’83, 297–306).
    name in terms of office held, office (POxy 58, 6) στασιαζουσῶν τ. φυλῶν, ὁποία αὐτῶν εἴη τῷ ἐνδόξῳ ὀνόματι κεκοσμημένη when the tribes were quarreling as to which one of them was to be adorned with that glorious office 1 Cl 43:2. τὸ ὄν. τῆς ἐπισκοπῆς the office of supervision 44:1.—B. 1263f. OEANE IV 91–96 on Mesopotamian practices. Schmidt, Syn. I 113–24. DELG. M-M. EDNT. TW. Sv.

    Ελληνικά-Αγγλικά παλαιοχριστιανική Λογοτεχνία > ὄνομα

  • 113 fácil

    adj.
    easy, simple, basic, easy-to-do.
    * * *
    1 easy
    2 (probable) probable, likely
    * * *
    adj.
    1) easy
    * * *
    1. ADJ
    1) (=sencillo) easy

    fácil de usar[gen] easy to use; (Inform) user-friendly

    2) (=afable)

    es de trato fácil — he's easy to get on with, he's quite easygoing

    3) pey [respuesta] facile, glib; [chiste] obvious
    4) pey [mujer] easy
    5) (=probable)

    es fácil que venga — he's quite likely to come, he may well come

    2.
    ADV * easily

    podría costarte 5.000 fácil — it could easily cost you 5,000

    te lo arreglo en dos horas fácil — I'll fix it for you in two hours, no problem *

    * * *
    I
    1)
    a) <problema/lección> easy

    fácil de + inf — easy to + inf

    b) <vida/trabajo> easy
    c) <chiste/metáfora> facile
    d) (pey) ( en lo sexual) easy (pej), loose (pej)
    2) ( probable)
    II
    adverbio (fam) easily (colloq)

    deben haber pagado fácil un millón — they must have paid a million, easily

    * * *
    = easy [easier -comp., easiest -sup.], untaxing, unobtrusive, smooth [smoother -comp., smoothest -sup.], painless, undemanding, effortless, straightforward, hassle-free, no-brainer.
    Ex. Obviously with the definition of what constitutes an entire work still pending it is not easy to define analytical cataloguing precisely.
    Ex. At other times they may be doing nothing else but relax: passing the time in a pleasant if untaxing recreation.
    Ex. New technologies will enable interfaces composed of unobtrusive physiological monitors and prosthetics.
    Ex. Some librarians anxious to make the transfer from the children's to the adult department as smooth as possible, often create a 'young adults' fiction section within the children's department.
    Ex. Almost without exception libraries have agreed with the liberal-minded who wanted to make the immigrants' transition into a new society as painless as possible.
    Ex. This very absence of quality is what makes these books attractive to children, not just because they are easy to read, undemanding, untaxing, but because the simplistic plots and characters leave children free to embroider and enrich the stories in their own way as they read.
    Ex. The effortless ease of such replies does conceal from the enquirer the extensive anticipatory effort of the librarian in studying the sources of information and his prior experience in their use.
    Ex. Even in this apparently straightforward situation, complications can arise.
    Ex. Cooking dry beans in the crockpot makes them relatively hassle-free.
    Ex. Recycling is a no-brainer since it conserves our natural resources and reduces air pollution.
    ----
    * algo fácil = no-brainer.
    * cada vez más fácil = ever easier.
    * camino más fácil, el = path of least resistance, the.
    * de consulta fácil = scannable.
    * de fácil acceso = easily available, over the counter, handy.
    * de fácil alcance para = within easy reach of.
    * de forma que resulta más fácil de entender = in digestible form.
    * de la forma más fácil = the easy way .
    * de lectura fácil = easy reading.
    * demasiado fácil = all too easy, far too easy.
    * de modo fácil = with the tip of a hat.
    * dinero fácil = get-rich-quick.
    * es más fácil decirlo que hacerlo = easier said than done.
    * fácil de comprender = easy to grasp.
    * fácil de conseguir = readily available, easy-to-get, readily accessible, easy to come by.
    * fácil de consultar por el usuario = browser-friendly.
    * fácil de contentar = easy-going [easygoing].
    * fácil de cuantificar = measurable.
    * fácil de definir = easy-to-define.
    * fácil de entender = easy to understand.
    * fácil de leer = easy-to-read.
    * fácil de localizar = traceable, retraceable.
    * fácil de masticar = chewy [chewier -comp., chewiest -sup.].
    * fácil de medir = measurable.
    * fácil de obtener = easy to come by.
    * fácil de olvidar = forgettable.
    * fácil de recuperar = easily-retrievable.
    * fácil de usar = easy-to-use, user friendly.
    * hacerse Algo fácil = make + it + easy on + Reflexivo.
    * hacerse fácil = become + convenient.
    * más fácil de entender para nosotros = closer to home.
    * mujer fácil = loose woman.
    * no ser fácil = have + a difficult time, be no picnic, not be easy.
    * no ser nada fácil = be hard-pushed to.
    * optar por la solución más fácil = take + the easy way out.
    * para hacer más fácil = for ease of.
    * para su fácil + Nombre = for ease of + Nombre.
    * presa fácil = sitting duck, easy prey.
    * resultar fácil = be easy.
    * se dice pronto, pero no es tan fácil = easier said than done.
    * ser algo fácil = be a cinch, be a doddle, be a breeze, be a picnic, be duck soup.
    * ser algo muy fácil de conseguir = be there for the taking.
    * ser fácil = be easy.
    * ser fácil de conseguir = be readily available.
    * solución fácil = easy recipe, easy solution, cut-and-dried solution.
    * tan fácil como coser y cantar = as simple as ABC.
    * tenerlo fácil = have + an easy ride.
    * vida fácil = fast living.
    * * *
    I
    1)
    a) <problema/lección> easy

    fácil de + inf — easy to + inf

    b) <vida/trabajo> easy
    c) <chiste/metáfora> facile
    d) (pey) ( en lo sexual) easy (pej), loose (pej)
    2) ( probable)
    II
    adverbio (fam) easily (colloq)

    deben haber pagado fácil un millón — they must have paid a million, easily

    * * *
    = easy [easier -comp., easiest -sup.], untaxing, unobtrusive, smooth [smoother -comp., smoothest -sup.], painless, undemanding, effortless, straightforward, hassle-free, no-brainer.

    Ex: Obviously with the definition of what constitutes an entire work still pending it is not easy to define analytical cataloguing precisely.

    Ex: At other times they may be doing nothing else but relax: passing the time in a pleasant if untaxing recreation.
    Ex: New technologies will enable interfaces composed of unobtrusive physiological monitors and prosthetics.
    Ex: Some librarians anxious to make the transfer from the children's to the adult department as smooth as possible, often create a 'young adults' fiction section within the children's department.
    Ex: Almost without exception libraries have agreed with the liberal-minded who wanted to make the immigrants' transition into a new society as painless as possible.
    Ex: This very absence of quality is what makes these books attractive to children, not just because they are easy to read, undemanding, untaxing, but because the simplistic plots and characters leave children free to embroider and enrich the stories in their own way as they read.
    Ex: The effortless ease of such replies does conceal from the enquirer the extensive anticipatory effort of the librarian in studying the sources of information and his prior experience in their use.
    Ex: Even in this apparently straightforward situation, complications can arise.
    Ex: Cooking dry beans in the crockpot makes them relatively hassle-free.
    Ex: Recycling is a no-brainer since it conserves our natural resources and reduces air pollution.
    * algo fácil = no-brainer.
    * cada vez más fácil = ever easier.
    * camino más fácil, el = path of least resistance, the.
    * de consulta fácil = scannable.
    * de fácil acceso = easily available, over the counter, handy.
    * de fácil alcance para = within easy reach of.
    * de forma que resulta más fácil de entender = in digestible form.
    * de la forma más fácil = the easy way.
    * de lectura fácil = easy reading.
    * demasiado fácil = all too easy, far too easy.
    * de modo fácil = with the tip of a hat.
    * dinero fácil = get-rich-quick.
    * es más fácil decirlo que hacerlo = easier said than done.
    * fácil de comprender = easy to grasp.
    * fácil de conseguir = readily available, easy-to-get, readily accessible, easy to come by.
    * fácil de consultar por el usuario = browser-friendly.
    * fácil de contentar = easy-going [easygoing].
    * fácil de cuantificar = measurable.
    * fácil de definir = easy-to-define.
    * fácil de entender = easy to understand.
    * fácil de leer = easy-to-read.
    * fácil de localizar = traceable, retraceable.
    * fácil de masticar = chewy [chewier -comp., chewiest -sup.].
    * fácil de medir = measurable.
    * fácil de obtener = easy to come by.
    * fácil de olvidar = forgettable.
    * fácil de recuperar = easily-retrievable.
    * fácil de usar = easy-to-use, user friendly.
    * hacerse Algo fácil = make + it + easy on + Reflexivo.
    * hacerse fácil = become + convenient.
    * más fácil de entender para nosotros = closer to home.
    * mujer fácil = loose woman.
    * no ser fácil = have + a difficult time, be no picnic, not be easy.
    * no ser nada fácil = be hard-pushed to.
    * optar por la solución más fácil = take + the easy way out.
    * para hacer más fácil = for ease of.
    * para su fácil + Nombre = for ease of + Nombre.
    * presa fácil = sitting duck, easy prey.
    * resultar fácil = be easy.
    * se dice pronto, pero no es tan fácil = easier said than done.
    * ser algo fácil = be a cinch, be a doddle, be a breeze, be a picnic, be duck soup.
    * ser algo muy fácil de conseguir = be there for the taking.
    * ser fácil = be easy.
    * ser fácil de conseguir = be readily available.
    * solución fácil = easy recipe, easy solution, cut-and-dried solution.
    * tan fácil como coser y cantar = as simple as ABC.
    * tenerlo fácil = have + an easy ride.
    * vida fácil = fast living.

    * * *
    A
    1 ‹problema/lección› easy
    no me resultó fácil encontrarte it wasn't easy to find you
    un libro de lectura fácil a book which is easy to read, a very readable book
    tener la palabra fácil to have a way with words
    fácil DE + INF easy to + INF
    fácil de entender easy to understand
    2 ‹vida/trabajo› easy
    dinero fácil easy money
    3 ‹chiste/metáfora› facile
    4 ‹carácter› easygoing
    5 ( pey) (en lo sexual) easy ( pej), loose ( pej)
    B (probable) ser fácil QUE + SUBJ:
    ya es muy tarde, es fácil que no venga it's very late, she probably won't come
    es fácil que nos diga que no he'll probably say no, he's quite likely to say no, he may well say no
    ( fam); easily ( colloq)
    eso se arregla fácil that can be easily fixed
    este vestido tiene fácil cinco años this dress must be a good five years old o is easily five years old
    deben haber pagado fácil un millón they must have paid a million, at least o easily
    * * *

     

    Multiple Entries:
    algo fácil    
    fácil
    fácil adjetivo
    1
    a)problema/lección/vida easy;


    b) (pey) ( en lo sexual) easy (pej), loose (pej)

    2 ( probable):

    no es fácil que me lo den they are unlikely to let me have it
    fácil
    I adjetivo
    1 (sencillo) easy: el examen parecía fácil, the exam seemed to be easy
    no fue fácil convencerlo, it wasn't easy to convince him
    fácil de usar, easy to use
    2 (probable) likely
    es fácil que venga, he is (quite) likely to come
    II adverbio easily: lo que fácil se aprende, fácil se olvida, what's easy to learn, is also easy to forget
    ' fácil' also found in these entries:
    Spanish:
    asequible
    - cómoda
    - cómodo
    - facilitar
    - frágil
    - ladrón
    - ladrona
    - mujer
    - perderse
    - tutearse
    - así
    - botado
    - chollo
    - chupado
    - cosa
    - de
    - decir
    - facilidad
    - milonga
    - parecer
    - por
    - regalado
    - simple
    - tirado
    English:
    cinch
    - cut
    - downhill
    - easy
    - elementary
    - EZ
    - foolproof
    - giveaway
    - hand
    - open-and-shut
    - picnic
    - pop-top
    - predict
    - pushover
    - relatively
    - say
    - should
    - sitting duck
    - soft
    - to
    - traceable
    - user-friendly
    - walkover
    - weepy
    - well
    - admittedly
    - available
    - cheap
    - come
    - digestible
    - doing
    - find
    - going
    - pat
    - sitting
    - slick
    - start
    - though
    - user
    - way
    * * *
    adj
    1. [sencillo] easy;
    fácil de hacer/decir easy to do/say;
    dinero fácil easy money
    2. [tratable] easy-going;
    me ha tocado una clase fácil I've got a really nice class;
    es de carácter fácil he's an easy-going sort of person
    3. [probable] probable, likely;
    es fácil que no venga it's likely she won't come, she probably won't come;
    es fácil que lo tenga que ayudar it's likely that I'll have to help
    4. [chiste] obvious
    5. [que se deja seducir] easy;
    tiene fama de fácil she has a reputation for being easy
    adv
    Fam easily;
    eso se dice fácil that's easy to say;
    eso se arregla fácil that's easily fixed
    * * *
    I adj
    1 easy;
    fácil de entender easy to understand;
    fácil de manejar easy to use, user-friendly;
    fácil de usar user-friendly;
    eso se dice fácil that’s easy for you/him etc to say, that’s easily said;
    ponerlo fácil a alguien make things o life easy for s.o.;
    sería lo más fácil that would be easiest o simplest
    2
    :
    mujer fácil loose woman
    3
    :
    es fácil que it’s likely that
    * * *
    fácil adj
    1) : easy
    2) : likely, probable
    es fácil que no pase: it probably won't happen
    * * *
    fácil adj
    1. (sencillo) easy [comp. easier; superl. easiest]
    2. (probable) probable / likely

    Spanish-English dictionary > fácil

  • 114 igual

    adj.
    1 the same.
    llevan jerseys iguales they're wearing the same jumper
    son iguales they're the same
    tengo uno igual que el tuyo I've got one just like yours
    es igual de grande que el mío it's as big as mine, it's the same size as mine
    2 similar (parecido).
    de carácter son iguales they have very similar characters
    3 equal (equivalente).
    4 even (liso).
    6 level, even.
    7 homologous, of the same essential nature.
    adv.
    1 the same.
    yo pienso igual I think the same, I think so too
    es muy alto, al igual que su padre he's very tall, just like his father
    baila igual que la Pavlova she dances just like Pavlova
    por igual equally
    2 perhaps (posiblemente). (peninsular Spanish)
    igual llueve it could well rain
    con suerte, igual llego mañana with a bit of luck I may arrive tomorrow
    3 alike, similarly, the same.
    intj.
    anyhow, just the same.
    f. & m.
    equal.
    de igual a igual as an equal
    sin igual without equal, unrivaled
    * * *
    1 (parte) equal
    2 (lo mismo) the same
    3 (muy parecido) just like
    4 MATEMÁTICAS equal
    A es igual a B A equals B, A is equal to B
    1 (persona) equal
    2 MATEMÁTICAS (signo) equals sign
    2 familiar maybe, perhaps
    \
    a partes iguales into equal parts
    da igual it doesn't matter
    de igual a igual as an equal
    es igual it doesn't matter
    ir iguales (al mismo nivel) to be at the same level 2 (en deportes) to be even 3 (en el vestir) to be dressed the same
    siempre igual always the same
    sin igual (hallazgo) unparalleled 2 (persona) unrivalled 3 (belleza) unique
    ¡habráse visto cosa igual! I've never seen anything like it
    * * *
    1. adj.
    3) same
    2. noun mf.
    * * *
    1. ADJ
    1) (=idéntico)

    igual a, este es igual al otro — this one is like the other one, this one is the same as the other one

    no he visto nunca cosa igual — I never saw the like o anything like it

    partes iguales — equal shares

    igual que, tengo una falda igual que la tuya — I've got a skirt just like yours, I've got a skirt the same as yours

    es igual que su madre[físicamente] she looks just like her mother; [en la personalidad] she's just like her mother

    2)

    igual de, es igual de útil pero más barato — it's just as useful but cheaper

    3) [en rango, jerarquía] equal
    4) (Mat) equal

    un kilómetro es igual a 1.000 metros — a kilometre is equal to 1,000 metres, a kilometre equals 1,000 metres

    5) (=constante) [ritmo] steady; [presión, temperatura] steady, constant; [clima] constant; [terreno] even
    6) (Dep)
    2. ADV
    1) (=de la misma forma)
    2) [locuciones]
    a)

    da igual, es igual — it makes no difference, it's all the same

    da o es igual hoy que mañana — today or tomorrow, it doesn't matter o it makes no difference

    me da igual, me es igual — it's all the same to me, I don't mind

    b)

    por igual — equally

    c)

    igual que (=como)

    le gusta Brahms, igual que a mí — like me, he is fond of Brahms

    al igual que, los chilenos, al igual que los argentinos, estiman que... — the Chileans, (just) like the Argentinians, think that...

    3) Esp * (=quizás) maybe

    igual no lo saben — maybe they don't know, they may not know

    4) esp Cono Sur * (=a pesar de todo) just the same, still

    era inocente pero me expulsaron igual — I was innocent but they threw me out just the same, I was innocent but they still threw me out

    3.
    SMF [en la misma escala social] equal; [en la misma clase, trabajo] peer
    4. SM
    1) (Mat) equals sign, equal sign (EEUU)
    2) (=comparación)

    no tener igual — to be unrivalled, have no equal

    sin igual — unrivalled

    3) pl iguales (=lotería) lottery tickets
    * * *
    I
    1)
    a) ( idéntico)

    de igual peso/iguales dimensiones — of equal weight/dimensions

    igual a or que algo/alguien — the same as something/somebody

    es igualita a or que su madre — ( físicamente) she looks just like her mother; ( en personalidad) she's exactly the same as o just like her mother

    x + y = z — (read as: x más y igual z or es igual a z) x + y = z (léase: x plus y equals z)

    ser or dar igual: me es or da igual I don't mind; me es or da igual ir hoy que mañana — it makes no difference to me whether I go today or tomorrow

    b) ( en una jerarquía) equal
    c) ( semejante)
    2) ( constante) constant
    3) ( en tenis)
    II
    1)

    al igual que — (frml)

    el ministro, al igual que su homólogo mexicano, acudirá a la reunión — the minister will attend the meeting, as will his Mexican counterpart (frml)

    igual que: tiene pecas, igual que su hermano she has freckles, (just) like her brother; se llama igual que su padre he's named after his father; me resultó aburrido - igual que a mí I thought it was boring - so did I; opino igual que tú I agree with you; por igual — equally

    2) ( de todos modos) anyway
    III
    masculino y femenino
    1) ( par) equal

    de igual a igual: le habló de igual a igual he spoke to him on equal terms; me trató de igual a igual she treated me as an equal; sin igual <belleza/talento> unequaled*, matchless (frml); es un compositor sin igual — he's unrivaled as a composer

    2) igual masculino ( signo) equals sign
    * * *
    I
    1)
    a) ( idéntico)

    de igual peso/iguales dimensiones — of equal weight/dimensions

    igual a or que algo/alguien — the same as something/somebody

    es igualita a or que su madre — ( físicamente) she looks just like her mother; ( en personalidad) she's exactly the same as o just like her mother

    x + y = z — (read as: x más y igual z or es igual a z) x + y = z (léase: x plus y equals z)

    ser or dar igual: me es or da igual I don't mind; me es or da igual ir hoy que mañana — it makes no difference to me whether I go today or tomorrow

    b) ( en una jerarquía) equal
    c) ( semejante)
    2) ( constante) constant
    3) ( en tenis)
    II
    1)

    al igual que — (frml)

    el ministro, al igual que su homólogo mexicano, acudirá a la reunión — the minister will attend the meeting, as will his Mexican counterpart (frml)

    igual que: tiene pecas, igual que su hermano she has freckles, (just) like her brother; se llama igual que su padre he's named after his father; me resultó aburrido - igual que a mí I thought it was boring - so did I; opino igual que tú I agree with you; por igual — equally

    2) ( de todos modos) anyway
    III
    masculino y femenino
    1) ( par) equal

    de igual a igual: le habló de igual a igual he spoke to him on equal terms; me trató de igual a igual she treated me as an equal; sin igual <belleza/talento> unequaled*, matchless (frml); es un compositor sin igual — he's unrivaled as a composer

    2) igual masculino ( signo) equals sign
    * * *
    igual1
    1 = equal.
    Nota: Nombre.

    Ex: However, there is a lack of equality among equals that has to do with the way small libraries can get access to the data base = De cualquier manera, existe una falta de igualdad entre iguales que tiene que ver con la forma en que las bibliotecas pequeñas pueden acceder a la base de datos.

    * de igual a igual = as a peer.
    * sin igual = unequalled, unexampled, unsurpassed, unique unto itself, unrivalled [unrivaled, -USA], without equal, matchless.

    igual2
    = identical, matching, equal, same difference, the.

    Ex: The DISPLAY command is identical to the TYPE command except when using a format which includes only a few lines per record.

    Ex: By selecting this qualifier all works having a matching number of pages will be included in the search.
    Ex: Collection development should ideally involve de-acquisitions as an on-going program of equal importance.
    Ex: The article 'Online, CD-ROM and Web: is it the same difference? discusses some obstacles to the use of electronic information.
    * al igual que = as with, like, in common with, much as, after the fashion of, so too, similar to, much like.
    * al igual que con todo en la vida = as with everything in life.
    * al igual que + Nombre = not unlike + Nombre.
    * a partes iguales = share and share alike, in equal measure(s).
    * así como... de igual modo... = just as... so....
    * a todos por igual = one size fits all.
    * de igual forma = in like manner, in a like manner, in like fashion, in like vein.
    * de igual longitud = of equal length.
    * de igual manera = by the same token, in like fashion, in like manner, in like vein, in equal measure(s).
    * de igual modo = alike, equally, in like fashion, in like manner, in like vein.
    * de igual modo que = just as, just as well... as..., along the lines of, on the lines (of).
    * de igual + Nombre = equally + Adjetivo.
    * en igual medida = similarly.
    * entonces al igual que ahora = then as now.
    * igual da = same difference, the.
    * igualdad de retribución por un trabajo de igual valor = equal pay for equal work.
    * iguales de largo = of equal length.
    * igual para todos = one size fits all.
    * igual que = on the lines (of).
    * las cosas siguen igual = business as usual.
    * no somos todos iguales = one size doesn't fit all.
    * para todos por igual = across the board [across-the-board].
    * participar por igual en = have + an equal voice in.
    * permanecer igual = remain + unchanged.
    * por igual = alike, on an equitable basis, equally, in equal measure(s).
    * quedar igual = remain + the same.
    * quedarse igual = be none the wiser.
    * referencias laterales a términos de igual especificidad = sideways link.
    * seguir igual = be none the worse for wear.
    * ser igual a = be equivalent to, equal.
    * ser igual que = amount to + the same thing as.
    * signo igual = equals sign.
    * si todo sigue igual = all (other) things being equal.
    * todos por igual = share and share alike.
    * tratar de igual modo = treat as + equal.

    * * *
    A
    1
    (idéntico): dos cajas de igual peso/iguales dimensiones two boxes of equal weight/dimensions
    son los dos iguales, ambiciosos y egoístas they are both the same o both alike, ambitious and selfish
    son iguales en todo they're identical o the same in every way
    por ti no pasan los años, estás igualito time hasn't changed you a bit, you're just the same ( colloq)
    Inés tiene uno exactamente igual Inés has one exactly the same, Inés has one just like it
    igual A or QUE algo/algn the same AS sth/sb
    tengo unos zapatos iguales a los tuyos I have some shoes the same as yours
    ¿dónde puedo encontrar un botón igual a éste? where can I find a button like o the same as this one?
    es igualita a or que su madre (físicamente) she's the image of o she looks just like her mother; (en personalidad) she's exactly the same as o just like her mother
    x + y = z read as: x más y igual z or es igual a z x + y = z (léase: x plus y equals z)
    igual DE algo:
    sigue igual de joven she's still as young (as ever)
    está igual de alto que yo he's as tall as I am, he's the same height as me
    de forma son iguales, pero éste es más oscuro they're the same shape, but this one is darker
    ser/dar igual: ¿quieres té o café? — me da igual do you want tea or coffee? — I don't mind
    me es igual ir hoy que mañana it makes no difference to me o it's all the same to me whether I go today or tomorrow, I don't mind whether I go today or tomorrow
    da igual, ya me compraré otro never mind o it doesn't matter, I'll buy another one
    es igual, lo puedo hacer yo never mind o it doesn't matter, I can do it
    todos somos iguales ante la ley we are all equal in the eyes of the law
    3
    (semejante): jamás había oído estupidez igual I'd never heard anything so stupid
    ¡habráse visto cosa igual! have you ever seen anything like it!, have you ever seen the like! ( colloq)
    no había visto nada igual en toda mi vida I'd never seen anything like it in all my life
    B (constante) constant
    lleva un ritmo de trabajo muy igual he works at a steady o an even pace
    la fuerza aplicada debe ser siempre igual the (amount of) force applied must remain constant o uniform
    C
    (en tenis): quince iguales fifteen all
    van iguales they're even o level
    A
    1
    (de la misma manera): se pronuncian igual they're pronounced the same
    los trato a todos igual I treat them all the same o equally
    2 ( en locs):
    al igual que ( frml): el ministro, al igual que su homólogo argentino, acudirá a la reunión the minister will attend the meeting, as will his Argentinian counterpart ( frml)
    igual que: tiene pecas, igual que su hermano she has freckles, (just) like her brother
    se llama igual que su padre he's named after his father
    me resultó aburridoigual que a mí I thought it was boring — so did I o me too
    opino igual que tú I agree with you, I think the same as you
    tendrá que hacer cola, igual que todos los demás you'll have to stand in line the same as o (just) like everyone else
    por igual equally
    la ley se aplica a todos por igual the law applies to everybody equally
    trató a todos por igual he treated them all equally o the same
    ¿tú no quieres venir? yo voy igual don't you want to come? well, I'm going anyway o I'm still going
    no hay nada que hacer pero nos hacen ir igual there's nothing for us to do but they still make us go in
    no le di permiso pero salió igual or igual salió I didn't give him permission but he went out all the same o anyway
    C
    (expresando posibilidad): igual llueve y tampoco podemos salir it might rain and then we won't be able to go out anyway
    igual no viene he may (well) not even come
    igual llamaron y no los oímos it's possible they called and we didn't hear them, they may have called and we didn't hear them
    A (par) equal
    se sentía a gusto entre sus iguales she felt at home among her equals o peers
    de igual a igual: le habló al presidente de igual a igual he addressed the president on equal terms
    me trató de igual a igual she treated me as an equal
    sin igual ‹belleza/talento› unequaled*, matchless ( frml)
    es un compositor sin igual he's unrivaled o unequaled as a composer
    B igual masculine (signo) equals sign
    C iguales mpl ( Esp) (de una lotería) lottery tickets (pl) ( with same number)
    * * *

     

    igual adjetivo
    1
    a) ( idéntico):

    de igual peso of equal o the same weight;

    son iguales they are the same o alike;
    de forma son iguales they're the same shape;
    igual a or que algo/algn the same as sth/sb;
    es igualita a or que su madre ( físicamente) she looks just like her mother;

    ( en personalidad) she's exactly the same as o just like her mother;

    me/nos es or da igual I/we don't mind, it makes no difference to me/to us


    2 ( en tenis):

    van iguales they're even
    ■ adverbio
    1


    b) ( en locs)

    al igual que (frml) as, like;

    igual que: tiene pecas, igual que su hermano she has freckles, (just) like her brother;
    se llama igual que su padre he's named after his father;
    me aburrí — igual que yo I got bored — so did I o me too;
    opino igual que tú I agree with you;
    por igual equally
    2 ( de todos modos) anyway
    3 ( expresando posibilidad):

    igual llamaron y no estábamos they may have called and we weren't in
    ■ sustantivo masculino y femenino ( par) equal;

    me trató de igual a igual she treated me as an equal;
    sin igual ‹belleza/talento› unequaled( conjugate unequaled), matchless (frml);
    es un compositor sin igual he's unrivaled as a composer
    ■ sustantivo masculino ( signo) equals sign
    igual
    I adjetivo
    1 (del mismo aspecto) the same: llevaban sombreros iguales, they wore identical hats
    familiar (muy parecido) esta niña es igual que su padre, this girl is the spitting image of her father
    2 (indiferente) me da igual, it's all the same to me
    es igual, it doesn't matter
    3 (del mismo tamaño) equal: no os peleéis, los dos trozos son iguales, don't quarrel, both pieces are the same size
    a partes iguales, fifty-fifty
    4 Dep (empatados) even
    Ten treinta iguales, thirty all
    5 Mat equal: tres más cinco igual a ocho, three plus five equals eight
    II sustantivo masculino equal
    de igual a igual, on an equal footing
    III adv fam
    1 (de la misma manera) the same: se visten igual, they dress in the same way
    todo sigue igual, everything remains the same
    (de todas formas, sin embargo) anyway: no importa lo que le digas, lo va a hacer igual, it doesn't matter what you say to him, he'll do it anyway
    2 (probablemente) probably: igual vengo, I'll probably come
    ♦ Locuciones: al igual que, just like
    igual que: lo haces igual que yo, you do it just the same as me
    por igual, equally: me interesan ambos por igual, I'm interested in both of them
    sin igual, unique, unrivalled

    ' igual' also found in these entries:
    Spanish:
    cosa
    - económica
    - económico
    - ganarse
    - igualmente
    - ocho
    - signo
    - vida
    - dar
    - más
    - modo
    - pasar
    - ver
    English:
    alike
    - aloud
    - as
    - care
    - close
    - easy
    - equal
    - equally
    - even
    - just
    - like
    - like-minded
    - likewise
    - match
    - matter
    - mind
    - never
    - plus
    - same
    - unchanged
    - differently
    - four
    - jot
    - still
    - token
    - twice
    - unsurpassed
    - way
    - work
    * * *
    adj
    1. [idéntico] the same ( que o a as);
    llevan jerseys iguales they're wearing the same sweater;
    son iguales they're the same;
    ¿has visto qué casa?, me gustaría tener una igual have you seen that house? I wouldn't mind having one like it;
    tengo una bicicleta igual que la tuya I've got a bicycle just like yours;
    lo hirieron con un cuchillo igual a éste he was wounded with a knife just like this one;
    su estadio es igual de grande que el nuestro their stadium is as big as o the same size as ours;
    todos los chicos eran igual de guapos all the boys were equally good-looking, all the boys were just as good-looking as each other;
    sigue siendo igual de presumido he's (just) as vain as ever;
    todos los hombres sois iguales you men are all the same;
    todos somos iguales ante la ley we are all equal in the eyes of the law
    2. [parecido] similar ( que to);
    son dos atletas muy iguales en su forma de correr they are two athletes who have a very similar style of running;
    este niño, de cara, es igual que su padre this child looks just like his father;
    físicamente no se parecen, pero de carácter son iguales they don't look anything like each other, but they have very similar characters
    3. [tal, semejante]
    no había visto cosa igual en toda mi vida I'd never seen the like of it;
    ¿has oído alguna vez mentira igual? have you ever heard such a lie?
    4. [equivalente] equal (a to);
    su brillantez era igual a su ambición his brilliance was matched by his ambition
    5. [llano] even;
    [sin asperezas] smooth
    6. [constante] [velocidad, aceleración] constant;
    [clima, temperatura] even
    7. Mat
    A más B es igual a C A plus B equals C
    nmf
    equal;
    sólo se relacionaba con sus iguales she only mixed with her equals;
    de igual a igual as an equal;
    te hablo de igual a igual I am speaking to you as an equal;
    llevan una relación de igual a igual they treat each other as equals;
    no tener igual to have no equal, to be unrivalled;
    sin igual without equal, unrivalled;
    el actor principal tiene un talento sin igual the leading man is unrivalled in his ability;
    es un espectáculo sin igual it is a sight without equal
    nm
    [signo] equal o equals sign
    iguales nmpl
    Antes [de la ONCE] = tickets for the Spanish National Association for the Blind lottery which bear the same number
    adv
    1. [de la misma manera] the same;
    yo pienso igual I think the same, I think so too;
    ¡qué curioso!, a mí me pasó igual how odd, the same thing happened to me!;
    el café estaba frío y el té igual the coffee was cold and so was the tea;
    es muy alto, al igual que su padre he's very tall, just like his father;
    el limón, al igual que la naranja, tiene mucha vitamina C lemons, like oranges, contain a lot of vitamin C;
    baila igual que la Pavlova she dances just like Pavlova;
    por igual equally;
    nos trataron a todos por igual they treated us all the same o equally
    2. Esp [posiblemente]
    igual llueve it could well rain;
    con suerte, igual llego mañana with a bit of luck I may arrive tomorrow;
    igual dejo este trabajo y me busco otra cosa I may well give up this job and look for something different
    3. Dep
    van iguales the scores are level o US tied;
    treinta iguales [en tenis] thirty all;
    cuarenta iguales, iguales a cuarenta [en tenis] deuce
    4.
    dar igual: me da igual lo que piense la gente [no me importa] I don't care what people think;
    ¿quieres salir o prefieres quedarte? – me es igual do you want to go out, or would you rather stay in? – it's all the same to me o I don't mind;
    lo siento, no voy a poder ayudar – da o [m5]es igual, no te preocupes I'm sorry but I won't be able to help – it doesn't matter, don't worry;
    ¿vamos o nos quedamos? – da o [m5] es igual should we go or should we stay? – it doesn't make any difference;
    es igual, si no tienen vino tomaré otra cosa never mind, if you haven't got any wine I'll have something else
    5. Andes, RP [aún así] all the same;
    estaba nublado pero igual fuimos a la playa it was cloudy but we went to the beach all the same
    * * *
    I adj
    1 ( idéntico) same (a, que as);
    es igual a su padre he’s just like his father;
    al igual que like, the same as
    2 ( proporcionado) equal (a to)
    3 ( constante) constant
    II m/f equal;
    tratar de igual a igual treat as an equal;
    no tener igual have no equal;
    sin igual unequaled, Br unequalled
    III m MAT equals sign
    IV adv
    :
    igual vengo mañana I may come tomorrow;
    me da igual I don’t mind
    * * *
    igual adv
    1) : in the same way
    2)
    por igual : equally
    igual adj
    1) : equal
    2) idéntico: the same, alike
    3) : even, smooth
    4) semejante: similar
    5) constante: constant
    igual nmf
    : equal, peer
    * * *
    igual1 adj
    1. (parte) equal
    2. (lo mismo) the same / like
    igual de... as... as
    me da igual I don't mind / it makes no difference to me
    me es igual it doesn't matter / I don't mind
    igual2 adv
    1. (lo mismo) the same
    es rubio, igual que su padre he's blond, like his father
    2. (posiblemente) probably / maybe
    igual3 n (signo) equals sign

    Spanish-English dictionary > igual

  • 115 annoncer

    annoncer [anɔ̃se]
    ➭ TABLE 3
    1. transitive verb
       a. ( = informer de) [+ fait, décision, nouvelle] to announce
    annoncer à qn que... to tell sb that...
       b. ( = prédire) [+ pluie, détérioration] to forecast
       c. ( = signaler) [présage] to foreshadow ; [signe avant-coureur] to herald ; [sonnerie, pas] to announce
       d. ( = introduire) [+ personne] to announce
    qui dois-je annoncer ? what name shall I say?
       e. (Cards) to declare ; (Bridge) to bid
    2. reflexive verb
       a. [situation]
    comment est-ce que ça s'annonce ? how is it looking?
       b. [événement, crise] to approach
       c. ( = donner son nom) to announce o.s.
    * * *
    anɔ̃se
    1.
    1) ( faire savoir) to announce [nouvelle, décision] (à to)

    ils nous ont annoncé la nouvellegén they told us the news; ( mauvaise nouvelle) they broke the news to us

    2) ( signaler l'arrivée de) to announce
    3) ( prédire) to forecast [phénomène, événement]
    4) ( être l'indice de) [événement, signal] to herald [événement]
    5) ( au bridge) to bid

    annoncer la couleur — ( aux cartes) to call trumps; fig to lay one's cards on the table


    2.
    s'annoncer verbe pronominal
    1) ( se manifester) [crise, tempête] to be brewing
    * * *
    anɔ̃se vt
    1) [événement, décision] to announce

    Ils ont annoncé leurs fiançailles. — They've announced their engagement.

    je vous annonce que... — I wish to tell you that...

    2) (= être le signe de) to herald
    3) CARTES bid, to declare
    * * *
    annoncer verb table: placer
    A vtr
    1 ( faire savoir) to announce [nouvelle, décision, événement] (qch à qn sth to sb); M. et Mme X sont heureux de vous annoncer la naissance de Julie Mr and Mrs X are pleased to announce the birth of Julie; elle nous a annoncé son départ she informed us that she was leaving; annoncer à qn que to announce that; il a annoncé publiquement qu'il démissionnait he publicly announced that he was resigning; ils annoncent qu'ils ne participeront pas au colloque they are announcing that they won't attend the symposium; j'ai une triste nouvelle à vous annoncer I have some sad news for you; ils nous ont annoncé la nouvelle gén they told us the news; ( mauvaise nouvelle) they broke the news to us;
    2 ( signaler l'arrivée de) to announce; veuillez m'annoncer à please announce me to; qui dois-je annoncer? what name shall I give?; se faire annoncer (par qn) to be announced (by sb);
    3 ( prédire) to forecast [phénomène, événement]; on nous annonce de la pluie pour demain rain is forecast for tomorrow; on annonce une reprise de l'inflation another rise in inflation is forecast;
    4 ( être l'indice de) [événement, signal] to herald [événement]; annoncer un refroidissement to herald a return of the cold weather; n'annoncer rien de bon to be a bad sign;
    5 Jeux ( au bridge) to bid; annoncer trois sans atout to bid three no trumps; annoncer la couleur ( aux cartes) to call trumps; fig to lay one's cards on the table;
    6 ( prêcher) to preach.
    B s'annoncer vpr
    1 ( se manifester) [crise, tempête] to be brewing;
    2 ( se présenter) la saison/le programme s'annonce bien the season/the programme is off to a good start; l'été s'annonce chaud/pluvieux the summer looks like being a hot/rainy one; la récolte 92 s'annonce excellente the '92 harvest promises to be very good; la semaine s'annonce (comme une semaine) difficile it looks as if this week is going to be difficult; comment s'annonce la réunion? how do things look for the meeting?;
    3 ( prévenir de sa venue) Oncle Paul s'est annoncé Uncle Paul said he was coming.
    [anɔ̃se] verbe transitif
    1. [communiquer - décision, événement] to announce ; [ - mauvaise nouvelle] to break, to announce
    on m'a annoncé sa mort I was told ou informed of his death
    2. [prédire] to forecast
    ils annoncent du soleil pour demain sunshine is forecast for tomorrow, the forecast for tomorrow is sunny
    3. COMMERCE [proposer] to quote
    4. [présenter - visiteur] to announce ; [ - projet, changement] to introduce, to usher in (separable)
    5. [présager] to announce, to foreshadow, to herald (littéraire)
    ça n'annonce rien de bon it doesn't bode well, it isn't a very good sign
    [être signe de] to be a sign ou an indication of
    annoncer la couleur (familier) : j'ai annoncé la couleur, ils savent que je démissionnerai s'il le faut I've laid my cards on the table ou made no secret of it, they know I'll resign if I have to
    ————————
    s'annoncer verbe pronominal (emploi réfléchi)
    [prévenir de sa visite] to notify ou to warn (that one will visit)
    ————————
    s'annoncer verbe pronominal intransitif
    1. [se profiler] to be looming ou on the horizon
    2. [dans des constructions attributives]
    s'annoncer mal: cela s'annonce plutôt mal it doesn't look very promising, the picture doesn't look ou isn't too good

    Dictionnaire Français-Anglais > annoncer

  • 116 AT

    I) prep.
    A. with dative.
    I. Of motion;
    1) towards, against;
    Otkell laut at Skamkatli, bowed down to S.;
    hann sneri egginni at Ásgrími, turned the edge against A.;
    Brynjólfr gengr alit at honum, quite up to him;
    þeir kómust aldri at honum, they could never get near him, to close quarters with him;
    3) to, at;
    koma at landi, to come to land;
    ganga at dómi, to go into court;
    4) along (= eptir);
    ganga at stræti, to walk along the street;
    dreki er niðr fór at ánni (went down the river) fyrir strauminum;
    refr dró hörpu at ísi, on the ice;
    5) denoting hostility;
    renna (sœkja) at e-m, to rush at, assault;
    gerði þá at þeim þoku mikla, they were overtaken by a thick fog;
    6) around;
    vefja motri at höfði sér, to wrap a veil round one’s head;
    bera grjót at e-m, to heap stones upon the body;
    7) denoting business, engagement;
    ríða at hrossum, at sauðum, to go looking after horses, watching sheep;
    fara at landskuldum, to go collecting rents.
    II. Of position, &c.;
    1) denoting presence at, near, by, upon;
    at kirkju, at church;
    at dómi, in court;
    at lögbergi, at the hill of laws;
    2) denoting participation in;
    vera at veizlu, brullaupi, to be at a banquet, wedding;
    3) ellipt., vera at, to be about, to be busy at;
    kvalararnir, er at vóru at pína hann, who were tormenting him;
    var þar at kona nökkur at binda (was there busy dressing) sár manna;
    4) with proper names of places (farms);
    konungr at Danmörku ok Noregi, king of;
    biskup at Hólum, bishop of Holar;
    at Helgafelli, at Bergþórshváli;
    5) used ellipt. with a genitive, at (a person’s) house;
    at hans (at his house) gisti fjölmenni mikit;
    at Marðar, at Mara’s home;
    at hins beilaga Ólafs konungs, at St. Olave’s church;
    at Ránar, at Ran’s (abode).
    III. Of time;
    1) at, in;
    at upphafi, at first, in the beginning;
    at skilnaði, at parting, when they parted;
    at páskum, at Easter;
    at kveldi, at eventide;
    at fjöru, at the ebb;
    at flœðum, at the floodtide;
    2) adding ‘komanda’ or ‘er kemr’;
    at ári komanda, next year;
    at vári, er kemr, next spring;
    generally with ‘komanda’ understood;
    at sumri, hausti, vetri, vári, next summer, &c.;
    3) used with an absolute dative and present or past part.;
    at sér lifanda, duing his lifetime;
    at öllum ásjándum, in the sight of all;
    at áheyranda höfðingjanum, in the hearing of the chief;
    at upprennandi sólu, at sunrise;
    at liðnum sex vikum, after six weeks are past;
    at honum önduðum, after his death;
    4) denoting uninterrupted succession, after;
    hverr at öðrum, annarr at öðrum, one after another;
    skildu menn at þessu, thereupon, after this;
    at því (thereafter) kómu aðrar meyjar.
    IV. fig. and in various uses;
    1) to, into, with the notion of destruction or change;
    brenna (borgina) at ösku, to burn to ashes;
    verða at ormi, to become a snake;
    2) for, as;
    gefa e-t at gjöf, as a present;
    eiga e-n at vin, to have one as friend;
    3) by;
    taka sverð at hjöltum, by the hilt;
    draga út björninn at hlustunum, by the ears;
    kjósa at afli, álitum, by strength, appearrance;
    auðigr at fé, wealthy in goods;
    vænn (fagr) at áliti, fair of face;
    5) as a law term, on the grounds of, by reason of;
    ryðja ( to challenge) dóm at mægðum, kvið at frændsemi;
    6) as a paraphrase of a genitive;
    faðir, móðir at barni (= barns, of a child);
    aðili at sök = aðili sakar;
    7) with adjectives denoting colour, size, age, of;
    hvítr, svartr, rauðr at lit, while, black, red of colour;
    mikill, lítill at stœrð, vexti, tall, small of stature;
    tvítugr at aldri, twenty years of age;
    kýr at fyrsta, öðrum kálfi, a cow that has calved once, twice;
    8) determining the source from which anything comes, of, from;
    Ari nam ok marga frœði at Þuríði (from her);
    þiggja, kaupa, geta, leigja e-t at e-m, to receive, buy, obtain, borrow a thing from one;
    hafa veg (virðing) styrk at e-m, to derive honour, power, from one;
    9) according, to, after (heygðr at fornum sið);
    at ráði allra vitrustu manna, by the advice of;
    at landslögum, by the law of the land;
    at leyfi e-s, by one’s leave;
    10) in adverbial phrases;
    gróa (vera grœddr) at heilu, to be quite healed;
    bíta af allt gras at snøggu, quite bare;
    at fullu, fully;
    at vísu, surely;
    at frjálsu, freely;
    at eilífu, for ever and ever;
    at röngu, at réttu, wrongly, rightly;
    at líku, at sömu, equally, all the same;
    at mun, at ráði, at marki, to a great extent.
    B. with acc., after, upon (= eptir);
    sonr á at taka arf at föður sinn, to take the inheritance after his father;
    at þat (= eptir þat), after that, thereafter;
    connected with a past part. or a., at Gamla fallinn, after the fall of Gamli;
    at Hrungni dauðan, upon the death of Hrungnir.
    1) as the simple mark of the infinitive, to;
    at ganga, at ríða, at hlaupa, to walk, to ride, to run;
    2) in an objective sense;
    hann bauð þeim at fara, sitja, he bade (ordered) them to go, sit;
    gefa e-m at eta, at drekka, to give one to eat, to drink;
    3) denoting design or purpose, in order to (hann gekk í borg at kaupa silfr).
    1) demonstrative particle before a comparative, the, all the, so much the;
    hón grét at meir, she wept the more;
    þykkir oss at líkara, all the more likely;
    þú ert maðr at verri (so much the worse), er þú hefir þetta mælt;
    2) rel. pron., who, which, that (= er);
    þeir allir, at þau tíðindi heyrðu, all those who heard;
    sem þeim er títt, at ( as is the custom of those who) kaupferðir reka.
    conj., that;
    1) introducing a subjective or objective clause;
    þat var einhverju sinni, at Höskuldr hafði vinaboð, it happened once that H.;
    vilda ek, at þú réðist austr í fjörðu, I should like you to go;
    2) relative to svá, denoting proportion, degree;
    svá mikill lagamaðr, at, so great a lawyer, that;
    3) with subj., denoting end or purpose, in order that (skáru þeir fyrir þá (viz. hestana) melinn, at þeir dœi eigi af sulti);
    4) since, because, as (= því at);
    5) connected with þó, því, svá;
    þó at (with subj.), though, although;
    því at, because, for;
    svá at, so that;
    6) temp., þá at (= þá er), when;
    þegar at (= þegar er), as soon as;
    þar til at (= þar til er), until, till;
    áðr at (= á. en), before;
    7) used superfluously after an int. pron. or adv.;
    Ólafr spurði, hvern styrk at hann mundi fá honum, what help he was likely to give him;
    in a relative sense; með fullkomnum ávexti, hverr at (which) þekkr ok þægiligr mun verða.
    V)
    negative verbal suffix, = ata; var-at, was not.
    odda at, Yggs at, battle.
    * * *
    1.
    and að, prep., often used ellipt. dropping the case and even merely as an adverb, [Lat. ad; Ulf. at = πρός and παρά, A. S. ät; Engl. at; Hel. ad = apud; O. H. G. az; lost in mod. Germ., and rare in Swed. and Dan.; in more freq. use in Engl. than any other kindred language, Icel. only excepted]:—the mod. pronunciation and spelling is (); this form is very old, and is found in Icel. vellum MSS. of the 12th century, e. g. aþ, 623. 60; yet in earlier times it was sounded with a tenuis, as we may infer from rhymes, e. g. jöfurr hyggi at | hve ek yrkja fat, Egill: Sighvat also makes it rhyme with a t. The verse by Thorodd—þar vastu at er fjáðr klæðið þvat (Skálda 162)—is hardly intelligible unless we accept the spelling with an aspirate (), and say that þvað is = þvá = þváði, lavabat; it may be that by the time of Thorodd and Ari the pure old pronunciation was lost, or is ‘þvat’ simply the A. S. þvât, secuit? The Icelanders still, however, keep the tenuis in compounds before a vowel, or before h, v, or the liquids l, r, thus—atyrða, atorka, athöfn, athugi, athvarf, athlægi; atvinna, atvik; atlaga, atlíðanði ( slope), atriði, atreið, atróðr: but aðdjúpr, aðfinsla (critic), aðferð, aðkoma, aðsókn, aðsúgr (crowding), aðgæzla. In some words the pronunciation is irregular, e. g. atkvæði not aðkv-; atburðr, but aðbúnaðr; aðhjúkran not athjúkran; atgörvi not aðgörfi. At, to, towards; into; against; along, by; in regard to; after.
    Mostly with dat.; rarely with acc.; and sometimes ellipt.—by dropping the words ‘home,’ ‘house,’ or the like—with gen.
    WITH DAT.
    A. LOC.
    I. WITH MOTION; gener. the motion to the borders, limits of an object, and thus opp. to frá:
    1. towards, against, with or without the notion of arrival, esp. connected with verbs denoting motion (verba movendi et eundi), e. g. fara, ganga, koma, lúta, snúa, rétta at…; Otkell laut at Skamkatli, O. louted (i. e. bowed down) towards S., Nj. 77, Fms. xi. 102; sendimaðrinn sneri ( turned) hjöltum sverðsins at konungi, towards the king, i. 15; hann sneri egginni at Ásgrími, turned the edge towards A., Nj. 220; rétta e-t at e-m, to reach, hand over, Ld. 132; ganga at, to step towards, Ísl. ii. 259.
    2. denoting proximity, close up to, up to; Brynjólfr gengr … allt at honum, B. goes quite up to him, Nj. 58; Gunnarr kom þangat at þeim örunum, G. reached them even there with his arrows, 115; þeir kómust aldri at honum, they could never get near him, to close quarters, id.; reið maðr at þeim (up to them), 274; þeir höfðu rakit sporin allt at ( right up to) gammanum, Fms. i. 9; komu þeir at sjó fram, came down to the sea, Bárð. 180.
    3. without reference to the space traversed, to or at; koma at landi, to land, Ld. 38, Fms. viii. 358; ríða at dyrum, Boll. 344; hlaupa at e-m, to run up to, run at, Fms. vii. 218, viii. 358; af sjáfarganginum er hann gekk at landinu, of the surf dashing against the shore, xi. 6; vísa ólmum hundi at manni, to set a fierce hound at a man, Grág. ii. 118; leggja e-n at velli, to lay low, Eg. 426, Nj. 117; hníga at jörðu, at grasi, at moldu, to bite the dust, to die, Njarð. 378; ganga at dómi, a law term, to go into court, of a plaintiff, defendant, or bystander, Nj. 87 (freq.)
    4. denoting a motion along, into, upon; ganga at stræti, to walk along the street, Korm. 228, Fms. vii. 39; at ísi, on the ice, Skálda 198, Fms. vii. 19, 246, viii. 168, Eb. 112 new Ed. (á is perh. wrong); máttu menn ganga bar yfir at skipum einum, of ships alone used as a bridge, Fas. i. 378; at höfðum, at nám, to trample on the slain on the battle-field, Lex. Poët.; at ám, along the rivers; at merkiósum, at the river’s mouth, Grág. ii. 355; at endilöngu baki, all along its back, Sks. 100.
    5. denoting hostility, to rush at, assault; renna at, hlaupa at, ganga, fara, ríða, sækja, at e-m, (v. those words), whence the nouns atrenna, athlaup, atgangr, atför, atreið, atsókn, etc.
    β. metaph., kom at þeim svefnhöfgi, deep sleep fell on them, Nj. 104. Esp. of weather, in the impers. phrase, hríð, veðr, vind, storm görir at e-m, to be overtaken by a snow storm, gale, or the like; görði þá at þeim þoku mikla, they were overtaken by a thick fog, Bárð. 171.
    6. denoting around, of clothing or the like; bregða skikkju at höfði sér, to wrap his cloak over his head, Ld. 62; vefja motri at höfði sér, to wrap a snood round her head, 188; sauma at, to stick, cling close, as though sewn on; sauma at höndum sér, of tight gloves, Bs. i. 453; kyrtill svá þröngr sem saumaðr væri at honum, as though it were stitched to him, Nj. 214; vafit at vándum dreglum, tight laced with sorry tags, id.; hosa strengd fast at beini, of tight hose, Eg. 602; hann sveipar at sér iðrunum ok skyrtunni, he gathers up the entrails close to him and the skirt too, Gísl. 71; laz at síðu, a lace on the side, to keep the clothes tight, Eg. 602.
    β. of burying; bera grjót at einum, to heap stones upon the body, Eg. 719; var gör at þeim dys or grjóti, Ld. 152; gora kistu at líki, to make a coffin for a body, Eb. 264, Landn. 56, Ld. 142.
    γ. of summoning troops or followers; stefna at sér mönnum, to summon men to him, Nj. 104; stefna at sér liði, Eg. 270; kippa mönnum at sér, to gather men in haste, Ld. 64.
    7. denoting a business, engagement; ríða at hrossum, at sauðum, to go looking after after horses, watching sheep, Glúm. 362, Nj. 75; fara at fé, to go to seek for sheep, Ld. 240; fara at heyi, to go a-haymaking, Dropl. 10; at veiðum, a-hunting; at fuglum, a-fowling; at dýrum, a-sbooting; at fiski, a-fishing; at veiðiskap, Landn. 154, Orkn. 416 (in a verse), Nj. 25; fara at landskuldum, to go a-collecling rents, Eg. 516; at Finnkaupum, a-marketing with Finns, 41; at féföngum, a-plundering, Fms. vii. 78; ganga at beina, to wait on guests, Nj. 50; starfa at matseld, to serve at table, Eb. 266; hitta e-n at nauðsynjum, on matters of business; at máli, to speak with one, etc., Fms. xi. 101; rekast at e-m, to pursue one, ix. 404; ganga at liði sér, to go suing for help, Grág. ii. 384.
    β. of festivals; snúa, fá at blóti, veizlu, brullaupi, to prepare for a sacrificial banquet, wedding, or the like, hence at-fangadagr, Eb. 6, Ld. 70; koma at hendi, to happen, befall; ganga at sínu, to come by one’s own, to take it, Ld. 208; Egill drakk hvert full er at honum kom, drained every horn that came to him, Eg. 210; komast at keyptu, to purchase dearly, Húv. 46.
    8. denoting imaginary motion, esp. of places, cp. Lat. spectare, vergere ad…, to look or lie towards; horfði botninn at höfðanum, the bight of the bay looked toward the headland, Fms. i. 340, Landn. 35; also, skeiðgata liggr at læknum, leads to the brook, Ísl. ii. 339; á þann arminn er vissi at sjánum, on that wing which looked toward the sea, Fms. viii. 115; sár þau er horft höfðu at Knúti konungi, xi. 309.
    β. even connected with verbs denoting motion; Gilsáreyrr gengr austan at Fljótinu, G. extends, projects to F. from the east, Hrafh. 25; hjá sundi því, er at gengr þingstöðinni, Fms. xi. 85.
    II. WITHOUT MOTION; denoting presence at, near, by, at the side of, in, upon; connected with verbs like sitja, standa, vera…; at kirkju, at church, Fms. vii. 251, K. f). K. 16, Ld. 328, Ísl. ii. 270, Sks. 36; vera at skála, at húsi, to be in, at home, Landn. 154; at landi, Fms. i. 82; at skipi, on shipboard, Grág. i. 209, 215; at oldri, at a banquet, inter pocula; at áti, at dinner, at a feast, inter edendum, ii. 169, 170; at samförum ok samvistum, at public meetings, id.; at dómi, in a court; standa (to take one’s stand) norðan, sunnan, austan, vestan at dómi, freq. in the proceedings at trials in lawsuits, Nj.; at þingi, present at the parliament, Grág. i. 142; at lögbergi, o n the hill of laws, 17, Nj.; at baki e-m, at the back of.
    2. denoting presence, partaking in; sitja at mat, to sit at meat, Fms. i. 241; vera at veizlu, brullaupi, to be at a banquet, nuptials, Nj. 51, Ld. 70: a law term, vera at vígi, to be an accessory in manslaying, Nj. 89, 100; vera at e-u simply means to be about, be busy in, Fms. iv. 237; standa at máli, to stand by one in a case, Grág. ii. 165, Nj. 214; vera at fóstri, to be fostered, Fms. i. 2; sitja at hégóma, to listen to nonsense, Ld. 322; vera at smíð, to be at one’s work, Þórð. 62: now absol., vera at, to go on with, be busy at.
    3. the law term vinna eið at e-u has a double meaning:
    α. vinna eið at bók, at baugi, to make an oath upon the book by laying the band upon it, Landn. 258, Grág., Nj.; cp. Vkv. 31, Gkv. 3. 3, Hkv. 2. 29, etc.: ‘við’ is now used in this sense.
    β. to confirm a fact (or the like) by an oath, to swear to, Grág. i. 9, 327.
    γ. the law phrase, nefna vátta at e-u, of summoning witnesses to a deed, fact, or the like; nefna vátta at benjum, to produce evidence, witnesses as to the wounds, Nj., Grág.; at görð, Eg. 738; at svörum, Grág. i. 19: this summoning of witnesses served in old lawsuits the same purpose as modern pleadings and depositions; every step in a suit to be lawful must be followed by such a summoning or declaration.
    4. used ellipt., vera at, to be about, to be busy at; kvalararnir er at vóru at pína hann, who were tormenting him; þar varstu at, you were there present, Skálda 162; at várum þar, Gísl. (in a verse): as a law term ‘vera at’ means to be guilty, Glúm. 388; vartattu at þar, Eg. (in a verse); hence the ambiguity of Glum’s oath, vask at þar, I was there present: var þar at kona nokkur ( was there busy) at binda sár manna, Fms. v. 91; hann var at ok smíðaði skot, Rd. 313; voru Varbelgir at ( about) at taka af, þau lög …, Fms. ix. 512; ek var at ok vafk, I was about weaving, xi. 49; þeir höfðu verit at þrjú sumur, they had been busy at it for three summers, x. 186 (now very freq.); koma at, come in, to arrive unexpectedly; Gunnarr kom at í því, G. came in at that moment; hvaðan komtú nú at, whence did you come? Nj. 68, Fms. iii. 200.
    5. denoting the kingdom or residence of a king or princely person; konungr at Danmörk ok Noregi, king of…, Fms. i. 119, xi. 281; konungr, jarl, at öllum Noregi, king, earl, over all N., íb. 3, 13, Landn. 25; konungr at Dyflinni, king of Dublin, 25; but í or yfir England!, Eg. 263: cp. the phrase, sitja at landi, to reside, of a king when at home, Hkr. i. 34; at Joini, Fms. xi. 74: used of a bishop; biskup at Hólum, bishop of Hólar, Íb. 18, 19; but biskup í Skálaholti, 19: at Rómi, at Rome, Fbr. 198.
    6. in denoting a man’s abode (vide p. 5, col. 1, l. 27), the prep. ‘at’ is used where the local name implies the notion of by the side of, and is therefore esp. applied to words denoting a river, brook, rock, mountain, grove, or the like, and in some other instances, by, at, e. g. at Hofi (a temple), Landn. 198; at Borg ( a castle), 57; at Helgafelli (a mountain), Eb. constantly so; at Mosfelli, Landn. 190; at Hálsi (a hill), Fms. xi. 22; at Bjargi, Grett. 90; Hálsum, Landn. 143; at Á ( river), 296, 268; at Bægisá, 212; Giljá, 332; Myrká, 211; Vatnsá, id.; þverá, Glúm. 323; at Fossi (a ‘force’ or waterfall), Landn. 73; at Lækjamoti (waters-meeting), 332; at Hlíðarenda ( end of the lithe or hill), at Bergþórshváli, Nj.; at Lundi (a grove), at Melum (sandhill), Landn. 70: the prep. ‘á’ is now used in most of these cases, e. g. á Á, á Hofi, Helgafelli, Felli, Hálsi, etc.
    β. particularly, and without any regard to etymology, used of the abode of kings or princes, to reside at; at Uppsölum, at Haugi, Alreksstöðum, at Hlöðum, Landn., Fms.
    γ. konungr lét kalla at stofudyrum, the king made a call at the hall door, Eg. 88; þeir kölluðu at herberginu, they called at the inn, Fms. ix. 475.
    7. used ellipt. with a gen., esp. if connected with such words as gista, to be a guest, lodge, dine, sup (of festivals or the like) at one’s home; at Marðar, Nj. 4; at hans, 74; þingfesti at þess bóanda, Grág. i. 152; at sín, at one’s own home, Eg. 371, K. Þ. K. 62; hafa náttstað at Freyju, at the abode of goddess Freyja, Eg. 603; at Ránar, at Ran’s, i. e. at Ran’s house, of drowned men who belong to the queen of the sea, Ran, Eb. 274; at hins heilaga Ólafs konungs, at St. Olave’s church, Fms. vi. 63: cp. ad Veneris, εις Κίμωνος.
    B. TEMP.
    I. at, denoting a point or period of time; at upphafi, at first, in the beginning, Ld. 104; at lyktum, at síðustu, at lokum, at last; at lesti, at last, Lex. Poët., more freq. á lesti; at skilnaði, at parting, at last, Band. 3; at fornu, in times of yore, formerly, Eg. 267, D. I. i. 635; at sinni, as yet, at present; at nýju, anew, of present time; at eilífu, for ever and ever; at skömmu, soon, shortly, Ísl. ii. 272, v. l.
    II. of the very moment when anything happens, the beginning of a term; denoting the seasons of the year, months, weeks, the hours of the day; at Jólum, at Yule, Nj. 46; at Pálmadegi, on Palm Sunday, 273; at Páskum, at Easter; at Ólafsvöku, on St. Olave’s eve, 29th of July, Fms.; at vetri, at the beginning of the winter, on the day when winter sets in, Grág. 1. 151; at sumarmálum, at vetrnáttum; at Tvímánaði, when the Double month (August) begins, Ld. 256, Grág. i. 152; at kveldi, at eventide, Eg. 3; at því meli, at that time; at eindaga, at the term, 395; at eykð, at 4 o’clock p. m., 198; at öndverðri æfi Abra hams, Ver. II; at sinni, now at once, Fms. vi. 71; at öðruhverju, every now and then.
    β. where the point of time is marked by some event; at þingi, at the meeting of parliament (18th to the 24th of June), Ld. 182; at féránsdómi, at the court of execution, Grág. i. 132, 133; at þinglausnum, at the close of the parliament (beginning of July), 140; at festarmálum, eðr at eiginorði, at betrothal or nuptials, 174; at skilnaði, when they parted, Nj. 106 (above); at öllum minnum, at the general drinking of the toasts, Eg. 253; at fjöru, at the ebb; at flæðum, at flood tide, Fms. viii. 306, Orkn. 428; at hrörum, at an inquest, Grág. i. 50 (cp. ii. 141, 389); at sökum, at prosecutions, 30; at sinni, now, as yet, v. that word.
    III. ellipt., or adding ‘komanda’ or ‘er kemr,’ of the future time:
    1. ellipt., komanda or the like being understood, with reference to the seasons of the year; at sumri, at vetri, at hausti, at vári, next summer, winter…, Ísl. ii. 242; at miðju sumri, at ári, at Midsummer, next year, Fas. i. 516; at miðjum vetri, Fms. iv. 237,
    2. adding ‘komanda’ or ‘er kemr;’ at ári komanda, Bárð. 177; at vári er kemr, Dipl. iii. 6.
    IV. used with an absolute dat. and with a pres. part.:
    1. with pres. part.; at morni komanda, on the coming morrow, Fms. i. 263; at sér lifanda, in vivo, in his life time, Grág. ii. 202; at þeim sofundum, illis dormientibus, Hkr. i. 234; at öllum ásjándum, in the sight of all, Fms. x. 329; at úvitanda konungi, illo nesciente, without his knowledge, 227; at áheyranda höfðingjanum, in the chief’s bearing, 235.
    2. of past time with a past part. (Lat. abl. absol.); at hræjum fundnum, on the bodies being found, Grág. ii. 87; at háðum dómum ok föstu þingi, during the session, the courts being set, i. 484; at liðnum sex vikum, after six weeks past, Band. 13; at svá búnu, so goru, svá komnu, svá mæltu (Lat. quibus rebus gestis, dictis, quo facto, dicto, etc.), v. those words; at úreyndu, without trial, without put ting one to the test, Ld. 76; at honum önduðum, illo mortuo.
    3. ellipt. without ‘at;’ en þessum hlutum fram komnum, when all this has been done, Eb. 132.
    V. in some phrases with a slight temp, notion; at görðum gildum, the fences being strong, Gþl. 387; at vörmu spori, at once, whilst the trail is warm; at úvörum, unawares, suddenly, Nj. 95, Ld. 132; at þessu, at this cost, on that condition, Eb. 38, Nj. 55; at illum leiki, to have a narrow escape, now við illan leik, Fms. ix. 473; at því, that granted, Grág. ii. 33: at því, at pessu, thereafter, thereupon, Nj. 76.
    2. denoting succession, without interruption, one after another; hverr at öðrum, annarr maðr at öðrum, aðrir at öðrum; eina konu at annarri, Eg. 91, Fms. ii. 236, vi. 25, Bs. i. 22, 625. 80, H. E. i. 522.
    C. METAPH. and in various cases:
    I. denoting a transformation or change into, to, with the notion of destruction; brenna at ösku, at köldum kolum, to burn to ashes, to be quite destroyed, Fms. i. 105, Edda 3, Sturl. ii. 51: with the notion of transformation or transfiguration, in such phrases as, verða at e-u, göra e-t at e-u, to turn it into:
    α. by a spell; verða at ormi, to become a snake, Fms. xi. 158; at flugdrekum, Gullþ. 7; urðu þau bönd at járni, Edda 40.
    β. by a natural process it can often be translated by an acc. or by as; göra e-n at urðarmanni, to make him an outlaw, Eg. 728; græða e-n at orkumlamanni, to heal him so as to maim him for life, of bad treatment by a leech, Eb. 244: in the law terms, sár görist at ben, a wound turning into a ben, proving to be mortal, Grág., Nj.; verða at ljúgvætti, to prove to be a false evidence, Grág. i. 44; verða at sætt, to turn into reconciliation, Fms. i. 13; göra e-t at reiði málum, to take offence at, Fs. 20; at nýjum tíðindum, to tell as news, Nj. 14; verða fátt at orðum, to be sparing of words, 18; kveðr (svá) at orði, to speak, utter, 10; verða at þrifnaði, to geton well, Fms. vii. 196: at liði, at skaða, to be a help or hurt to one; at bana, to cause one’s death, Nj. 223, Eg. 21, Grág. ii. 29: at undrum, at hlátri, to become a wonder, a laughing-stock, 623. 35, Eg. 553.
    II. denoting capacity, where it may be translated merely by as or for; gefa at Jólagjöf, to give for a Christmas-box, Eg. 516; at gjöf, for a present; at erfð, at láni, launum, as an inheritance, a loan; at kaupum ok sökum, for buying and selling, Ísl. ii. 223, Grág. i. 423; at solum, ii. 204; at herfangi, as spoil or plunder; at sakbótum, at niðgjöldum, as a compensation, weregeld, i. 339, ii. 171, Hkr. ii. 168; taka at gíslingu, to take as an hostage, Edda 15; eiga e-n at vin, at óvin, to have one as friend or foe, illt er at eiga þræl at eingavin, ‘tis ill to have a thrall for one’s bosom friend (a proverb), Nj. 77; fæða, eiga, at sonum (syni), to beget a son, Edda 8, Bs. i. 60 (but eiga at dóttur cannot be said); hafa möttul at yfirhöfn, Fms. vii. 201; verða nökkut at manni (mönnum), to turn out to be a worthy man; verða ekki at manni, to turn out a worthless person, xi. 79, 268.
    2. in such phrases as, verða at orðum, to come towards, Nj. 26; var þat at erindum, Eg. 148; hafa at veizlum, to draw veizlur ( dues) from, Fms. iv. 275, Eg. 647; gora e-t at álitum, to take it into consideration, Nj. 3.
    III. denoting belonging to, fitting, of parts of the whole or the like; vóru at honum (viz. the sword) hjölt gullbúin, the sword was ornamented with a hilt of gold, Ld. 330; umgörð at ( belonging to) sverði, Fs. 97 (Hs.) in a verse; en ef mór er eigi at landinu, if there be no turf moor belonging to the land, Grág. ii. 338; svá at eigi brotnaði nokkuð at Orminum, so that no harm happened to the ship Worm, Fms. x. 356; hvatki er meiðir at skipinu eðr at reiðinu eðr at viðum, damage done t o …, Grág. ii. 403; lesta ( to injure) hús at lásum, við eðr torfi, 110; ef land hefir batnað at húsum, if the land has been bettered as to its buildings, 210; cp. the phrase, göra at e-u, to repair: hamlaðr at höndum eðr fótum, maimed as to hands or feet, Eg. 14; heill at höndum en hrumr at fótum, sound in band, palsied in foot, Fms. vii. 12; lykill at skrá, a key belonging, fitting, to the latch; hurð at húsi; a key ‘gengr at’ ( fits) skrá; and many other phrases. 2. denoting the part by which a thing is held or to which it belongs, by; fá, taka at…, to grasp by …; þú tókt við sverði hans at hjöltunum, you took it by the bill, Fms. i. 15; draga út björninn at hlustum, to pull out the bear by the ears, Fas. ii. 237; at fótum, by the feet, Fms. viii. 363; mæla ( to measure) at hrygg ok at jaðri, by the edge or middle of the stuff, Grág. i. 498; kasta e-m at höfði, head foremost, Nj. 84; kjósa e-n at fótum, by the feet alone, Edda 46; hefja frændsemi at bræðrum, eða at systkynum, to reckon kinship by the brother’s or the sister’s side, Grág. i. 28; kjósa at afli, at álitum, by strength, sight, Gs. 8, belongs rather to the following.
    IV. in respect of, as regards, in regard to, as to; auðigr at fé, wealthy of goods, Nj. 16, 30, 51; beztir hestar at reið, the best racehorses, 186; spekingr at viti, a man of great intellect, Ld. 124; vænn (fagr) at áliti, fair of face, Nj. 30, Bs. i. 61; kvenna vænst at ásjónu ok vits munum, of surpassing beauty and intellect, Ld. 122; fullkominn at hyggju, 18; um fram aðra menn at vinsældum ok harðfengi, of surpassing popularity and hardihood, Eb. 30.
    2. a law term, of challenging jurors, judges, or the like, on account of, by reason of; ryðja ( to challenge) at mægðum, guðsifjum, frændsemi, hrörum …; at leiðarlengd, on account of distance, Grág. i. 30, 50, Nj. (freq.)
    3. in arithm. denoting proportion; at helmingi, þriðjungi, fjórðungi, tíunda hluta, cp. Lat. ex asse, quadrante, for the half, third… part; máttr skal at magni (a proverb), might and main go together, Hkr. ii. 236; þú munt vera at því mikill fræðimaðr á kvæði, in the same proportion, as great, Fms. vi. 391, iii. 41; at e-s hluta, at… leiti, for one’s part, in turn, as far as one is con cerned, Grág. i. 322, Eg. 309, Fms. iii. 26 (freq.): at öðrum kosti, in the other case, otherwise (freq.) More gener., at öllu, öngu, in all (no) respects; at sumu, einhverju, nokkru, partly; at flestu, mestu, chiefly.
    4. as a paraphrase of a genitive; faðir, móðir at barni (= barns); aðili at sök (= sakar a.); morðingi at barni (= barns), faðerni at barni (barns); illvirki at fé manna (cp. Lat. felo de se), niðrfall at sökum (saka), land gangr at fiskum (fiska), Fms. iv. 274, Grág. i. 277, 416, N. G. L. i. 340, K. Þ. K. 112, Nj. 21.
    5. the phrase ‘at sér,’ of himself or in himself, either ellipt. or by adding the participle görr, and with the adverbs vel, ilia, or the like; denoting breeding, bearing, endowments, character …; væn kona, kurteis ok vel at sér, an accomplished, well-bred, gifted lady, Nj. I; vitr maðr ok vel at sér, a wise man and thoroughly good in feeling and bearing, 5; þú ert maðr vaskr ok vel at þér, 49; gerr at sér, accomplished, 51; bezt at sér görr, the finest, best bred man, 39, Ld. 124; en þó er hann svá vel at sér, so generous, Nj. 77; þeir höfðingjar er svá vóru vel at sér, so noble-minded, 198, Fms. i. 160: the phrase ‘at sér’ is now only used of knowledge, thus maðr vel að sér means clever, a man of great knowledge; illa að sér, a blockhead.
    6. denoting relations to colour, size, value, age, and the like; hvitr, svartr, grár, rauðr … at lit, white, swarthy, gray, red … of colour, Bjarn. 55, 28, Ísl. ii. 213, etc.; mikill, lítill, at stærð, vexti, tall, small of size, etc.; ungr, gamall, barn, at aldri, young, old, a child of age; tvítugr, þrítugr … at aldri, twenty, thirty … years of age (freq.): of animals; kyr at fyrsta, öðrum … kálfi, a cow having calved once, twice…, Jb. 346: value, amount, currency of money, kaupa e-t at mörk, at a mark, N. G. L. 1. 352; ok er eyririnn at mörk, amounts to a mark, of the value of money, Grág. i. 392; verðr þá at hálfri murk vaðmála eyrir, amounts to a half a mark, 500.
    β. metaph. of value, connected with verbs denoting to esteem, hold; meta, hafa, halda at miklu, litlu, vettugi, engu, or the like, to hold in high or low esteem, to care or not to care for (freq.): geta e-s at góðu, illu, öngu, to mention one favourably, unfavourably, indifferently … (freq.), prop. in connection with. In many cases it may be translated by in; ekki er mark at draumum, there is no meaning in dreams, no heed is to be paid to dreams, Sturl. ii. 217; bragð er at þá barnið finnr, it goes too far, when even a child takes offence (a proverb): hvat er at því, what does it mean? Nj. 11; hvert þat skip er vöxtr er at, any ship of mark, i. e. however small, Fms. xi. 20.
    V. denoting the source of a thing:
    1. source of infor mation, to learn, perceive, get information from; Ari nam ok marga fræði at Þuríði, learnt as her pupil, at her hands, as St. Paul at the feet of Gamaliel, (just as the Scotch say to speer or ask at a person); Ari nam at Þorgeiri afraðskoll, Hkr. (pref.); nema kunnáttu at e-m, used of a pupil, Fms. i. 8; nema fræði at e-m, xi. 396.
    2. of receiving, acquiring, buying, from; þiggja e-t at e-m, to receive a thing at his hands, Nj. 51; líf, to be pardoned, Fms. x. 173; kaupa land at e-m, to buy it from, Landn. 72, Íb. II, (now af is more freq. in this sense); geta e-t at e-m, to obtain, procure at one’s hands, impetrare; þeirra manna er þeir megu þat geta at, who are willing to do that, Grág. i. I; heimta e-t at e-m (now af), to call in, demand (a debt, money), 279; fala e-t at e-m (now af), to chaffer for or cheapen anything, Nj. 73; sækja e-t at e-m, to ask, seek for; sækja heilræði ok traust at e-m, 98; leiga e-t at e-m (now af), to borrow, Grág. ii. 334; eiga e-t (fé, skuld) at e-m, to be owed money by any one, i. 399: metaph. to deserve of one, Nj. 113; eiga mikit at e-m, to have much to do with, 138; hafa veg, virðing, styrk, at, to derive honour, power from, Fms. vi. 71, Eg. 44, Bárð. 174; gagn, to be of use, Ld. 216; mein, tálma, mischief, disadvantage, 158, 216, cp. Eg. 546; ótta, awe, Nj. 68.
    VI. denoting conformity, according to, Lat. secundum, ex, after; at fornum sið, Fms. i. 112; at sögn Ara prests, as Ari relates, on his authority, 55; at ráði allra vitrustu manna, at the advice of, Ísl. ii. 259, Ld. 62; at lögum, at landslögum, by the law of the land, Grág., Nj.; at líkindum, in all likelihood, Ld. 272; at sköpum, in due course (poet.); at hinum sama hætti, in the very same manner, Grág. i. 90; at vánum, as was to be expected, Nj. 255; at leyfi e-s, by one’s leave, Eg. 35; úlofi, Grág. ii. 215; at ósk, vilja e-s, as one likes…; at mun, id. (poet.); at sólu, happily (following the course of the sun), Bs. i. 70, 137; at því sem …, as to infer from …, Nj. 124: ‘fara, láta, ganga at’ denotes to yield, agree to, to comply with, give in, Ld. 168, Eg. 18, Fms. x. 368.
    VII. in phrases nearly or quite adverbial; gróa, vera græddr, at heilu, to be quite healed, Bárð. 167, Eb. 148; bíta at snöggu, to bite it bare, Fms. xi. 6; at þurru, till it becomes dry, Eb. 276; at endilöngu, all along, Fas. ii; vinnast at litlu, to avail little, 655 x. 14; at fullu, fully, Nj. 257, Hkr. i. 171; at vísu, of a surety, surely, Ld. 40; at frjálsu, freely, 308; at líku, at sömu, equally, all the same, Hom. 80, Nj. 267; at röngu, wrongly, 686 B. 2; at hófi, temperately, Lex. Poët.; at mun, at ráði, at marki, to a great extent; at hringum, utterly, all round, (rare), Fms. x. 389; at einu, yet, Orkn. 358; svá at einu, því at einu, allt at einu, yet, however, nevertheless.
    VIII. connected with comparatives of adverbs and adjectives, and strengthening the sense, as in Engl. ‘the,’ so much the more, all the more; ‘at’ heldr tveimr, at ek munda gjarna veita yðr öllum, where it may be translated by so much the more to two, as I would willingly grant it to all of you; hon grét at meir, she grat (wept) the more, Eg. 483; þykir oss at líkara, all the more likely, Fms. viii. 6; þess at harðari, all the harder, Sturl. iii. 202 C; svá at hinn sé bana at nær, Grág. ii. 117; at auðnara, at hólpnara, the more happy, Al. 19, Grett. 116 B; þess at meiri, Fms. v. 64; auvirðismaðr at meiri, Sturl. ii. 139; maðr at vaskari, id.; at feigri, any the more fey, Km. 22; maðr at verri, all the worse, Nj. 168; ok er ‘at’ firr…, at ek vil miklu heldr, cp. Lat. tantum abest… ut, Eg. 60.
    β. following after a negation; eigi at síðr, no less, Nj. 160, Ld. 146; eigi… at meiri maðr, any better, Eg. 425, 489; erat héra at borgnara, any the better off for that, Fms. vii. 116; eigi at minni, no less for that, Edda (pref.) 146; eigi at minna, Ld. 216, Fms. ix. 50; ekki at verri drengr, not a bit worse for that, Ld. 42; er mér ekki son minn at bættari, þótt…, 216; at eigi vissi at nær, any more, Fas. iii. 74.
    IX. following many words:
    1. verbs, esp. those denoting, a. to ask, enquire, attend, seek, e. g. spyrja at, to speer (ask) for; leita at, to seek for; gæta, geyma at, to pay attention to; huga, hyggja at; hence atspurn, to enquire, aðgæzla, athugi, attention, etc.
    β. verbs denoting laughter, play, joy, game, cp. the Engl. to play at …, to laugh at …; hlæja, brosa at e-u, to laugh, smile at it; leika (sér) at e-u, to play at; þykja gaman at, to enjoy; hæða, göra gys at …, to make sport at …
    γ. verbs denoting assistance, help; standa, veita, vinna, hjálpa at; hence atstoð, atvinna, atverk:—mode, proceeding; fara at, to proceed, hence atför and atferli:—compliance; láta, fara at e-u, v. above:— fault; e-t er at e-u, there is some fault in it, Fms. x. 418; skorta at e-u, to fall short of, xi. 98:—care, attendance; hjúkra at, hlýja at, v. these words:—gathering, collecting; draga, reiða, flytja, fá at, congerere:—engagement, arrival, etc.; sækja at, to attack; ganga at, vera at, to be about; koma at, ellipt. to arrive: göra at, to repair: lesta at, to impair (v. above); finna at, to criticise (mod.); telja at, id.: bera at, to happen; kveða at e-m, to address one, 625. 15, (kveða at (ellipt.) now means to pronounce, and of a child to utter (read) whole syllables); falla at, of the flood-tide (ellipt.): metaph. of pains or straits surrounding one; þreyngja, herða at, to press hard: of frost and cold, with regard to the seasons; frjósa at, kólna at, to get really cold (SI. 44), as it were from the cold stiffening all things: also of the seasons themselves; hausta, vetra að, when the season really sets in; esp. the cold seasons, ‘sumra at’ cannot be used, yet we may say ‘vára að’ when the spring sets in, and the air gets mild.
    δ. in numberless other cases which may partly be seen below.
    2. connected ellipt. with adverbs denoting motion from a place; norðan, austan, sunnan, vestan at, those from the north, east…; utan at, innan at, from the outside or inside.
    3. with adjectives (but rarely), e. g. kærr, elskr, virkr (affectionate), vandr (zealous), at e-m; v. these words.
    WITH ACC.
    TEMP.: Lat. post, after, upon, esp. freq. in poetry, but rare in prose writers, who use eptir; nema reisi niðr at nið (= maðr eptir mann), in succession, of erecting a monument, Hm. 71; in prose, at þat. posthac, deinde, Fms. x. 323, cp. Rm., where it occurs several times, 2, 6, 9, 14, 18, 24, 28, 30, 35; sonr á at taka arf at föður sinn, has to take the inheritance after his father, Grág. i. 170 new Ed.; eiga féránsdóm at e-n, Grág. i. 89; at Gamla fallinn, after the death of G., Fms. x. 382; in Edda (Gl.) 113 ought to be restored, grét ok at Oð, gulli Freyja, she grat (wept) tears of gold for her lost husband Od. It is doubtful if it is ever used in a purely loc. sense; at land, Grág. (Sb.)ii. 211, is probably corrupt; at hönd = á hönd, Grág. (Sb.) i. 135; at mót = at móti, v. this word.
    ☞ In compounds (v. below) at- or að- answers in turn to Lat. ad- or in- or con-; atdráttr e. g. denotes collecting; atkoma is adventus: it may also answer to Lat. ob-, in atburðr = accidence, but might also be compared with Lat. occurrere.
    2.
    and að, the mark of the infinitive [cp. Goth. du; A. S. and Engl. to; Germ. zu]. Except in the case of a few verbs ‘at’ is always placed immediately before the infinitive, so as to be almost an inseparable part of the verb.
    I. it is used either,
    1. as, a simple mark of the infinitive, only denoting an action and independent of the subject, e. g. at ganga, at hlaupa, at vita, to go, to run, to know; or,
    2. in an objective sense when following such verbs as bjóða segja…, to invite, command …; hann bauð þeim at ganga, at sitja, be bade, ordered them to go, sit, or the like; or as gefa and fá; gefa e-m at drekka, at eta, to give one to drink or to eat, etc. etc.
    β. with the additional notion of intention, esp. when following verba cogitandi; hann ætlaði, hafði í hyggju at fara, he had it in his mind to go (where ‘to go’ is the real object to ætlaði and hafði í hyggju).
    3. answering to the Gr. ινα, denoting intention, design, in order to; hann gékk í borg at kaupa silfr, in order to buy, Nj. 280; hann sendi riddara sína með þeim at varðveita þær, 623. 45: in order to make the phrase more plain, ‘svá’ and ‘til’ are frequently added, esp. in mod. writers, ‘svá at’ and contr. ‘svát’ (the last however is rare), ‘til at’ and ‘til þess at,’ etc.
    II. in the earlier times the infin., as in Greek and Lat., had no such mark; and some verbs remain that cannot be followed by ‘at;’ these verbs are almost the same in Icel. as in Engl.:
    α. the auxiliary verbs vil, mun ( μέλλω), skal; as in Engl. to is never used after the auxiliaries shall, will, must; ek vil ganga, I will go; ek mun fara, (as in North. E.) I mun go; ek skal göra þat, I shall do that, etc.
    β. the verbs kunna, mega, as in Engl. I can or may do, I dare say; svá hygginn at hann kunni fyrir sökum ráða, Grág. ii. 75; í öllu er prýða má góðan höfðingja, Nj. 90; vera má, it may be; vera kann þat, id.: kunnu, however, takes ‘at’ whenever it means to know, and esp. in common language in phrases such as, það kann að vera, but vera kann þat, v. above.
    γ. lata, biðja, as in Engl. to let, to bid; hann lét (bað) þá fara, he let (bade) them go.
    δ. þykkja, þykjast, to seem; hann þykir vera, he is thought to be: reflex., hann þykist vera, sibi videtur: impers., mér þykir vera, mibi videtur, in all cases without ‘at.’ So also freq. the verbs hugsa, hyggja, ætla, halda, to think, when denoting merely the act of thinking; but if there be any notion of intention or purpose, they assume the ‘at;’ thus hann ætlaði, hugði, þá vera góða menn, he thought them to be, acc. c. inf.; but ætlaði at fara, meant to go, etc.
    ε. the verbs denoting to see, bear; sjá, líta, horfa á … ( videre); heyra, audire, as in Engl. I saw them come, I heard him tell, ek sá þá koma, ek heyrði hann tala.
    ζ. sometimes after the verbs eiga and ganga; hann gékk steikja, be went to roast, Vkv. 9; eiga, esp. when a mere periphrasis instead of skal, móður sína á maðr fyrst fram færa (better at færa), Grág. i. 232; á þann kvið einskis meta, 59; but at meta, id. l. 24; ráða, nema, göra …, freq. in poetry, when they are used as simple auxiliary verbs, e. g. nam hann sér Högna hvetja at rúnum, Skv. 3. 43.
    η. hljóta and verða, when used in the sense of must (as in Engl. he must go), and when placed after the infin.of another verb; hér muntu vera hljóta, Nj. 129; but hljóta at vera: fara hlýtr þú, Fms. 1. 159; but þú hlýtr at fara: verða vita, ii. 146; but verða at vita: hann man verða sækja, þó verðr (= skal) maðr eptir mann lifa, Fms. viii. 19, Fas. ii. 552, are exceptional cases.
    θ. in poetry, verbs with the verbal neg. suffix ‘-at,’ freq. for the case of euphony, take no mark of the infinitive, where it would be indispensable with the simple verb, vide Lex. Poët. Exceptional cases; hvárt sem hann vill ‘at’ verja þá sök, eða, whatever he chooses, either, Grág. i. 64; fyrr viljum vér enga kórónu at bera, en nokkut ófrelsi á oss at taka, we would rather bear no crown than …, Fms. x. 12; the context is peculiar, and the ‘at’ purposely added. It may be left out ellipt.; e. g. þá er guð gefr oss finnast (= at finnast), Dipl. ii. 14; gef honum drekka (= at drekka), Pr. 470; but mostly in unclassical writers, in deeds, or the like, written nastily and in an abrupt style.
    3.
    and að, conj. [Goth. þatei = οτι; A. S. þät; Engl. that; Germ, dass; the Ormul. and Scot. at, see the quotations sub voce in Jamieson; in all South-Teutonic idioms with an initial dental: the Scandinavian idioms form an exception, having all dropped this consonant; Swed. åt, Dan. at]. In Icel. the Bible translation (of the 16th century) was chiefly based upon that of Luther; the hymns and the great bulk of theol. translations of that time were also derived from Germany; therefore the germanised form það frequently appears in the Bible, and was often employed by theol. authors in sermons since the time of the Reformation. Jón Vidalin, the greatest modern Icel. preacher, who died in 1720, in spite of his thoroughly classical style, abounds in the use of this form; but it never took root in the language, and has never passed into the spoken dialect. After a relative or demonstr. pronoun, it freq. in mod. writers assumes the form eð, hver eð, hverir eð, hvað eð, þar eð. Before the prep. þú (tu), þ changes into t, and is spelt in a single word attú, which is freq. in some MS.;—now, however, pronounced aððú, aððeir, aððið …, = að þú…, with the soft Engl. th sound. It gener. answers to Lat. ut, or to the relat. pron. qui.
    I. that, relative to svá, to denote proportion, degree, so…, that, Lat. tam, tantus, tot…, ut; svá mikill lagamaðr, at…, so great a lawyer, that…, Nj. 1; hárið svá mikit, at þat…, 2; svá kom um síðir því máli, at Sigvaldi, it came so far, that…, Fms. xi. 95, Edda 33. Rarely and unclass., ellipt. without svá; Bæringr var til seinn eptir honum, at hann … (= svá at), Bær. 15; hlífði honum, at hann sakaði ekki, Fas. iii. 441.
    II. it is used,
    1. with indic, in a narrative sense, answering partly to Gr. οτι, Lat. quod, ut, in such phrases as, it came to pass, happened that …; þat var einhverju sinni, at Höskuldr hafði vinaboð, Nj. 2; þat var á palmdrottinsdag, at Ólafr konungr gékk út um stræti, Fms. ii. 244.
    2. with subj. answering to Lat. acc. with infin., to mark the relation of an object to the chief verb, e. g. vilda ek at þú réðist, I wished that you would, Nj. 57.
    β. or in an oblique sentence, answering to ita ut…; ef svá kann verða at þeir láti…, if it may be so that they might…, Fms. xi. 94.
    γ. with a subj. denoting design, answering to ϊνα or Lat. ut with subj., in order that; at öll veraldar bygðin viti, ut sciat totus orbis, Stj.; þeir skáru fyrir þá melinn, at þeir dæi eigi af sulti, ut ne fame perirent, Nj. 265; fyrsti hlutr bókarinnar er Kristindómsbálkr, at menn skili, in order that men may understand, Gþl. p. viii.
    III. used in connection with conjunctions,
    1. esp. þó, því, svá; þó at freq. contr. þótt; svát is rare and obsolete.
    α. þóat, þótt (North. E. ‘thof’), followed by a subjunctive, though, although, Lat. etsi, quamquam (very freq.); þóat nokkurum mönnum sýnist þetta með freku sett… þá viljum vér, Fms. vi. 21: phrases as, gef þú mér þó at úverðugri, etsi indignae (dat.), Stj. MS. col. 315, are unclass., and influenced by the Latin: sometimes ellipt. without ‘þó,’ eigi mundi hón þá meir hvata göngu sinni, at (= þóat) hon hraeddist bana sinn, Edda 7, Nj. 64: ‘þó’ and ‘at’ separated, svarar hann þó rétt, at hann svari svá, Grág. i. 23; þó er rétt at nýta, at hann sé fyrr skorinn, answering to Engl. yetthough, Lat. attamenetsi, K. Þ. K.
    β. því at, because, Lat. nam, quia, with indic.; því at allir vóru gerfiligir synir hans, Ld. 68; því at af íþróttum verðr maðr fróðr, Sks. 16: separated, því þegi ek, at ek undrumst, Fms. iii. 201; því er þessa getið, at þat þótti, it i s mentioned because …, Ld. 68.
    γ. svá at, so that, Lat. ut, ita ut; grátrinn kom upp, svá at eingi mátti öðrum segja, Edda 37: separated, so … that, svá úsvúst at …, so bad weather, that, Bs. i. 339, etc.
    2. it is freq. used superfluously, esp. after relatives; hver at = hverr, quis; því at = því, igitur; hverr at þekkr ok þægiligr mun verða, Fms. v. 159; hvern stvrk at hann mundi fá, 44; ek undrumst hvé mikil ógnarraust at liggr í þér, iii. 201; því at ek mátti eigi þar vera elligar, því at þar var kristni vel haldin, Fas. i. 340.
    IV. as a relat. conj.:
    1. temp, when, Lat. quum; jafnan er ( est) mér þá verra er ( quum) ek fer á braut þaðan, en þá at ( quum) ek kem, Grett. 150 A; þar til at vér vitum, till we know, Fms. v. 52; þá at ek lýsta (= þá er), when, Nj. 233.
    2. since, because; ek færi yðr (hann), at þér eruð í einum hrepp allir, because of your being all of the same Rape, Grág. i. 260; eigi er kynlegt at ( though) Skarphéðinn sé hraustr, at þat er mælt at…, because (since) it is a saying that…, Nj. 64.
    V. in mod. writers it is also freq. superfluously joined to the conjunctions, ef að = ef, si, (Lv. 45 is from a paper MS.), meðan að = meðan, dum; nema að, nisi; fyrst að = fyrst, quoniam; eptir að, síðan að, postquam; hvárt að = hvárt, Lat. an. In the law we find passages such as, þá er um er dæmt eina sök, at þá eigu þeir aptr at ganga í dóminn, Grág. i. 79; ef þing ber á hina helgu viku, at þat á eigi fyrir þeim málum at standa, 106; þat er ok, at þeir skulu reifa mál manna, 64; at þeir skulu með váttorð þá sök sækja, 65: in all these cases ‘at’ is either superfluous or, which is more likely, of an ellipt. nature, ‘the law decrees’ or ‘it is decreed’ being understood. The passages Sks. 551, 552, 568, 718 B, at lokit (= at ek hefi lokit), at hugleitt (= at ek hefi h.), at sent (= at ek hefi sent) are quite exceptional.
    4.
    and að, an indecl. relat. pronoun [Ulf. þatei = ος, ος αν, οστις, οσπερ, οιος, etc.; Engl. that, Ormul. at], with the initial letter dropped, as in the conj. at, (cp. also the Old Engl. at, which is both a conj. and a pronoun, e. g. Barbour vi. 24 in Jamieson: ‘I drede that his gret wassalage, | And his travail may bring till end, | That at men quhilc full litil wend.’ | ‘His mestyr speryt quhat tithings a t he saw.’—Wyntoun v. 3. 89.) In Icel. ‘er’ (the relat. pronoun) and ‘at’ are used indifferently, so that where one MS. reads ‘er,’ another reads ‘at,’ and vice versâ; this may easily be seen by looking at the MSS.; yet as a rule ‘er’ is much more freq. used. In mod. writers ‘at’ is freq. turned into ‘eð,’ esp. as a superfluous particle after the relative pron. hverr (hver eð, hvað eð, hverir eð, etc.), or the demonstr. sá (sá eð, þeir eð, hinir eð, etc.):—who, which, that, enn bezta grip at ( which) hafði til Íslands komið, Ld. 202; en engi mun sá at ( cui) minnisamara mun vera, 242; sem blótnaut at ( quae) stærst verða, Fms. iii. 214; þau tiðendi, at mér þætti verri, Nj. 64, etc. etc.
    5.
    n. collision (poët.); odda at, crossing of spears, crash of spears, Höfuðl. 8.
    β. a fight or bait of wild animals, esp. of horses, v. hesta-at and etja.
    6.
    the negative verbal suffix, v. -a.

    Íslensk-ensk orðabók > AT

  • 117 censeo

    1.
    cēnseo (on the long e, v. Corss. Ausspr. 1, p. 257 sq.), ui, censum (late Lat. censitum, Cod. Just. 11, 47 tit.; 11, 49 tit.; 11, 47, 4 al.; but not in Monum. Ancyr.; cf. Neue, Formenl. 2, 557), 2, v. a. [etym. dub.; often referred to root cas-, whence carmen, camoenus; but prob. from centum, orig. centere, to hundred or number the people; cf. Fischer, Gram. 1, p. 373].
    I.
    To tax, assess, rate, estimate.
    A.
    In reference to the census (v. census).
    1.
    Of the censor (v. censor).
    (α).
    Rarely act. with acc. of the persons or objects assessed or rated; but usu. pass., with subj. -nom.:

    censores populi aevitates, suboles, familias, pecuniasque censento,

    Cic. Leg. 3, 3, 7:

    census quom sum, juratori recte rationem dedi,

    Plaut. Trin. 4, 2, 30:

    censor ad quojus censionem, id est arbitrium, populus censeretur,

    Varr. L. L. 5, § 81 Mull.:

    census... indicat eum qui sit census se jam tum gessisse pro cive,

    Cic. Arch. 5, 11: absentis censere jubere, P. Scipio ap. Gell. 5, 19, 16: ne absens censeare. Cic. Att. 1, 18, 8:

    sub lustrum censeri,

    id. ib.:

    milia octoginta eo lustro civium censa dicuntur,

    Liv. 1, 44, 2:

    censa civium capita centum septendecim milia trecenta undeviginti,

    id. 3, 24, 10; id. Epit. lib. 11; 13; 14:

    censebantur ejus aetatis lustris ducena quinquagena milia capitum,

    id. 9, 19, 2:

    cum capitum liberorum censa essent CLII. milia,

    Plin. 33, 1, 5, § 16: quid se vivere, quid in parte civium censeri, si... id obtinere universi non possint? Liv 7, 18, 5.—
    (β).
    With the amount at which the property was rated, in the acc.: or abl.:

    praesertim census equestrem Summam nummorum,

    being assessed with the estate necessary to a Roman knight, Hor. A. P. 383:

    primae classis homines quicentum et viginti quinque milia aeris ampliusve censi erant... Ceterarumque omnium classium qui minore summa aeris censebantur,

    Gell. 7 (6), 13, 1 sq.—Hence, capite censi, those who were assessed ac cording to their ability to labor: qui nullo [p. 312] aut perquam parvo aere censebantur capite censi vocabantur. Extremus autem census capite censorum aeris fuit trecentis septuaginta quinque, Jul. Paul. ap. Gell. 16, 10, 10; Sall. J. 86, 2; Gell. 16, 10, 11; 16, 10, 14; Val. Max. 2, 3, 1; 7, 6, 1;

    and in the finite verb: omnia illius (i. e. sapientis) esse dicimus, cum... capite censebitur,

    Sen. Ben. 7, 8, 1. —
    (γ).
    Absol. in gerund.: censendi, censendo, ad censendum = census agendi, censui agendo, etc.: haec frequentia quae convenit ludorum censendique causa (i.e. census agendi causa, for the sake of the census), Cic. Verr. 1, 18, 54:

    mentio inlata apud senatum est, rem operosam... suo proprio magistratu egere... cui arbitrium formulae censendi subiceretur,

    the scheme for taking the census, Liv. 4, 8, 4:

    quia is censendo finis factus est,

    id. 1, 44, 2:

    civis Romanos ad censendum ex provinciis in Italiam revocarunt,

    Vell. 2, 15:

    aetatem in censendo significare necesse est... aetas autem spectatur censendi tempore,

    Dig. 50, 15, 3.—
    (δ).
    Censum censere = censum agere, only in the gerundial dat.:

    illud quaero, sintne illa praedia censui censendo, habeant jus civile,

    are they subject to the census, Cic. Fl. 32, 80: censores... edixerunt, legem censui censendo dicturos esse ut, etc., that he would add a rule for the taking of the census, according to which, etc., Liv. 43, 14, 5: censui censendo agri proprie appellantur qui et emi et venire jure civili possunt, Paul. ex Fest. p. 58, 5 Mull.—
    2.
    Of the assessment of the provinces under provincial officers (censores, and, under the later emperors, censitores).
    (α).
    Pass., with the territory as subject-nom.: quinto quoque anno Sicilia tota censetur;

    erat censa praetore Paeducaeo... quintus annus cum in te praetorem incidisset, censa denuo est,

    Cic. Verr. 2, 2, 56, § 139:

    omne territorium censeatur quoties, etc.,

    Cod. Just. 11, 58 (57), 4.—
    (β).
    The persons assessed as subject:

    ubi (coloni) censiti atque educati natique sunt,

    Cod. Just. 11, 48 (47), 6:

    quos in locis eisdem censitos esse constabit,

    ib. 11, 48 (47), 4.—With part. as attribute:

    rusticos censitosque servos vendi,

    Cod. Just. 11, 48 (47), 7.—
    (γ).
    To determine by the census:

    cum antea per singulos viros, per binas vero mulieres capitis norma sit censa,

    Cod. Just. 11, 48 (47), 10:

    nisi forte privilegio aliquo materna origo censeatur,

    Dig. 50, 1, 1, § 2.—
    (δ).
    Act. with acc.:

    vos terras vestras levari censitione vultis, ego vero etiam aerem vestrum censere vellem,

    Spart. Pescen. Nig. 7.—
    3.
    Of the person assessed, to value, make a statement of one ' s property in the census.
    (α).
    Act. with acc.:

    in qua tribu ista praedia censuisti?

    Cic. Fl. 32, 80.—
    (β).
    Censeri, as dep. with acc.:

    census es praeterea numeratae pecuniae CXXX. Census es mancipia Amyntae... Cum te audisset servos suos esse censum, constabat inter omnes, si aliena censendo Decianus sua facere posset, etc.,

    Cic. Fl. 32, 80; cf. Ov. P. 1, 2, 140; v. B. 2. c.—
    4.
    Hence, subst.: cēnsum, i, n.: quorum luxuries fortunata censa peperit, i.e. high estimates of property in the census, Cic. ap. Non. 202, 23 (Fragm. vol. xi. p. 134 B. and K.).
    B.
    Transf., of things and persons in gen., to value, estimate, rate.
    1.
    By a figure directly referring to the Roman census: aequo mendicus atque ille opulentissimus Censetur censu ad Acheruntem mortuus, will be rated by an equal census, i.e. in the same class, without considering their property, Plaut. Trin. 2, 4, 93: vos qui potestis ope vostra censerier, referring to a part of the audience, you, who may be rated according to your intelligence, analog. to capite censi (v. I. A. 1. b), id. Capt. prol. 15:

    nam argumentum hoc hic censebitur,

    will be rated, its census-class will be determined here, id. Poen. prol. 56: id in quoque optimum esse debet cui nascitur, quo censetur, according to which he is rated, i.e. his worth is determined, Sen. Ep. 76, 8.—And with two acc.: quintus Phosphorus, Junonia, immo Veneris stella censetur, is ranked as the fifth, App. de Mundo, p. 710.—
    2.
    With direct reference to the census.
    a.
    = aestimo, to estimate, weigh, value, appreciate.
    (α).
    With gen. of price:

    dic ergo quanti censes?

    Plaut. Rud. 4, 8, 8.—
    (β).
    In the pass.: si censenda nobis atque aestimanda res sit, utrum tandem pluris aestimemus pecuniam Pyrrhi? etc., if we have to weigh and estimate a thing, etc., Cic. Par. 6, 2, 48:

    anule... In quo censendum nil nisi dantis amor,

    Ov. Am. 2, 15, 2:

    interim autem facta sola censenda dicit atque in judicium vocanda,

    Gell. 7 (6), 3, 47.—
    b.
    = honorari, celebrari, with de aliquo, = for the sake of somebody (in Ovid):

    pro quibus ut maneat, de quo censeris, amicus, Comprecor, etc.,

    the friend for the sake of whom you are celebrated, who is the cause of your renown, Ov. P. 2, 5, 73:

    hoc domui debes de qua censeris,

    id. ib. 3, 1, 75.—
    c.
    Censeri, dep., = to distinguish, with acc. only once or twice in Ovid (v. I. A. 3. b):

    hanc semper... Est inter comites Marcia censa suas,

    has always distinguished her, Ov. P. 1, 2, 140.—
    d.
    Censeri aliqua re.
    (α).
    = to be appreciated, distinguished, celebrated for some quality, as if the quality were a standard determining the census, analog. to capite censeri (v. I. A. 1. b), very freq. in post-class. writings:

    Democritus cum divitiis censeri posset,

    when he might have been celebrated for his wealth, Val. Max. 8, 7, ext. 4:

    Aristides quo totius Graeciae justitia censetur (quo = cujus justitia),

    id. 5, 3, ext. 3 med.: te custode matronalis stola censetur ( = tua, i.e. pudicitiae, custodia), the stola, etc., is appreciated for thy custody, id. 6, 1 prooem.:

    una adhuc victoria Carius Metius censebatur,

    Tac. Agr. 45:

    ut ipsi quoque qui egerunt non aliis magis orationibus censeantur,

    id. Dial. 39 fin.: non vitibus tantum censeri Chium, sed et operibus Anthermi filiorum, is celebrated not only for its grapes, but, etc., Plin. 36, 5, 2, § 12:

    et Galliae censentur hoc reditu,

    id. 19, 1, 2, § 7:

    quisquis paulo vetustior miles, hic te commilitone censetur,

    is distinguished for the fact that you were his fellow-soldier, Plin. Pan. 15 fin.:

    multiplici variaque doctrina censebatur,

    Suet. Gram. 10:

    felix quae tali censetur munere tellus,

    Mart. 9, 16, 5: censetur Apona Livio suo tellus, = for the fact that Livy was born there, id. 1, 61, 3:

    hi duo longaevo censentur Nestore fundi,

    for the fact that Nestor used them, id. 8, 6, 9:

    nec laude virorum censeri contenta fuit (Iberia),

    Claud. Laud. Seren. 67:

    libri mei non alia laude carius censentur, quam quod judicio vestro comprobantur,

    App. Flor. 4, 18, 3.—Hence,
    (β).
    = to be known by something (Appuleian):

    hoc nomine censebatur jam meus dominus,

    App. M. 8, p. 171:

    nomen quo tu censeris aiebat,

    id. ib. 5, p. 106: pro studio bibendi quo solo censetur, either known by, or distinguished for, id. Mag. p. 499:

    globorum caelestium supremum esse eum qui inerrabili meatu censetur,

    which is known by its unerring course, id. Phil. Nat. 1, p. 582.— And,
    (γ).
    As gram. t. t., to be marked by some peculiarity, according to which a word is classified: neque de armis et moeniis infitias eo quin figura multitudinis perpetua censeantur, that they are marked by the form of constant plurality, i. e. that they are pluralia tantum, Gell. 19, 8, 5; 10, 20, 8; 19, 13, 3.
    II.
    Of transactions in and by the Senate, to judge (in the meanings II. and III. the passive voice is not in class. use, while in I. the passive voice is by far the most freq.).
    A.
    To be of opinion, to propose, to vote, to move, referring to the votes of the senators when asked for their opinions (sententiam dicere).
    1.
    With a (passive) inf.-clause, denoting what should be decreed by the Senate (esse usu. omitted): rex his ferme verbis patres consulebat... Dic, inquit ei, quid censes? tum ille Puro pioque duello quaerendas (res) censeo, I am of the opinion ( I move, propose) that satisfaction should be sought, etc., ancient formula ap. Liv. 1, 32, 11 sq.:

    primum igitur acta Caesaris servanda censeo,

    Cic. Phil. 1, 7, 16:

    hoc autem tempore ita censeo decernendum,

    id. ib. 5, 17, 45; 5, 6, 16; 5, 12, 31; 5, 12, 34; 5, 13, 36; 5, 14, 38; 5, 19, 53; 6, 1, 2; 9, 6, 14; 11, 15, 40; 12, 7, 17; 14, 1, 1; 14, 13, 35; cf.

    Regulus's advice in the Senate, being represented as a vote: captivos in senatu reddendos non censuit,

    Cic. Off. 1, 13, 39; 3, 31, 111:

    quare ita ego censeo... de confessis more majorum supplicium sumendum,

    Sall. C. 52, 36; 51, 8; 52, 14:

    Appius imperio consulari rem agendam censebat,

    Liv. 2, 23, 15:

    ut multi (senatores) delendam urbem censerent,

    id. 9, 26, 3; 2, 29, 7; 3, 40, 13; 10, 12, 1; 34, 4, 20; 38, 54, 6: cum ejus diei senatus consulta aureis litteris figenda in curia censuisset, Tac. A. 3, 57:

    ut nonnulli dedendum eum hostibus censuerint,

    Suet. Caes. 24; so id. ib. 14; id. Aug. 100; id. Tib. 4; id. Calig. 60; id. Claud. 26; id. Ner. 2; id. Vesp. 2. Of the emperor's vote in the Senate:

    commutandam censuit vocem, et pro peregrina nostratem requirendam,

    Suet. Tib. 71; so id. ib. 34; id. Aug. 55.—And with the copula expressed (very rare):

    qui censet eos... morte esse multandos,

    Cic. Cat. 4, 4, 7.—Sometimes referring to sententia as subject:

    sententia quae censebat reddenda bona (inst. of eorum qui censebant),

    Liv. 2, 4, 3.—Sometimes with oportere for the gerundial predic. inf.:

    quibusdam censentibus (eum) Romulum appellari oportere,

    Suet. Aug. 7.—With pres. inf., inst. of a gerundial:

    hac corona civica L. Gellius in senatu Ciceronem consulem donari a re publica censuit,

    Gell. 5, 6, 15 (cf. II. B. 1. b.).—If the opinion of the senator does not refer to the chief question, but to incidental points, the predic. inf. may have any form:

    eas leges quas M. Antonius tulisse dicitur omnes censeo per vim et contra auspicia latas, eisque legibus populum non teneri,

    Cic. Phil. 5, 4, 10:

    cum magna pars senatus... cum tyrannis bellum gerendum fuisse censerent... et urbem recipi, non capi, etc.,

    Liv. 26, 32, 2.—
    2.
    With ut, and negatively, ut ne or ne, generally when the clause has an active predicate, but also with passives instead of the gerundial inf.-clause:

    de ea re ita censeo uti consules designati dent operam uti senatus Kal. Jan. tuto haberi possit,

    Cic. Phil. 3, 15, 37:

    censeo ut iis qui in exercitu Antonii sunt, ne sit ea res fraudi, si, etc.,

    id. ib. 5, 12, 34:

    censebant omnes fere (senatores) ut in Italia supplementum meis et Bibuli legionibus scriberetur,

    id. Fam. 3, 3, 1:

    Cn. Pompeius (in senatu) dixit, sese... censere ut ad senatus auctoritatem populi quoque Romani beneficium erga me adjungeretur,

    id. Sest. 34, 74:

    quas ob res ita censeo: eorum qui cum M. Antonio sunt, etc.... iis fraudi ne sit quod cum M. Antonio fuerint,

    id. Phil. 8, 11, 33:

    Calidius, qui censebat ut Pompeius in suas provincias proficisceretur,

    Caes. B. C. 1, 2:

    censuerunt quidam (senatores) ut Pannonicus, alii ut Invictus cognominaretur,

    Suet. Tib. 17:

    iterum censente ut Trebianis... concederetur (of the emperor's vote in the Senate),

    id. ib. 31.—And an inf.-clause, with neu or ut:

    sed ita censeo: publicandas eorum pecunias, etc.: neu quis postea de his ad senatum referat, etc.,

    Sall. C. 51, 43:

    qui partem bonorum publicandam, pars ut liberis relinqueretur, censuerat,

    Tac. A. 4, 20.—
    3.
    With a subj.-clause, without ut (rare in this connection;

    v. III. C. 3.): K. Fabius censuit... occuparent patres ipsi suum munus facere, captivum agrum plebi quam maxime aequaliter darent,

    Liv. 2, 48, 2.— And ironically with regard to incidental points: vereamini censeo ne... nimis aliquid severe statuisse videamini, I propose you should be afraid of having decreed too severe a punishment = of course, you will not be afraid, etc., Cic. Cat. 4, 6, 13: misereamini censeo—deliquere homines adulescentuli per ambitionem—atque etiam armatos dimittatis, I propose that you pity them, etc., or I advise you to be merciful, Sall. C. 52, 26.—
    4.
    Ellipt., with a gerundial clause understood:

    dic quid censes (i. e. decernendum),

    Liv. 1, 32, 11: quod ego mea sententia censebam (i.e. decernendum), Cato ap. Cic. Fam. 15, 5, 2:

    senati decretum fit, sicut ille censuerat,

    Sall. C. 53, 1:

    quas ob res ita censeo... senatui placere, etc. ( = ita decernendum censeo, etc.),

    Cic. Phil. 9, 7, 15, § 17 sq.; 10, 11, 25 sq.; 11, 12, 29 sq.; 14, 14, 36 sq.—
    5.
    = sententiam dicere, to tell, to express one ' s opinion in the Senate (post-class.).
    (α).
    Absol.: Priscus Helvidius.. contra studium ejus (sc. Vitellii) censuerat, had voted, or had expressed an opinion against his wishes, Tac. H. 2, 91:

    cum parum sit, in senatu breviter censere, nisi, etc.,

    id. Dial. 36 fin.:

    sententias... prout libuisset perrogabat... ac si censendum magis quam adsentiendum esset,

    Suet. Aug. 35:

    igitur Cn. Piso, quo, inquit, loco censebis, Caesar? si primus, etc.,

    Tac. A. 1, 74.—
    (β).
    With adjectives in the neuter, substantively used: nec quoquam reperto (in senatu) qui... referre aut censere aliquid auderet, who dared to express an opinion on any [p. 313] thing, Suet. Caes. 20:

    per dissensionem diversa censentium,

    of the senators who expressed different opinions, id. Claud. 10.—
    (γ).
    With interrog. or rel.-clause:

    deinde ageret senatorem et censeret quid corrigi aut mutari vellet,

    Tac. A. 16, 28:

    cum censeat aliquis (in senatu) quod ex parte mihi placeat,

    Sen. Ep. 21, 9.
    B.
    Of the decrees or resolutions of the Senate, = decernere, placere, to resolve, decree.
    1.
    With inf.-clause.
    a.
    With gerund, without copula (v. II. A. 1.):

    eum, cujus supplicio senatus sollennes religiones expiandas saepe censuit,

    Cic. Mil. 27, 73:

    eos senatus non censuit redimendos,

    id. Off. 3, 32, 114; so id. N. D. 2, 4, 10; id. Verr. 2, 3, 6, § 15:

    senatus Caelium ab republica removendum censuit,

    Caes. B. C. 3, 21:

    senatus censuit frequens coloniam Labicos deducendam,

    Liv. 4, 47, 6; 5, 24, 4:

    cum bello persequendos Tusculanos patres censuissent,

    id. 6, 25, 5; 3, 42, 6; 3, 49, 8; 7, 19, 7 et saep.—
    b.
    With pres. inf. pass. or act., with the force of a gerundial:

    de bonis regiis quae reddi antea censuerant ( = reddenda),

    Liv. 2, 5, 1:

    munera mitti legatis ex binis milibus aeris censuerunt (i.e. patres),

    id. 43, 5, 8; so id. 45, 44, 15 (v. 2. b.):

    eundem jus dicere Romae... patres censuerant,

    id. 45, 12, 13:

    cum senatus unum consulem, nominatimque Gnaeum Pompeium fieri censuisset,

    Suet. Caes. 26.—With both act. and pass. inf.:

    censuere patres, duas provincias Hispaniam rursus fieri... et Macedoniam Illyricumque eosdem... obtinere,

    Liv. 45, 16, 1.—With both pres. pass. and gerund. inff.:

    haec ita movere senatum, ut non expectanda comitia consuli censerent, sed dictatorem... dici,

    Liv. 27, 5, 14.—

    And with velle: senatus verbis nuntient, velle et censere eos ab armis discedere, etc.,

    Sall. J. 21, 4.—
    2.
    With ut or ne.
    a.
    In the words of the Senate, according to formula: quod L. Opimius verba fecit de re publica, de ea re ita censuerunt uti L. Opimius consul rem publicam defenderet, etc., ancient S. C. ap. Cic. Phil. 8, 4, 14: quod, etc., de ea re ita censuerunt ut M. Pomponius praetor animadverteret curaretque ut si, etc., S. C. ap. Suet. Rhet. 1; Gell. 15, 4, 1.—And with gerundial inf.-clause: quod C. Julius pontifex... de ea re ita censuerunt, uti M. Antonius consul hostiis majoribus... procuraret... Ibus uti procurasset satis habendum censuerunt, S. C. ap. Gell. 4, 6, 2.—
    b.
    As related by the historians, etc.:

    quoniam senatus censuisset, uti quicunque Galliam provinciam obtineret... Aeduos defenderet,

    Caes. B. G. 1, 35:

    patres censuerunt uti consules provincias inter se compararent,

    Liv. 30, 40, 12:

    senatus censuit ut domus ei... publica impensa restitueretur,

    Suet. Claud. 6;

    so with reference to the civil law,

    Dig. 49, 14, 15 quater. —With ne:

    senatum censuisse, ne quis illo anno genitus educaretur,

    Suet. Aug. 94.—And with inf -clause:

    filio regis Nicomedi ex ea summa munera dari censuerunt, et ut victimae... praeberentur,

    Liv. 45, 44, 15.—
    3.
    With a subj.-clause (very rare):

    senatus consulto quo censeretur, darent operam consules, etc.,

    Aur. Vict. Vir. Ill. 73, 10.—
    4.
    With neutr. acc. pron. in place of a clause:

    cum vero id senatus frequens censuisset (sc. faciendum),

    Cic. Pis. 8, 18:

    ite in suffragium, et quae patres censuerunt vos jubete,

    Liv. 31, 7, 14:

    quodcunque vos censueritis,

    id. 34, 7, 15:

    quodpatres censuissent,

    id. 28, 45, 2.—
    5.
    With accusative of a noun, or a noun as passive subject, to decree or vote a thing (postclass.):

    nec tamen repertum nisi ut effigies principum, aras deum, templa et arcus aliaque solita... censuere,

    Tac. A. 3, 57:

    aram Clementiae, aram Amicitiae, effigiesque... censuere,

    id. ib. 4, 74: cum censeretur clipeus auro et magnitudine insignis inter auctores eloquentiae ( to be placed among, etc.), id. ib. 2, 83.—
    6.
    With both acc. and dat.
    (α).
    The dat. = against:

    bellum Samnitibus et patres censuerunt et populus jussit,

    Liv. 10, 12, 3.—
    (β).
    The dat. = in behalf of:

    censentur Ostorio triumphi insignia,

    Tac. A. 12, 38.—And with ut:

    sententiis eorum qui supplicationes et... vestem Principi triumphalem, utque ovans urbem iniret, effigiesque ejus... censuere,

    id. ib. 13, 8.
    III.
    Transf.
    A.
    Of the opinions and resolutions of other deliberating bodies, or of their members, to resolve, or to be of opinion.
    1.
    With inf.-clause.
    a.
    Gerundial:

    erant qui censerent de tertia vigilia in castra Cornelia recedendum (council of war),

    Caes. B. C. 2, 30:

    erant sententiae quae conandum omnibus modis castraque Vari oppugnanda censerent,

    id. ib.; so id. ib. 2, 31; id. B. G. 2, 31 fin.; 7, 21; 7, 77:

    pontifices, consules, patres conscripti mihi... pecunia publica aedificandam domum censuerunt,

    Cic. Pis. 22, 52: nunc surgendum censeo, I move we adjourn (in a literary meeting), id. de Or. 2, 90, 367:

    cum... pontifices solvendum religione populum censerent,

    Liv. 5, 23, 9:

    nunc has ruinas relinquendas non censerem (in an assembly of the people),

    id. 5, 53, 3:

    ego ita censeo, legatos extemplo Romam mittendos (in the Carthaginian Senate),

    id. 21, 10, 13:

    ante omnia Philippum et Macedonas in societatem belli... censeo deducendos esse (Hannibal in a council of war),

    id. 36, 7, 3; 5, 36, 8; Curt. 10, 6, 22; 10, 8, 12:

    cum septem judices cognovissent, duo censuerunt, reum exilio multandum, duo alii pecunia, tres reliqui capite puniendum,

    Gell. 9, 15, 7.—And with oportere inst. of a gerundial clause (referring to duty):

    neque sine gravi causa eum locum quem ceperant, dimitti censuerant oportere,

    Caes. B. C. 1, 44.—With opus esse ( = expediency):

    Parmenio furto, non proelio opus esse censebat,

    Curt. 10, 8, 12.—
    b.
    With ordinary pres. inf.
    (α).
    In place of a gerundial:

    Antenor censet belli praecidere = praecidendam causam (in a council of war),

    Hor. Ep. 1, 2, 9.—
    (β).
    Denoting opinion about an existing state:

    Hasdrubal ultimam Hispaniae oram... ignaram adhuc Romanorum esse, eoque Carthaginiensibus satis fidam censebat,

    Liv. 27, 20, 6:

    Parmenio non alium locum proelio aptiorem esse censebat,

    Curt. 3, 7, 8.—
    2.
    With ut or ne:

    censeo ut satis diu te putes requiesse et iter reliquum conficere pergas (in a literary meeting),

    Cic. de Or. 2, 71, 290:

    plerique censebant ut noctu iter facerent (council of war),

    Caes. B. C. 1, 67:

    et nunc magnopere censere, ut unam anum... triginta milibus talentum auri permutet (council of war),

    Curt. 4, 11, 12:

    censeout D. Claudius ex hac die deus fiat (council of the gods),

    Sen. Lud. Mort. Claud. 9, 5: antiquos audio censuisse, ne (praenomina) cui ejusdem gentis patricio inderentur, resolved (family council), Gell. 9, 2, 11 (cf. Liv. 6, 20, 14).—
    3.
    With subj.-clause:

    nunc quoque arcessas censeo omnes navalis terrestrisque copias (Hannibal in council of war),

    Liv. 36, 7, 17: censeo relinquamus nebulonem hunc, eamus hinc protinus Jovi Optimo Maximo gratulatum (assembly of the people), Scipio Afric. ap. Gell. 4, 18, 3.—
    4.
    With acc. neutr. of a pron. or adj. substantively used:

    ego pro sententia mea hoc censeo: quandoquidem, etc.,

    Sen. Lud. Mort. Claud. 11, 4:

    nec dubitavere quin vera censeret,

    that his opinion was correct, Curt. 10, 6, 18.—
    5.
    Ellipt.:

    sententiis quarum pars deditionem, pars eruptionem censebat (i.e. faciendam),

    Caes. B. G. 7, 77 init.:

    ita uti censuerant Italici deditionem facit,

    Sall. J. 26, 2; so Caes. B. G. 7, 75.
    B.
    Of the orders of persons in authority (cf. II. B.).
    1.
    Of commanders, etc., by courtesy, inst. of velle, imperare, or a direct imperative sentence.
    (α).
    With gerundial inf. - clause: non tam imperavi quam censui sumptus legatis quam maxime ad legem Corneliam decernendos, I said, not strictly as an order, but as an opinion that, etc. (Cicero as proconsul), Cic. Fam. 3, 10, 6.—
    (β).
    With subj.-clause: arma quae ad me missuri eratis, iis censeo armetis milites quos vobiscum habetis, you had better, etc., Pomp. ap. Cic. Att. 8, 12, A, 4. —
    2.
    Of an order by the people (rare;

    gen. populus jubet): ita id (foedus) ratum fore si populus censuisset (i. e. confirmandum esse),

    Liv. 21, 19, 3.—
    3.
    Of the later emperors, in their ordinances (censemus = placet nobis, sancimus, imperamus, from the custom of the earlier emperors, who conveyed their commands in the form of an opinion in the senate; v. II. A. 1.).—With inf.clause, ut, ne, and subj.-clause:

    sex mensium spatium censemus debere servari,

    Cod. Just. 11, 48 (47), 7:

    censemus ut, etc.,

    ib. 12, 37 (38), 13:

    censemus ne, etc.,

    ib. 12, 44 (45), 1: censemus vindicet, remaneat, ib. 11, 48 (47), 23:

    in commune jubes si quid censesve tenendum, Primus jussa subi,

    Claud. IV. Cons. Hon. 296.
    C.
    Of advice, given by one person to another (further development of III. A.).
    1.
    Ante-class. formula: faciundum censeo = I advise, with ut-clause, with quid, sic, etc.: censeo faciundum ut quadringentos aliquos milites ad verrucam illam ire jubeas, etc., I advise you to order, etc., Cato ap. Gell. 3, 7, 6:

    ego Tiresiam... consulam, Quid faciundum censeat,

    consult Tiresias as to what he advises, for his advice, Plaut. Am. 5, 1, 80:

    consulam hanc rem amicos quid faciundum censeant,

    id. Men. 4, 3, 26; id. Most. 3, 1, 23:

    sic faciundum censeo: Da isti cistellam, etc.,

    id. Cist. 4, 2, 104:

    ego sic faciundum censeo: me honestiu'st Quam te, etc.,

    id. As. 4, 2, 11; id. Ep. 2, 2, 91:

    sane faciundum censeo,

    id. Stich. 4, 2, 38.—
    2.
    With ordinary gerundial inf.-clauses:

    narrandum ego istuc militi censebo,

    I advise you to let the soldier know that, Plaut. Mil. 2, 4, 42:

    exorando sumendam operam censeo,

    id. Stich. 1, 2, 22:

    quid nunc consili captandum censes?

    id. As. 2, 2, 91; id. Mil. 5, 25; id. Most. 1, 3, 115:

    idem tibi censeo faciendum,

    Cic. Off. 10, 1, 3:

    quos quidem tibi studiose et diligenter tractandos magno opere censeo,

    id. Fin. 4, 28, 79; id. Fam. 12, 28, 2.—Sometimes by aequum censere with an inf.-clause (in the comic poets):

    amicos consulam quo me modo Suspendere aequom censeant potissumum,

    Plaut. Poen. 3, 5, 50: qui homo cum animo... depugnat suo, Utrum ita se esse mavelit ut eum animus aequom censeat, An ita potius ut parentes... velint i. e. as his mind prompts him, id. Trin. 2, 2, 29; cf. E. 1. b. 8.—
    3.
    With a subj.clause (so esp. with censeo in 1 st pers.): censen' hominem interrogem? do you advise me to ask the man? etc., Plaut. Poen. 3, 4, 20:

    tu, si videbitur, ita censeo facias ut... supersedeas hoc labore itineris (cf.: faciundum censeo ut, 1. supra),

    Cic. Fam. 4, 2, 4:

    immo plane, inquam, Brute, legas (Gracchum) censeo,

    id. Brut. 33, 125:

    tu, si forte quid erit molestiae te ad Crassum et Calidium conferas censeo,

    id. Q. Fr. 1, 3, 7:

    tu, censeo, tamen adhibeas Vettium,

    id. Att. 2, 4, 7:

    quae disputari de amicitia possunt, ab iis censeo petatis qui ista profitentur,

    id. Lael. 5, 17: tu, censeo, Luceriam venias: nusquam eris tutius, Pomp. ap. Cic. Att. 8, 1, 1; 8, 11, A:

    censeo Via Appia iter facias, et celeriter Brundusium venias,

    id. ib. 8, 11, C: ad Caesarem mittas censeo, et ab eo hoc petas, Anton. ib. 10, 10, 2: sed hos tamen numeros censeo videas hodou parergon, Gell. 17, 20, 5:

    quam scit uterque, libens censebo exerceat artem,

    Hor. Ep. 1, 14, 44 (cf. Liv. 36, 7, 17, and Gell. 4, 18, 3, quoted III. A. 3.).—Of an advice given to an adversary, with irony:

    cetera si qua putes te occultius facere posse... magnopere censeo desistas,

    I strongly advise you to give up that idea, Cic. Verr. 2, 5, 68, § 174:

    sed tu, Acci, consideres censeo diligenter, utrum censorum judicium grave esse velis an Egnatii,

    id. Clu. 48, 135:

    postulant ut excipiantur haec inexplicabilia. Tribunum censeant: aliquem adeant: a me... numquam impetrabunt,

    id. Ac. 2, 30, 97:

    ibi quaeratis socios censeo, ubi Saguntina clades ignota est,

    Liv. 21, 19, 10:

    solvas censeo, Sexte, creditori,

    Mart. 2, 13, 2.—And in jest:

    Treviros vites censeo, audio capitalis esse,

    Cic. Fam. 7, 13, 2:

    hi Plebei fuerunt, quos contemnas censeo... qua re ad patres censeo revertare,

    id. ib. 9, 21, 3:

    vites censeo porticum Philippi: si te viderit Hercules, peristi,

    Mart. 5, 49, 13; so id. ib. 11, 99, 8; 12, 61, 7.—For ironical senatorial advice, by which the contrary is meant, v. Cic. Cat. 4, 6, 13; Sall. C. 52, 26, quoted II. A. 3.—
    4.
    With an ut-clause (with monere;

    very rare): illud tamen vel tu me monuisse vel censuisse puta... ut tu quoque animum inducas, etc.,

    Cic. Fam. 4, 8, 2.—
    5.
    With a clause understood: quo me vortam nescio: Pa. Si deos salutas, dextrovorsum censeo (i.e. id facias or faciundum censeo), Plaut. Curc. 1, 1, 70: quo redeam? Pe. Equidem ad phrygionem censeo (i. e. redeas), id. Men. 4, 2, 53:

    quid nunc censes, Chrysale? (i. e. faciundum),

    id. Bacch. 4, 8, 112:

    ita faciam ut frater censuit,

    Ter. Phorm. 5, 2, 11:

    tibi igitur hoc censeo (i. e. faciendum): latendum tantisper ibidem, etc.,

    Cic. Fam. 9, 2, 4: tu [p. 314] potes Kalendis spectare gladiatores, et ita censeo, id. ib. 16, 20:

    quid censes igitur? Ecquidnam est tui consilii ad? etc.,

    id. Att. 9, 12, 4: quid igitur censet (sapientia)? What is wisdom ' s advice? id. Phil. 13, 3, 6:

    scribi quid placeat, quid censeas,

    id. Att. 9, 19,4:

    ibitur igitur, et ita quidem ut censes,

    id. ib. 10, 15, 3:

    disce, docendus adhuc, quae censet amiculus,

    Hor. Ep. 1, 17, 3.
    D.
    Of opinions and views on general questions, to be of opinion, think, believe, hold (cf.: statuo, existimo, puto, aio, dico; freq. in class. prose; very rare in post-class. writers except Gellius; never with ut, ne, or subj.-clause).
    1.
    With inf.-clause:

    Plato mundum esse factum censet a deo sempiternum,

    Cic. Ac. 2, 37, 118:

    Cyrenaici non omni malo aegritudinem effici censent, sed insperato,

    id. Tusc. 3, 13, 28:

    (Hieronymus) censet summum bonum esse sine ulla molestia vivere,

    id. Fin. 2, 5, 16:

    Aristoteles eos qui valetudinis causa furerent, censebat habere aliquid in animis praesagiens,

    id. Div. 1, 38, 81:

    Pythagoras censuit animum esse per naturam rerum omnem intentum et commeantem,

    id. ib. 1, 11, 27; so id. Ac. 1, 11, 40; 2, 42, 131; id. Fin. 1, 6, 20; 3, 15, 49; 3, 19, 64; 3, 21, 70; 4, 7, 17; 5, 7, 17; id. N. D. 1, 2, 3; 1, 2, 4; 1, 12, 29; 1, 13, 35 and 37; 1, 43, 120; 1, 44, 121; 2, 22, 57; 2, 16, 44; id. Sen. 12, 41; id. Leg. 1, 13, 36; id. Tusc. 1, 9, 18; 1, 10, 22; 1, 30, 72; 1, 45, 108; 3, 5, 11; 3, 22, 52; 4, 7, 14; id. Off. 1, 25, 88:

    Plato in civitate communis esse mulieres censuit,

    Gell. 18, 2, 8; 14, 5, 2; 18, 1, 4; 19, 12, 6.—If the opinion refers to what should be observed, oportere or debere is used, or a gerundial predicate with esse (so in Cic., but in Gell. 7, 15, 3, without esse):

    oportere delubra esse in urbibus censeo,

    Cic. Leg. 2, 10, 26:

    M. Varro aeditumum dici oportere censet,

    Gell. 12, 10, 4; 14, 5, 2;

    so with debere,

    id. 17, 5, 5; 13, 8, 4:

    Cyrenaici... virtutem censuerunt ob eam rem esse laudandam,

    Cic. Off. 3, 33, 116:

    (Ennius) non censet lugendam esse mortem quam immortalitas consequatur,

    id. Sen. 20, 73.—
    2.
    An inf.-clause understood:

    (dissensio est), a quibus temporibus scribendi capiatur initium. Ego enim ab ultimis censeo (i. e. exordiendum esse),

    Cic. Leg. 1, 3, 8:

    si, Mimnermus uti censet, sine amore jocisque Nil est jucundum,

    Hor. Ep. 1, 6, 65:

    sic enim censuit,

    Cic. Off. 3, 33, 117.—
    3.
    With neutr. acc. of a pron.: hoc amplius censeo, in addition to the opinions mentioned I hold, etc., Sen. Vit. Beat. 3, 2:

    nullo (medico) idem censente,

    Plin. 29, 1, 5, § 11.—
    4.
    With a rel.-clause:

    Aesopus quae utilia... erant, non severe neque imperiose praecepit et censuit,

    he imparted his teachings and views, Gell. 2, 29, 1.—
    5.
    Absol.:

    non adligo me ad unum aliquem ex Stoicis proceribus. Est et mihi censendi jus,

    the right to impart my opinions, Sen. Vit. Beat. 3, 2.
    E.
    In gen., = arbitror, puto, existimo, judico (cf.: idem enim valet censere et arbitrari, Varr. ap. Non. p. 519, 29: censere nunc significat putare, nunc suadere, nunc decernere, Paul. ex Fest. p. 54, 11 Mull.).
    1.
    To judge, think, believe, suppose (freq. in ante-class. writings; very rare in Cic. except in the particular meanings, a.—ironically—and d.; always with inf.-clause expressed or understood).
    a.
    In gen.:

    atque ego censui abs te posse hoc me impetrare,

    Plaut. Cas. 2, 6, 12 sq.:

    satis jam delusam censeo: rem, ut est, nunc eloquamur,

    id. As. 3, 3, 141:

    nam si honeste censeam te facere posse, suadeam,

    id. Mil. 4, 8, 60:

    neque ego hac noctem longiorem me vidisse censeo,

    id. Am. 1, 1, 126:

    saluti quod tibi esse censeo,

    id. Merc. 1, 35; so id. Am. 4, 3, 2; id. Most. 1, 3, 127; id. Pers. 1, 1, 9; 2, 2, 8; 2, 3, 75 sq.; id. Truc. 2, 2, 60; id. As. 2, 2, 33; id. Aul. 2, 4, 30; 2, 4, 36; id. Cas. 2, 8, 38; Ter. Heaut. 3, 1, 53; id. Phorm. 2, 2, 13: aut domino, cujum id censebis esse, reddes, Cincius, Re Mil. l. iii., de ap. Gell. 16, 4, 2:

    eo namque omnem belli molem inclinaturam censebant (consules),

    Liv. 7, 32, 3:

    nec facturum aequa Samnitium populum censebant, si... oppugnarent,

    id. 7, 31, 7:

    quaeso ut ea quae dicam non a militibus imperatori dicta censeas,

    id. 7, 13, 8:

    at illa purgare se, quod quae utilia esse censebat... suasisset,

    Curt. 8, 3, 7: Alexander, tam memorabili victoria laetus, qua sibi Orientis fines apertos esse censebat, id. 9, 1, 1; so id. 10, 8, 22.—
    b.
    With reference to an erroneous opinion, to imagine, suppose, falsely believe:

    censebam me effugisse a vita marituma Ne navigarem, etc.,

    Plaut. Bacch. 2, 3, 108:

    omnes eum (sc. Jovem) esse (Amphitruonem) censent servi,

    id. Am. prol. 122, 134:

    jam hic ero, quom illic censebis esse me,

    id. ib. 3, 3, 14:

    ardere censui aedes,

    id. ib. 5, 1, 15:

    ego hunc censebam esse te,

    id. Men. 5, 9, 13; so id. As. 5, 2, 20; id. Aul. 3, 5, 55; id. Bacch. 1, 2, 14; id. Men. 3, 3, 32; 5, 9, 76; id. Merc. 1, 2, 87; id. Poen. 1, 1, 54; 3, 1, 60; 3, 4, 25; id. Rud. 2, 4, 31; 4, 7, 35; id. Stich. 4, 2, 24; id. Truc. 1, 1, 72 et saep.: censuit se regem Porsenam occidere, Cass. Hem. ap. Non. p. 4, 88:

    non ipsa saxa magis sensu omni vacabant quam ille... cui se hic cruciatum censet optare,

    Cic. Tusc. 1, 44, 107.—And ironically:

    nisi forte Diagoram aut Theodorum... censes superstitiosos fuisse,

    Cic. N. D. 1, 42, 117:

    nisi forte etiam illi Semproniano senatus consulto me censes adfuisse, qui ne Romae quidem fui,

    id. Fam. 12, 29, 2:

    neminem me fortiorem esse censebam,

    Curt. 8, 14, 42.—
    c.
    Referring to what should take place.
    (α).
    With gerundial inf.-clause:

    navis praedatoria, Abs qua cavendum nobis sane censeo,

    Plaut. Men. 2, 2, 70:

    soli gerundum censeo morem,

    id. Most. 1, 3, 69:

    neque vendundam censeo Quae libera est,

    Ter. Ad. 2, 1, 39; so id. Eun. 4, 4, 53; 5, 8, 42; id. Hec. 4, 4, 94; id. Phorm. 2, 4, 17:

    ceterum ei qui consilium adferret opem quoque in eam rem adferendam censebant esse,

    Liv. 25, 11, 14.—
    (β).
    With oportere, debere, or an ordinary inf.-clause:

    solam illi me soli censeo esse oportere obedientem,

    Plaut. Most. 1, 3, 47:

    quibus declaraveram, quo te animo censerem esse oportere, et quid tibi faciendum arbitrarer,

    Cic. Fam. 4, 9, 1:

    rursus interrogatus quid ipse victorem statuere debere censeret,

    Curt. 8, 14, 43: impudens postulatio visa est, censere... ipsos id (bellum) advertere in se, agrosque suos pro alienis populandos obicere, to entertain the idea that they should direct that war against themselves and their own lands, etc., Liv. 21, 20, 4:

    munere eum fungi prioris censet amici = eum fungi oportere,

    Hor. Ep. 1, 9, 5:

    quae nos quoque sustinere censebat,

    App. M. 11, p. 253.—
    (γ).
    By aequum censere with ordinary inf.clause, expressed or understood, either = it is fair ( right) to do something, or something ought or should be done (so very freq. in the comic poets and Livy; rare in other writers): non ego istunc me potius quam te metuere aequom censeo, I do not think it right to fear him, etc., Plaut. Capt. 2, 2, 51: quid me aequom censes pro illa tibi dare? What do you think I should give as a fair price? etc., id. As. 1, 3, 76: meum animum tibi servitutem servire aequom censui, I thought it my duty that my mind should, etc., id. Trin. 2, 2, 27: ecquis est tandem qui vestrorum... aequom censeat poenas dare ob eam rem quod arguatur male facere voluisse? Cato ap. Gell. 6 (7), 3, 36:

    quis aequum censeret... receptos in fidem non defendi?

    Liv. 21, 19, 5; so id. 24, 37, 7; 5, 3, 8; 22, 32, 6.—And without emphasis upon the idea of fairness or right:

    si sunt ita ut ego aequom censeo,

    as I think they ought to be, Plaut. Stich. 1, 2, 55; so id. Trin. 3, 2, 87; 2, 3, 1; id. Merc. 3, 3, 8; id. Aul. 4, 1, 11; id. Ep. 4, 1, 29; id. Stich. 2, 2, 20; 4, 1, 42:

    qui aequom esse censeant, nos jam a pueris ilico nasci senes,

    who believe that we should be born as old men right from childhood, Ter. Heaut. 2, 1, 2; so id. ib. 5, 5, 11; id. Ad. 4, 3, 10:

    qui aequom censeant rem perniciosam utili praeponi,

    Auct. Her. 2, 14, 22: (tribuni) intercedebant;

    senatum quaerere de pecunia non relata in publicum... aequum censebant,

    Liv. 38, 54, 5:

    cives civibus parcere aequum censebat,

    Nep. Thras. 2, 6.—
    d.
    Very freq., esp. in Cic., when a question, rhetorical or real, is addressed to a second person, often referring to erroneous opinions:

    an fores censebas nobis publicitus praeberier?

    Plaut. Am. 4, 2, 7:

    clanculum istaec te flagitia facere censebas potesse?

    id. Men. 4, 2, 47:

    hicine nos habitare censes?

    id. Trin. 4, 3, 72:

    omnes cinaedos esse censes, tu quia es?

    id. Men. 3, 2, 48; so id. As. 2, 4, 78; 5, 2, 37; id. Bacch. 4, 6, 41; 5, 2. 82; id. Capt. 4, 2, 66; 4, 2, 74; 5, 2, 16; id. Cas. 2, 6, 29; id. Men. 5, 5, 25: continuo dari Tibi verba censes? Ter. And. 3, 2, 25; so id. ib. 3, 3, 13; 4, 4, 55; id. Heaut. 4, 3, 38; id. Hec. 4, 1, 32; 4, 4, 53; id. Phorm. 5, 6, 35:

    adeone me delirare censes ut ista esse credam?

    Cic. Tusc. 1, 6, 10:

    nam cum in Graeco sermone haec... non videbantur, quid censes in Latino fore?

    id. Fin. 3, 4, 15:

    quid igitur censes? Apim illum nonne deum videri Aegyptiis?

    id. N. D. 1, 29, 82:

    quis haec neget esse utilia? quem censes?

    id. Off. 3, 26, 99:

    an censes me tantos labores... suscepturum fuisse, si, etc.,

    id. Sen. 23, 82:

    an vos Hirtium pacem velle censetis?

    id. Phil. 12, 4, 9; so id. Brut. 50, 186; 85, 294; id. Tusc. 1, 5, 10 fin.; 2, 4, 11; 3, 13, 27; id. Fin. 1, 10, 34; id. N. D. 1, 8, 20; 1, 28, 78; 1, 44, 122; id. Leg. 2, 10, 23; id. Div. in Caecil. 16, 54; id. Phil. 1, 6, 13; 4, 3, 7; 7, 4, 14; 11, 1, 3; 11, 5, 10; 12, 3, 7; 12, 6, 13; 12, 8, 21; 12, 9, 22; 13, 2, 4; 14, 4, 10; id. Att. 10, 11, 4:

    quid censes munera terrae?... quo spectanda modo, quo sensu credis et ore?

    Hor. Ep. 1, 6, 5 sqq.; so id. ib. 2, 2, 65; Lucr. 1, 973 (with obj.inf.).—With conditional period inst. of an inf.-clause:

    num censes faceret, filium nisi sciret eadem haec velle,

    Ter. And. 3, 3, 46.—

    Sometimes censemus? is used in the same way as censes?

    Cic. Tusc. 1, 2, 4; id. Off. 2, 7, 25; id. Fam. 4, 9, 2.—
    e.
    With an inf.clause understood: itane tu censes? Pa. Quid ego ni ita censeam? Plaut. Mil. 4, 3, 27: quid ergo censes? Tr. Quod rogas, Censeo, id. Rud. 4, 8, 7 sq.: quid illum censes? (i. e. eo loco facere?) Ter. And. 5, 2, 12:

    quid illas censes? (i. e. posse dicere),

    id. Ad. 4, 5, 22; so Plaut. Curc. 1, 1, 59; Ter. Heaut. 3, 3, 9; 5, 3, 21.—So, very freq. in the comic poets, censeo, absol., as an approving answer; also sic censeo, istuc censeo, ita censeo (Cic.) to be variously rendered: ego divinam rem intus faciam... So. Censeo, that will be right! Plaut. Am. 3, 3, 11: auscultemus quid agat: Ph. Sane censeo, so we will, indeed, id. Curc. 2, 2, 29: quid si recenti re aedis pultem? Ad. Censeo, do so! id. Poen. 3, 4, 18: quin eloquamur? Ag. Censeo, hercle, patrue, id. ib. 5, 4, 93: patri etiam gratulabor? Tr. Censeo, I think so (and after answering several questions with censeo): etiamne complectar ejus patrem? Tr. Non censeo. Pl. Nunc non censet quom volo, id. Rud. 4, 8, 6 sqq.; id. Ps. 2, 2, 69; id. Stich. 5, 4, 53; id. Truc. 2, 4, 73; id. Cas. 4, 3, 14; Ter. Eun. 2, 1, 11; id. Heaut. 3, 3, 27: male habeas! Mu. Sic censeo, Plaut. Men. 4, 1, 11: aliquem arripiamus, etc.: Ly. Hem, istuc censeo, id. Merc. 3, 3, 19 (cf.:

    prorsus ita censeo, referring to general questions, as in D.,

    Cic. Leg. 2, 10, 23);

    once similarly censeas: Quid gravare? censeas!

    Say yes, Plaut. Stich. 3, 2, 22.—
    2.
    To resolve, as a merely mental act, with gerundial inf.-clause (rare; cf. II. B.): quibus rebus cognitis, Caesar maturandum sibi censuit, resolved to hasten, lit., thought he must hasten ( = statuit, existimavit), Caes. B. G. 7, 56 init.:

    censuimus igitur amplius quaerendum,

    Gell. 12, 14, 7.—
    3.
    To consider, i. e. after carefully weighing the circumstances, with inf.-clause (rare):

    sed cum censerem... me et periculum vitare posse, et temperatius dicere... ea causa mihi in Asiam proficiscendi fuit,

    Cic. Brut. 91, 314.—
    4.
    = pu tare, habere, judicare, to consider as, to hold, with two acc., or inf.-clause.
    a.
    With double acc.:

    quom dispicias tristem, frugi censeas (i.e. eum),

    you would consider him thrifty, Plaut. Cas. 3, 2. 32:

    auxilio vos dignos censet senatus,

    considers you worthy of help, Liv. 7, 31, 2:

    has... indagines cuppediarum majore detestatione dignas censebimus si, etc.,

    Gell. 7 (6), 16, 6: cum Priscum nobilitas hostem patriae censuisset, judged, declared him the enemy, etc., Aur. Vict. Caes. 29, 4.—
    b.
    In the pass. with nom. and inf., = haberi (in Manil. and Gell.):

    praeter illas unam et viginti (comoedias) quae consensu omnium Plauti esse censebantur,

    Gell. 3, 3, 3:

    quae terrena censentur sidera sorte (i. e. esse),

    are considered as being of the terrestrial kind, Manil. 2, 226; so id. 2, 293; 2, 653; 2, 667; 3, 96; so, sub aliquo censeri, to be considered as being under one ' s influence, id. 4, 246; 4, 705; cf. id. 3, 598 (with per).—
    5.
    To wish, with subj.-clause or ne (in App.):

    de coma pretiosi velleris floccum mihi confestim adferas censeo,

    App. M. 6. [p. 315] p. 117:

    censeo ne ulla cura os percolat,

    id. Mag. p. 411.
    2.
    censeo, ēre, = succenseo, to be angry: ne vobis censeam, si, etc., Varr. ap. Non. p. 267, 24.

    Lewis & Short latin dictionary > censeo

  • 118 ἔχω

    ἔχω (Hom.+) impf. εἶχον, 1 pl. εἴχαμεν and 3 pl. εἶχαν (both as vv.ll.; Mlt-H. 194; B-D-F §82) Mk 8:7; Rv 9:8 or εἴχοσαν (B-D-F §84, 2; Mlt-H. 194; Kühner-Bl. II p. 55) J 15:22, 24; 2 aor. ἔσχον; mixed aor. forms include ἔσχαν Hv 3, 5, 1, ἔσχοσαν 1 Esdr 6:5; 1 Macc 10:15 (ἔσχον, εἴχον vv.ll.); pf. ἔσχηκα; plpf. ἐσχήκειν.—In the following divisions: act. trans. 1–9; act. intr. 10; mid. 11.
    to possess or contain, have, own (Hom.+)
    to possess someth. that is under one’s control
    α. own, possess (s. esp. TestJob 9f) κτήματα πολλά own much property Mt 19:22; Mk 10:22. πρόβατα Lk 15:4; J 10:16. θησαυρόν Mt 19:21; Mk 10:21b. βίον living Lk 21:4; 1J 3:17. δραχμὰς δέκα Lk 15:8. πλοῖα Rv 18:19. κληρονομίαν Eph 5:5. θυσιαστήριον Hb 13:10a; μέρος ἔ. ἔν τινι have a share in someth. Rv 20:6. Gener. μηδὲν ἔ. own nothing (SibOr 3, 244) 2 Cor 6:10. ὅσα ἔχεις Mk 10:21; cp. 12:44; Mt 13:44, 46; 18:25. τί ἔχεις ὸ̔ οὐκ ἔλαβες; what do you have that you have not been given? 1 Cor 4:7. The obj. acc. is often used w. an adj. or ptc.: ἔ. ἅπαντα κοινά have everything in common Ac 2:44 (cp. Jos., Ant. 15, 18). ἔ. πολλὰ ἀγαθὰ κείμενα have many good things stored up Lk 12:19.—Hb 12:1. Abs. ἔ. have (anything) (Soph.et al.; Sir 13:5; 14:11) Mt 13:12a; Mk 4:25a; Lk 8:18a. ἐκ τοῦ ἔχειν in accordance w. what you have 2 Cor 8:11. ἔ. εἰς ἀπαρτισμόν have (enough) to complete Lk 14:28. W. neg. ἔ. have nothing Mt 13:12b; Mk 4:25b; Lk 8:18b.—ὁ ἔχων the one who has, who is well off (Soph., Aj. 157; Eur., Alc. 57; X., An. 7, 3, 28; Ar. 15:7). πᾶς ὁ ἔχων everyone who has (anything) Mt 25:29a; Lk 19:26a. ὁ μὴ ἔχων the one who has nothing (X., An. 7, 3, 28; 1 Esdr 9:51, 54; 2 Esdr 18:10) Mt 25:29b; Lk 19:26b; 1 Cor 11:22.
    β. have = hold in one’s charge or keeping ἔ. τὰς κλεῖς hold the keys Rv 1:18; cp. 3:7. τὸ γλωσσόκομον the money-box J 12:6; 13:29.
    to contain someth. have, possess, of the whole in relation to its parts
    α. of living beings, of parts of the body in men and animals μέλη Ro 12:4a; cp. 1 Cor 12:12. σάρκα καὶ ὀστέα Lk 24:39 (Just., A I, 66, 2 καὶ σάρκα καὶ αἷμα) ἀκροβυστίαν Ac 11:3. οὖς Rv 2:7, 11. ὦτα Mt 11:15; Mk 7:16; Lk 8:8. χεῖρας, πόδας, ὀφθαλμούς Mt 18:8f; Mk 9:43, 45, 47. Of animals and animal-like beings ἔ. πρόσωπον Rv 4:7. πτέρυγας vs. 8. κέρατα 5:6. ψυχάς 8:9. τρίχας 9:8. κεφαλάς 12:3 (TestAbr B 14 p. 118, 19 [Stone p. 84]) al. ἔχοντες ὑγιῆ τὴν σάρκα AcPlCor 2:32 (Just., D. 48, 3 σάρκα ἔχων). Of plants (TestAbr B 3 p. 107, 6 [Stone p. 62] εὗρον δένδρον … ἔχον κλάδους) ῥίζαν ἔ. Mt 13:6; Mk 4:6.
    β. of inanimate things: of cities τ. θεμελίους ἔ. Hb 11:10; cp. Rv 21:14. Of a head-covering χαρακτῆρα ἔχει βασιλικόν has a royal emblem GJs 2:2.
    to have at hand, have at one’s disposal have ἄρτους Mt 14:17; cp. 15:34; J 21:5, where the sense is prob. ‘Did you catch any fish for breakfast?’. οὐκ ἔχω ὸ̔ παραθήσω αὐτῷ I have nothing to set before him Lk 11:6. μὴ ἐχόντων τί φάγωσι since they had nothing to eat Mk 8:1; cp. Mt 15:32 (Soph., Oed. Col. 316 οὐκ ἔχω τί φῶ). οὐκ ἔχω ποῦ συνάξω I have no place to store Lk 12:17. ἄντλημα a bucket J 4:11a. οἰκίας ἔ. have houses (at one’s disposal) 1 Cor 11:22. Of pers.: have (at one’s disposal) (PAmh 92, 18 οὐχ ἕξω κοινωνόν and oft. in pap) Moses and the prophets Lk 16:29. παράκλητον an advocate, a helper 1J 2:1. οὐδένα ἔ. ἰσόψυχον Phil 2:20. ἄνθρωπον οὐκ ἔ. J 5:7.
    to have within oneself have σύλλημα ἔχει ἐκ πνεύματος ἁγίου she has something conceived through the Holy Spirit GJs 18:1. Var. constr. w. ἐν: of women ἐν γαστρὶ ἔ. be pregnant (γαστήρ 2) Mt 1:18, 23 (Is 7:14); 24:19; Mk 13:17; Lk 21:23; 1 Th 5:3; Rv 12:2. ἔ. τινὰ ἐν τῇ καρδίᾳ have someone in one’s heart Phil 1:7 (Ovid, Metam. 2, 641 aliquem clausum pectore habere). ἔ. τι ἐν ἑαυτῷ (Jos., Ant. 8, 171; cp. TestAbr A 3 p. 80, 14 [Stone p. 8] ἔκρυψεν τὸ μυστήριον, μόνος ἔχων ἐν τῇ καρδίᾳ αὐτοῦ): ζωήν J 5:26. τὴν μαρτυρίαν 1J 5:10; τὸ ἀπόκριμα τοῦ θανάτου have a sentence of death within oneself 2 Cor 1:9.
    to have with oneself or in one’s company have μεθʼ ἑαυτοῦ (X., Cyr. 1, 4, 17) τινά someone Mt 15:30; 26:11; Mk 2:19; 14:7; J 12:8; AcPl Ha 8, 35; σὺν αὐτῷ 4:18.—The ptc. w. acc. = with (Diod S 12, 78, 1 ἔχων δύναμιν with a [military] force; 18, 61, 1 ὁ θρόνος ἔχων τὸ διάδημα the throne with the diadem; JosAs 27:8 ἔχοντες ἐσπασμένας τὰς ῥομφαίας ‘with their swords drawn’) ἀνέβησαν ἔχοντες αὐτόν they went up with him Lk 2:42 D.
    to stand in a close relationship to someone, have, have as
    of relatives πατέρα ἔ. J 8:41. ἀδελφούς Lk 16:28. ἄνδρα (Aristot., Cat. 15b, 27f λεγόμεθα δὲ καὶ γυναῖκα ἔχειν καὶ ἡ γυνὴ ἄνδρα; Tob 3:8 BA) be married (of the woman) J 4:17f; 1 Cor 7:2b, 13; Gal 4:27 (Is 54:1). γυναῖκα of the man (cp. Lucian, Tox. 45; SIG 1160 γυναικὸς Αἴ., τῆς νῦν ἔχει; PGM 13, 320; 1 Esdr 9:12, 18; Just., D. 141, 4 πολλὰς ἔσχον γυναίκας. As early as Od. 11, 603 Heracles ἔχει Ἥβην) 1 Cor 7:2a, 12, 29 (for the wordplay cp. Heliod. 1, 18, 4 in connection w. the handing over of a virgin: σὺ ἔχων οὐκ ἕξεις; Crates, 7th Ep. [p. 58, 8 Malherbe] πάντʼ ἔχοντες οὐδὲν ἔχετε). τέκνα Mt 21:28; 22:24; 1 Ti 3:4; 5:4; Tit 1:6. υἱούς (Artem. 5, 42 τὶς τρεῖς ἔχων υἱούς; cp. θυγατέρα TestAbr B 10 p. 114, 17 [Stone p.76]) Lk 15:11; Gal 4:22. σπέρμα have children Mt 22:25. W. acc. as obj. and in predicate (Ar. 8, 4 τούτους συνηγόρους ἔχοντες τῆς κακίας; 11, 3 ἔσχε μοιχὸν τὸν Ἄρην; Ath. 7, 2 ἔχομεν προφήτας μάρτυρας) ἔ. τινὰ πατέρα have someone as father Mt 3:9. ἔ. τινὰ γυναῖκα (w. γυναῖκα to be understood fr. the context) 14:4; cp. Mk 6:18; ὥστε γυναῖκά τινα τοῦ πατρὸς ἔ. that someone has taken his father’s wife (as his own wife: the simple ἔχειν in this sense as Plut., Cato Min. 21, 3; Appian, Bell. Civ. 3, 10 §34; Jos., C. Ap. 1, 147. Perh. an illicit relationship is meant, as Longus 4, 17; Hesychius Miles. [VI A.D.], Viri Ill. 4 JFlach [1880] ἔχω Λαί̈δα) 1 Cor 5:1 (Diod S 20, 33, 5 of a man who had illicit relations with his stepmother: ἔχειν λάθρᾳ τοῦ πατρὸς τὴν Ἀλκίαν).
    more gener. φίλον have a friend Lk 11:5. ἀσθενοῦντας have sick people Lk 4:40 and χήρας widows 1 Ti 5:16 to care for; παιδαγωγοὺς ἔ. 1 Cor 4:15. δοῦλον Lk 17:7. οἰκονόμον 16:1; κύριον ἔ. have a master, i.e. be under a master’s control Col 4:1; δεσπότην ἔ. 1 Ti 6:2; βασιλέα J 19:15. ἀρχιερέα Hb 4:14; 8:1. ποιμένα Mt 9:36. ἔχων ὑπʼ ἐμαυτὸν στρατιώτας I have soldiers under me Lk 7:8. W. direct obj. and predicate acc. ἔ. τινὰ ὑπηρέτην have someone as an assistant Ac 13:5 (Just., A I, 14, 1) ἔ. τινὰ τύπον have someone as an example Phil 3:17.—Of the relation of Christians to God and to Jesus ἔ. θεόν, τὸν πατέρα, τὸν υἱόν have God, the Father, the Son, i.e. be in communion w. them 1J 2:23; 2J 9; AcPl Ha 4, 7.—HHanse, at end of this entry.
    to take a hold on someth., have, hold (to), grip
    of holding someth. in one’s hand ἔ. τι ἐν τῇ χειρί have someth. in one’s hand (since Il. 18, 505) Rv 1:16; 6:5; 10:2; 17:4. Of holding in the hand without ἐν τῇ χειρί (Josh 6:8; JosAs 5:7) ἔ. κιθάραν 5:8. λιβανωτὸν χρυσοῦν 8:3, cp. vs. 6; 14:17 and s. ἀλάβαστρον Mt 26:7 and Mk 14:3.
    of keeping someth. safe, a mina (a laborer’s wages for about three months) in a handkerchief keep safe Lk 19:20.
    of holding fast to matters of transcendent importance, fig. τὴν μαρτυρίαν Rv 6:9; 12:17; 19:10; the secret of Christian piety 1 Ti 3:9; an example of sound teaching 2 Ti 1:13; keep (Diod S 17, 93, 1 τὴν βασιλείαν ἔχειν=keep control) Mk 6:18.
    of states of being hold, hold in its grip, seize (Hom. et al.; PGiss 65a, 4 παρακαλῶ σε κύριέ μου, εἰδότα τὴν ἔχουσάν με συμφορὰν ἀπολῦσαί μοι; Job 21:6; Is 13:8; Jos., Ant. 3, 95 δέος εἶχε τοὺς Ἑβρ.; 5, 63; Just., D. 19, 3) εἶχεν αὐτὰς τρόμος καὶ ἔκστασις trembling and amazement had seized them Mk 16:8.
    to carry/bear as accessory or part of a whole, have on, wear, of clothing, weapons, etc. (Hom. et al.; LXX; TestAbr B p. 114, 22 [Stone p. 76]) τὸ ἔνδυμα Mt 3:4; 22:12 (cp. ἔνδυσιν TestJob 25:7). κατὰ κεφαλῆς ἔχων w. τὶ to be supplied while he wears (a covering) on his head 1 Cor 11:4. ἔ. θώρακας Rv 9:9, 17. ἔ. μάχαιραν wear a sword (Jos., Ant. 6, 190) J 18:10. Sim. of trees ἔ. φύλλα have leaves Mk 11:13 (ApcSed. 8:8).
    be in a position to do someth., can, be able, ἔ. w. inf. foll. (Hom. et al.; cp. Eur., Hec. 761; Hdt. 1, 49; Pla., Phd. p. 76d; Demosth., Ep. 2, 22; Theocr. 10, 37 τὸν τρόπον οὐκ ἔχω εἰπεῖν=I cannot specify the manner; Lucian, Dial. Mort. 21, 2, Hermot. 55; Epict. 1, 9, 32; 2, 2, 24 al.; Ael. Aristid. 51, 50 K.=27 p. 546 D.: οὐκ ἔχω λέγειν; PPetr II, 12, 1, 16; PAmh 131, 15; Pr 3:27; ApcEsdr 2:24; 3:7; 6:5; TestAbr A 8, p. 86, 13 [Stone p. 20]; Jos., Ant. 1, 338; 2, 58; Just., A I, 19, 5, D. 4, 6 οὐκ ἔχω εἰπεῖν) ἔ. ἀποδοῦναι be able to pay Mt 18:25a; Lk 7:42; 14:14. μὴ ἔ. περισσότερον τι ποιῆσαι be in a position to do nothing more 12:4. οὐδὲν ἔ. ἀντειπεῖν be able to make a reply Ac 4:14; cp. Tit 2:8. ἔ. κατηγορεῖν αὐτοῦ J 8:6 (cp. 9a below, end). ἀσφαλές τι γράψαι οὐκ ἔχω I have nothing definite to write Ac 25:26a; cp. 26b. ἔ. μεταδιδόναι Eph 4:28a. ἔ. τὴν τούτων μνήμην ποιεῖσθαι be able to recall these things to mind 2 Pt 1:15. κατʼ οὐδενὸς εἶχεν μείζονος ὀμόσαι he could swear by no one greater Hb 6:13. In the same sense without the actual addition of the inf., which is automatically supplied fr. context (X., An. 2, 1, 9) ὸ̔ ἔσχεν (i.e. ποιῆσαι) ἐποίησεν she has done what she could Mk 14:8.
    to have an opinion about someth., consider, look upon, view w. acc. as obj. and predicate acc. (POxy 292, 6 [c. 25 A.D.] ἔχειν αὐτὸν συνεσταμένον=look upon him as recommended; 787 [16 A.D.]; PGiss 71, 4; Job 30:9; Ps.-Clem., Hom. 16, 19; Ath. 32, 3 τοὺς μὲν υἱοὺς … νοοῦμεν, τοὺς δὲ ἀδελφούς ἔχομεν) ἔχε με παρῃτημένον consider me excused (= don’t expect me to come) Lk 14:18b, 19 (cp. Martial 2, 79 excusatum habeas me). τινὰ ἔντιμον ἔ. hold someone in honor Phil 2:29. ἔ. τινὰ ὡς προφήτην consider someone a prophet Mt 14:5; 21:26, 46 v.l. (cp. GNicod 5 [=Acta Pilati B 5 p. 297 Tdf.] ἔχειν [Jannes and Jambres] ὡς θεούς; Just., D. 47, 5 τὸν μετανοοῦντα … ὡς δίκαιον καὶ ἀναμάρτητον ἔχει). ἔ. τινὰ εἰς προφήτην consider someone a prophet Mt 21:46 (cp. Duris [III B.C.]: 76 Fgm. 21 Jac. ὸ̔ν εἰς θεοὺς ἔχουσιν). εἶχον τ. Ἰωάννην ὄντως ὅτι προφήτης ἦν they thought that John was really a prophet Mk 11:32.
    to experience someth., have (freq. in auxiliary capacity CTurner, JTS 28, 1927, 357–60)
    of all conditions of body and soul (Hom. et al.; LXX)
    α. of illness, et al. (ApcMos 6 νόσον καὶ πόνον ἔχω; Jos., C. Ap. 1, 305) ἀσθενείας have sicknesses/diseases Ac 28:9. μάστιγας physical troubles Mk 3:10. πληγὴν τῆς μαχαίρης Rv 13:14. θλῖψιν J 16:33b; 1 Cor 7:28; Rv 2:10. Esp. of possession by hostile spirits: δαιμόνιον ἔ. be possessed by an evil spirit Mt 11:18; Lk 7:33; 8:27; J 7:20; 8:48f, 52; 10:20. Βεελζεβούλ Mk 3:22. πνεῦμα ἀκάθαρτον vs. 30; 7:25; Ac 8:7. πνεῦμα δαιμονίου ἀκαθάρτου Lk 4:33. πνεῦμα πονηρόν Ac 19:13. πνεῦμα ἄλαλον Mk 9:17. πνεῦμα ἀσθενείας spirit of sickness Lk 13:11. τὸν λεγιῶνα (the evil spirit called) Legion Mk 5:15.
    β. gener. of conditions, characteristics, capabilities, emotions, inner possession: ἀγάπην ἔ. have love (cp. Diod S 3, 58, 3 φιλίαν ἔχειν; Just., D. 93, 4 φιλίαν ἢ ἀγάπην ἔχοντε) J 5:42; 13:35; 15:13; 1J 4:16; 1 Cor 13:1ff; 2 Cor 2:4; Phil 2:2; 1 Pt 4:8. ἀγνωσίαν θεοῦ fail to know God 1 Cor 15:34. ἁμαρτίαν J 9:41; 15:22a. ἀσθένειαν Hb 7:28. γνῶσιν 1 Cor 8:1, 10 (Just., A II, 13, 1; D. 28, 4). ἐλπίδα Ac 24:15; Ro 15:4; 2 Cor 3:12; 10:15; Eph 2:12; 1J 3:3 (Ath. 33, 1). ἐπιθυμίαν Phil 1:23. ἐπιποθίαν Ro 15:23b; ζῆλον ἔ. have zeal Ro 10:2. Have jealousy Js 3:14. θυμόν Rv 12:12. λύπην (ApcMos 3 p. 2, 16 Tdf.) J 16:21f; 2 Cor 2:3; Phil 2:27; μνείαν τινὸς ἔ. remember someone 1 Th 3:6. παρρησίαν Phlm 8; Hb 10:19; 1J 2:28; 3:21; 4:17; 5:14. πεποίθησιν 2 Cor 3:4; Phil 3:4. πίστιν Mt 17:20; 21:21; Mk 4:40; Ac 14:9; Ro 14:22; 1 Cor 13:2; 1 Ti 1:19 al. (Just., A I, 52, 1). προφητείαν have the gift of prophecy 1 Cor 13:2. σοφίαν (X., Mem. 2, 3, 10) Rv 17:9. συνείδησιν ἁμαρτιῶν Hb 10:2. καλὴν συνείδησιν 13:18; ἀγαθὴν ς. 1 Ti 1:19; 1 Pt 3:16; ἀπρόσκοπον ς. Ac 24:16; ὑπομονήν Rv 2:3. φόβον 1 Ti 5:20. χαράν Phlm 7. χάριν ἔ. τινί be grateful to someone Lk 17:9; 1 Ti 1:12; 2 Ti 1:3; σιγὴν ἔ. be silent Hs 9, 11, 5. ἀνάγκην ἔσχον I felt it necessary Jd 3 (HKoskenniemi, Studien zur Idee und Phraseologie des Griechischen Briefes bis 400 n. Chr. ’56, 78–87).
    γ. of advantages, benefits, or comforts that one enjoys: ἔ. τὰ αἰτήματα to have been granted the requests 1J 5:15; ἀνάπαυσιν ἔ. have rest Rv 4:8; 14:11; ἀπόλαυσιν τινος ἔ. enjoy someth. Hb 11:25. βάθος γῆς Mt 13:5b; Mk 4:5b; γῆν πολλήν Mt 13:5a; Mk 4:5a. τὴν προσέλευσιν τὴν πρὸς τὸν κύριον AcPl Ha 8, 22f; εἰρήνην Ro 5:1. ἐλευθερίαν Gal 2:4. S. ἐξουσία, ἐπαγγελία, ἔπαινος, ζωή, ἰκμάς, καιρός, καρπός, καύχημα, καύχησις, λόγος, μισθός, νοῦς, πνεῦμα, προσαγωγή, πρόφασις, τιμή, χάρις (=favor), χάρισμα.
    δ. of a sense of obligation in regard to someth.—W. dir. object have = have someth. over one, be under someth.: ἀνάγκην ἔχειν be under necessity 1 Cor 7:37a; w. inf. foll. have a need (ἀνάγκη 1) Lk 14:18; 23:16 v.l.; Hb 7:27; χρείαν ἔ. be in need abs. Eph 4:28b; τινός need someth. (Aeschyl. et al.; SIG 333, 20; 421, 35 al.; PPetr III, 42 G 9, 7 [III B.C.] ἐάν τινος χρείαν ἔχῃς; Ath. 13, 2 ποίας ἔτι χρείαν ἑκατόμβης ἔχει;) Mt 6:8; 9:12a; Mk 11:3; Lk 19:31, 34; J 13:29; 1 Cor 12:21; Hb 10:36 al.; w. inf. foll. (TestSol 13:2) Mt 3:14; 14:16; J 13:10; 1 Th 1:8; 4:9; 5:1. νόμον J 19:7. ἐπιταγήν 1 Cor 7:25. ἐντολήν (SIG 559, 9 ἔ. τὰς ἰντολάς; 1 Esdr 4:52; 2 Macc 3:13; Jos., Bell. 1, 261) Hb 7:5; 1J 2:7; 4:21; 2J 5; cp. J 14:21. διακονίαν 2 Cor 4:1. ἀγῶνα Phil 1:30; Col 2:1. πρᾶξιν Ro 12:4b. ἔγκλημα Ac 23:29. κόλασιν ApcPt Bodl. (ApcEsdr 1:22 p. 25, 17 Tdf.).
    ε. of a sense of inevitability in respect to some action.—W. inf. foll. one must (Ps.-Callisth. 2, 1, 3 καθαιρεθῆναι ἔχεις=you must be deposed; Porphyr., Against the Christians 63 Harnack [ABA 1916] παθεῖν; Gen 18:31; Jos., Ant. 19, 348 τοῦ τεθνάναι; TestSol 5:12 σίδηρα ἔχεις φορέσαι; TestAbr A 18 p. 100, 22 [Stone p. 48] τοῦ βίου τοῦτου ἀπαλλάξαι εἶχες; Just., D. 51, 2 ἔργῳ πεισθήναι ὑμῶν ἐχόντων) βάπτισμα ἔχω βαπτισθῆναι I must undergo a baptism Lk 12:50. ἔχω σοί τι εἰπεῖν I have someth. to say to you (Lucian, Philops. 1 ἔχεις μοι εἰπεῖν. Without dat. Aelian, VH 2, 23; Jos., Ant. 16, 312) 7:40. καινόν σοι θέαμα ἔχω ἐξηγήσασθαι I have a wonderful new thing to tell you=‘I must tell you about something wonderful that I’ve just seen’ GJs 19:3. ἀπαγγεῖλαι Ac 23:17, 19; cp. vs. 18. πολλὰ γράφειν 2J 12; 3J 13.
    of temporal circumstances w. indications of time and age: πεντήκοντα ἔτη οὔπω ἔχεις you are not yet fifty years old J 8:57 (cp. Jos., Ant. 1, 198). τριάκοντα κ. ὀκτὼ ἔτη ἔχων ἐν τῇ ἀσθενείᾳ αὐτοῦ who had been sick for 38 years 5:5 (Cyranides p. 63, 25 πολὺν χρόνον ἔχων ἐν τῇ ἀρρωστίᾳ. W. cardinal numeral TestJob 26:1 δέκα ἑπτὰ ἔτη ἔχω ἐν ταῖς πληγαῖς; POxy 1862, 17 τέσσαρες μῆνας ἔχει. Mirac. S. Georgii 44, 7 [JAufhauser 1913] ἔσχεν … ἔτη ἑπτά); cp. Mt 9:20 v.l. τέσσαρας ἡμέρας ἔ. ἐν τῷ μνημείῳ have lain in the grave for four days J 11:17 (Jos., Ant. 7, 1 αὐτοῦ δύο ἡμέρας ἔχοντος ἐν τῇ Σεκέλλᾳ). πολὺν χρόνον ἔ. be (somewhere or in a certain condition) for a long time 5:6. ἡλικίαν ἔχειν be of age (Pla., Euthyd. 32, 306d; Plut., Mor. 547a; BGU 168 τοῖς ἀτελέσι ἔχουσι τὴν ἡλικίαν) 9:21, 23. τέλος ἔχειν have an end, be at an end (Lucian, Charon 17; UPZ 81 III, 20 [II A.D.] τέλος ἔχει πάντα; Ar. 4:2 ἀρχὴν καὶ τέλος) Mk 3:26; Lk 22:37 (on the latter pass. s. τέλος 2); cp. Hb 7:3.
    as connective marker, to have or include in itself, bring about, cause w. acc. (Hom. et al.; Wsd 8:16) of ὑπομονή: ἔργον τέλειον Js 1:4. Of πίστις: ἔργα 2:17. Of φόβος: κόλασιν 1J 4:18. Of παρρησία: μεγάλην μισθαποδοσίαν Hb 10:35. Of πολυτέλεια: λύπην, χαράν Hs 1, 10. ἐσχάτην εὐλογίαν, ἥτις διαδοχὴν οὐκ ἔχει ultimate blessing, which has no successor GJs 6:2.
    special combinations
    w. prep. ἐν: τὸν θεὸν ἔ. ἐν ἐπιγνώσει acknowledge God Ro 1:28 (cp. ἐν ὀργῇ ἔ. τινά=‘be angry at someone’, Thu. 2, 18, 5; 2, 21, 3; ἐν ὀρρωδίᾳ ἔ. τ. 2, 89, 1; ἐν ἡδονῇ ἔ. τ.=‘be glad to see someone’ 3, 9, 1; ἐν εὐνοίᾳ ἔ. Demosth. 18, 167). ἐν ἑτοίμῳ ἔ. 2 Cor 10:6 (ἕτοιμος b). ἐν ἐμοὶ οὐκ ἔχει οὐδέν he has no hold on me J 14:30 (Appian, Bell. Civ. 3, 32 §125 ἔχειν τι ἔν τινι=have someth. [hope of safety] in someone). κατά τινος: on 1 Cor 11:4 s. above 4. ἔ. τι κατά τινος have someth. against someone Mt 5:23; Mk 11:25; w. ὅτι foll. Rv 2:14. ἔ. κατά τινος w. sim. mng. Hm 2:2; Hs 9, 23, 2; w. ὅτι foll. Rv 2:4, 20. ἔ. τινὰ κατὰ πρόσωπον meet someone face to face Ac 25:16. μετά: ἔ. τι μετά τινος have someth. w. someone κρίματα lawsuits 1 Cor 6:7. περί: ἔ. περί τινος have (a word, a reference, an explanation) about someth. B 12:1; with adv. τελείως 10:10. πρός τινα have someth. against someone (Ps.-Callisth. 2, 21, 21 ὅσον τις ὑμῶν ἔχει πρὸς ἕτερον) Ac 24:19. ζητήματα ἔ. πρός τινα have differences w. someone (on points in question) 25:19. λόγον ἔ. πρός τινα 19:38. πρᾶγμα (=Lat. causa, ‘lawsuit’: BGU 19 I, 5; 361 II, 4) ἔ. πρός τινα (POxy 743, 19 [2 B.C.] εἰ πρὸς ἄλλους εἶχον πρᾶγμα; BGU 22:8) 1 Cor 6:1. ἵνα ἔχωσιν κατηγορίαν αὐτοῦ J 8:4 D (cp. 5 above). πρός τινα ἔ. μομφήν have a complaint against someone Col 3:13.
    τοῦτο ἔχεις ὅτι you have this (in your favor), that Rv 2:6. ἔ. ὁδόν be situated (a certain distance) away (cp. Peripl. Eryth. 37: Ὡραία ἔχουσα ὁδὸν ἡμερῶν ἑπτὰ ἀπὸ θαλάσσης) of the Mt. of Olives ὅ ἐστιν ἐγγὺς Ἰερουσαλὴμ σαββάτου ἔχον ὁδόν Ac 1:12.—ἴδε ἔχεις τὸ σόν here you have what is yours Mt 25:25. ἔχετε κουστωδίαν there you have a guard (=you can have a guard) 27:65 (cp. POxy 33 III, 4).
    to be in some state or condition, act. intr. (spatially: Ath. 25, 1 οἱ ἄγγελοι … περὶ τόν ἀέρα ἔχοντες καὶ τὴν γῆν) w. adv. (Hom. et al.; ins, pap, LXX).
    impers. it is, the situation is (Himerius, Or. 48 [=Or. 14], 10 πῶς ὑμῖν ἔχειν ταῦτα δοκεῖ; =how does this situation seem to you? Just., D. 3, 5 τὸ … ὡσαύτως ἀεὶ ἔχων) ἄλλως 1 Ti 5:25. οὕτως (Antig. Car. 20; Cebes 4, 1; POxy 294, 11 [22 A.D.] εἰ ταῦτα οὕτως ἔχει; TestSol 20:8; Jos., Ant. 15, 261; Just., D. 3:5 οὐχ οὕτως ἔχει) Ac 7:1; 12:15; 17:11; 24:9. τὸ καλῶς ἔχον what is right 1 Cl 14:2 (Michel 543, 12 [c. 200 B.C.] καλῶς ἔχον ἐστὶ τιμᾶσθαι τοὺς εὔνους ἄνδρας). τὸ νῦν ἔχον for the present Ac 24:25 (cp. Plut., Mor. 749a; Lucian, Anachars. 40, Catapl. 13 τὸ δὲ νῦν ἔχον μὴ διάτριβε; Tob 7:11).
    pers. be (in a certain way) πῶς ἔχουσιν how they are Ac 15:36 (cp. Gen 43:27; Jos., Ant. 4, 112). ἑτοίμως ἔ. be ready, hold oneself in readiness w. inf. foll. (BGU 80, 17 [II A.D.] ἡ Σωτηρία ἑτοίμως ἔχουσα καταγράψαι; Da 3:15 LXX; Jos., Ant. 13, 6; Just., D. 50, 1) 21:13; 2 Cor 12:14; 1 Pt 4:5. Also ἐν ἑτοίμῳ ἔ. 2 Cor 10:6 (s. ἕτοιμος b end). εὖ ἔ. be well-disposed πρός τινα toward someone Hs 9, 10, 7 (cp. Demosth. 9, 63 ἥδιον ἔχειν πρός τινα; SIG 1094, 4 φιλανθρώπως ἔχει πρὸς πάντας). κακῶς ἔ. be sick (Aristoph. et al.; POxy 935, 15; Ezk 34:4) Mt 4:24; 8:16; 9:12b; 17:15 v.l. (see πάσχω 2). καλῶς ἔ. be well, healthy (Epict. 1, 11, 4; PGen 54, 8; PFlor 230, 24) Mk 16:18; ἐσχάτως ἔ. (s. ἐσχάτως) 5:23; κομψότερον ἔ. feel better (κομψῶς ἔ.: Epict. 2, 18, 14; 3, 10, 13; PParis 18; PTebt 414, 10 ἐὰν κομψῶς σχῶ) J 4:52.
    to be closely associated, in a variety of renderings, hold fast, be next to, be next, mid. (Hom. et al.) in NT only ptc.
    of proper situation or placement, esp. of inner belonging hold fast, cling to. The ‘to’ of belonging and the ‘with’ of association are expressed by the gen. (Theognis 1, 32 ἀεὶ τῶν ἀγαθῶν ἔχεο=ever hold fast to the good people; X., Oec. 6, 1; Pla., Leg. 7, 811d; Lucian, Hermot. 69 ἐλπίδος οὐ μικρᾶς ἐχόμενα λέγεις; Sallust. 14 p. 26, 24 τ. θεῶν; Philo, Agr. 101 τὰ ἀρετῆς ἐχόμενα; Jos., Ant. 10, 204 οὐδὲν ἀνθρωπίνης σοφίας ἐχόμενον, C. Ap. 1, 83 παλαιᾶς ἱστορίας ἐχόμενον; Just., A I, 68, 1 λόγου καὶ ἀληθείας ἔχεσθαι; Tat. 33, 1 μανίας ἔχεται πολλῆς; Ath., R. 48, 3 λόγῳ … ἀληθείας ἐχομένῳ) τὰ ἐχόμενα σωτηρίας things that belong to salvation Hb 6:9.
    of proximity
    α. spatial, to be next to someth: ἐχόμενος neighboring (Isocr. 4, 96 νῆσος; Hdt. 1, 134 al. οἱ ἐχόμενοι=‘the neighbors’; Diod S 5, 15, 1; Appian, Bell. Civ. 2, 71 §294; Arrian, Peripl. 7, 2; PParis 51, 5 and oft. in pap; 1 Esdr 4:42; Jos., Ant. 6, 6 πρὸς τὰς ἐχομένας πόλεις; 11, 340) κωμοπόλεις Mk 1:38.
    β. temporal, to be next, immediately following (Thu. 6, 3, 2 τ. ἐχομένου ἔτους al.; SIG 800, 15; PRev 34, 20; PAmh 49, 4; PTebt 124, 43; LXX) τῇ ἐχομένῃ (sc. ἡμέρᾳ, as Polyb. 3, 112, 1; 5, 13, 9; 2 Macc 12:39; Jos., Ant. 6, 235; 7, 18 al.; cp. εἰς τὴν ἐχομένην [i.e. ἡμέραν] PMich 173, 16 [III B.C.]) on the next day Lk 13:33 (v.l. ἐρχομένῃ); Ac 20:15; w. ἡμέρᾳ added (PAmh 50, 17) 21:26. τῷ ἐχομένῳ σαββάτῳ 13:44 v.l. (for ἐρχομένῳ; cp. 1 Macc 4:28, where the witnesses are similarly divided).—On the whole word HHanse, ‘Gott Haben’ in d. Antike u. im frühen Christentum ’39.—B. 641; 740. EDNT. M-M. TW. Sv.

    Ελληνικά-Αγγλικά παλαιοχριστιανική Λογοτεχνία > ἔχω

  • 119

    ὁ, ἡ, τό pl. οἱ, αἱ, τά article, derived fr. a demonstrative pronoun, ‘the’. Since the treatment of the inclusion and omission of the art. belongs to the field of grammar, the lexicon can limit itself to exhibiting the main features of its usage. It is difficult to set hard and fast rules for the employment of the art., since the writer’s style had special freedom of play here—Kühner-G. I p. 589ff; B-D-F §249–76; Mlt. 80–84; Rob. 754–96; W-S. §17ff; Rdm.2 112–18; Abel §28–32; HKallenberg, RhM 69, 1914, 642ff; FVölker, Syntax d. griech. Papyri I, Der Artikel, Progr. d. Realgymn. Münster 1903; FEakin, AJP 37, 1916, 333ff; CMiller, ibid. 341ff; EColwell, JBL 52, ’33, 12–21 (for a critique s. Mlt-H.-Turner III 183f); ASvensson, D. Gebr. des bestimmten Art. in d. nachklass. Epik ’37; RFink, The Syntax of the Greek Article ’53; JRoberts, Exegetical Helps, The Greek Noun with and without the Article: Restoration Qtly 14, ’71, 28–44; HTeeple, The Greek Article with Personal Names in the Synoptic Gospels: NTS 19, ’73, 302–17; Mussies 186–97.
    this one, that one, the art. funct. as demonstrative pronoun
    in accordance w. epic usage (Hes., Works 450: ἡ=this [voice]) in the quot. fr. Arat., Phaenom. 5 τοῦ γὰρ καὶ γένος ἐσμέν for we are also his (lit. this One’s) offspring Ac 17:28.
    ὁ μὲν … ὁ δέ the one … the other (Polyaenus 6, 2, 1 ὁ μὲν … ὁ δὲ … ὁ δε; PSI 512, 21 [253 B.C.]); pl. οἱ μὲν … οἱ δέ (PSI 341, 9 [256 B.C.]; TestJob 29:1) some … others w. ref. to a noun preceding: ἐσχίσθη τὸ πλῆθος … οἱ μὲν ἦσαν σὺν τοῖς Ἰουδαίοις, οἱ δὲ σὺν τοῖς ἀποστόλοις Ac 14:4; 17:32; 28:24; 1 Cor 7:7; Gal 4:23; Phil 1:16f. Also without such a relationship expressed τοὺς μὲν ἀποστόλους, τοὺς δὲ προφήτας, τοὺς δὲ εὐαγγελιστάς Eph 4:11. οἱ μὲν … ὁ δέ Hb 7:5f, 20f. οἱ μὲν … ἄλλοι (δέ) J 7:12. οἱ μὲν … ἄλλοι δὲ … ἕτεροι δέ Mt 16:14. τινὲς … οἱ δέ Ac 17:18 (cp. Pla., Leg. 1, 627a; 2, 658 B.; Aelian, VH 2, 34; Palaeph. 6, 5).—Mt 26:67; 28:17 οἱ δέ introduces a second class; just before this, instead of the first class, the whole group is mentioned (cp. X., Hell. 1, 2, 14, Cyr. 3, 2, 12; KMcKay, JSNT 24, ’85, 71f)= but some (as Arrian, Anab. 5, 2, 7; 5, 14, 4; Lucian, Tim. 4 p. 107; Hesych. Miles. [VI A.D.]: 390 Fgm. 1, 35 end Jac.).
    To indicate the progress of the narrative, ὁ δέ, οἱ δέ but he, but they (lit. this one, they) is also used without ὁ μέν preceding (likew. Il. 1, 43; Pla., X.; also Clearchus, Fgm. 76b τὸν δὲ εἰπεῖν=but this man said; pap examples in Mayser II/1, 1926, 57f) e.g. Mt 2:9, 14; 4:4; 9:31; Mk 14:31 (cp. Just., A II, 2, 3). ὁ μὲν οὖν Ac 23:18; 28:5. οἱ μὲν οὖν 1:6; 5:41; 15:3, 30.—JO’Rourke, Paul’s Use of the Art. as a Pronoun, CBQ 34, ’72, 59–65.
    the, funct. to define or limit an entity, event, or state
    w. nouns
    α. w. appellatives, or common nouns, where, as in Pla., Thu., Demosth. et al., the art. has double significance, specific or individualizing, and generic.
    א. In its individualizing use it focuses attention on a single thing or single concept, as already known or otherwise more definitely limited: things and pers. that are unique in kind: ὁ ἥλιος, ἡ σελήνη, ὁ οὐρανός, ἡ γῆ, ἡ θάλασσα, ὁ κόσμος, ἡ κτίσις, ὁ θεός (BWeiss [s. on θεός, beg.]), ὁ διάβολος, ὁ λόγος (J 1:1, 14), τὸ φῶς, ἡ σκοτία, ἡ ζωή, ὁ θάνατος etc. (but somet. the art. is omitted, esp. when nouns are used w. preps.; B-D-F §253, 1–4; Rob. 791f; Mlt-Turner 171). ἐν συναγωγῇ καὶ ἐν τῷ ἱερῷ J 18:20.—Virtues, vices, etc. (contrary to Engl. usage): ἡ ἀγάπη, ἡ ἀλήθεια, ἡ ἁμαρτία, ἡ δικαιοσύνη, ἡ σοφία et al.—The individualizing art. stands before a common noun that was previously mentioned (without the art.): τοὺς πέντε ἄρτους Lk 9:16 (after πέντε ἄρτοι vs. 13). τὸ βιβλίον 4:17b (after βιβλίον, vs. 17a), τοὺς μάγους Mt 2:7 (after μάγοι, vs. 1). J 4:43 (40); 12:6 (5); 20:1 (19:41); Ac 9:17 (11); Js 2:3 (2); Rv 15:6 (1).—The individ. art. also stands before a common noun which, in a given situation, is given special attention as the only or obvious one of its kind (Hipponax [VI B.C.] 13, 2 West=D.3 16 ὁ παῖς the [attending] slave; Diod S 18, 29, 2 ὁ ἀδελφός=his brother; Artem. 4, 71 p. 245, 19 ἡ γυνή=your wife; ApcEsdr 6:12 p. 31, 17 μετὰ Μωσῆ … ἐν τῷ ὄρει [Sinai]; Demetr. (?): 722 fgm 7 Jac. [in Eus., PE 9, 19, 4] ἐπὶ τὸ ὄρος [Moriah]) τῷ ὑπηρέτῃ to the attendant (who took care of the synagogue) Lk 4:20. εἰς τὸν νιπτῆρα into the basin (that was there for the purpose) J 13:5. ἰδοὺ ὁ ἄνθρωπο here is this (wretched) man 19:5. ἐκ τῆς παιδίσκης or ἐλευθέρας by the (well-known) slave woman or the free woman (Hagar and Sarah) Gal 4:22f. τὸν σῖτον Ac 27:38. ἐν τῇ ἐπιστολῇ 1 Cor 5:9 (s. ἐπιστολή) τὸ ὄρος the mountain (nearby) Mt 5:1; 8:1; 14:23; Mk 3:13; 6:46; Lk 6:12; 9:28 al.; ἡ πεισμονή this (kind of) persuasion Gal 5:8. ἡ μαρτυρία the (required) witness or testimony J 5:36.—The art. takes on the idea of κατʼ ἐξοχήν ‘par excellence’ (Porphyr., Abst. 24, 7 ὁ Αἰγύπτιος) ὁ ἐρχόμενος the one who is (was) to come or the coming one par excellence=The Messiah Mt 11:3; Lk 7:19. ὁ προφήτης J 1:21, 25; 7:40. ὁ διδάσκαλος τ. Ἰσραήλ 3:10 (Ps.-Clem., Hom. 5, 18 of Socrates: ὁ τῆς Ἑλλάδος διδάσκαλος); cp. MPol 12:2. With things (Stephan. Byz. s.v. Μάρπησσα: οἱ λίθοι=the famous stones [of the Parian Marble]) ἡ κρίσις the (last) judgment Mt 12:41. ἡ ἡμέρα the day of decision 1 Cor 3:13; (cp. Mi 4:6 Mt); Hb 10:25. ἡ σωτηρία (our) salvation at the consummation of the age Ro 13:11.
    ב. In its generic use it singles out an individual who is typical of a class, rather than the class itself: ὁ ἀγαθὸς ἄνθρωπος Mt 12:35. κοινοῖ τὸν ἄνθρωπον 15:11. ὥσπερ ὁ ἐθνικός 18:17. ὁ ἐργάτης Lk 10:7. ἐγίνωσκεν τί ἦν ἐν τῷ ἀνθρώπῳ J 2:25. τὰ σημεῖα τοῦ ἀποστόλου 2 Cor 12:12. ὁ κληρονόμος Gal 4:1. So also in parables and allegories: ὁ οἰκοδεσπότης Mt 24:43. Cp. J 10:11b, 12. The generic art. in Gk. is often rendered in Engl. by the indef. art. or omitted entirely.
    β. The use of the art. w. personal names is varied; as a general rule the presence of the art. w. a personal name indicates that the pers. is known; without the art. focus is on the name as such (s. Dssm., BPhW 22, 1902, 1467f; BWeiss, D. Gebr. des Art. b. d. Eigennamen [im NT]: StKr 86, 1913, 349–89). Nevertheless, there is an unmistakable drift in the direction of Mod. Gk. usage, in which every proper name has the art. (B-D-F §260; Rob. 759–61; Mlt-Turner 165f). The ms. tradition varies considerably. In the gospels the art. is usu. found w. Ἰησοῦς; yet it is commonly absent when Ἰ. is accompanied by an appositive that has the art. Ἰ. ὁ Γαλιλαῖος Mt 26:69; Ἰ. ὁ Ναζωραῖος vs. 71; Ἰ. ὁ λεγόμενος Χριστός 27:17, 22. Sim. Μαριὰμ ἡ μήτηρ τοῦ Ἰ. Ac 1:14. The art. somet. stands before oblique cases of indecl. proper names, apparently to indicate their case (B-D-F §260, 2; Rob. 760). But here, too, there is no hard and fast rule.—HTeeple, NTS 19, ’73, 302–17 (synopt.).
    γ. The art. is customarily found w. the names of countries (B-D-F §261, 4; W-S. § 18, 5 d; Rob. 759f); less freq. w. names of cities (B-D-F §261, 1; 2; Rob. 760; Mlt-Turner 170–72). W. Ἰερουσαλήμ, Ἱεροσόλυμα it is usu. absent (s. Ἱεροσόλυμα); it is only when this name has modifiers that it must have the art. ἡ νῦν Ἰ. Gal 4:25; ἡ ἄνω Ἰ. vs. 26; ἡ καινὴ Ἰ. Rv 3:12. But even in this case it lacks the art. when the modifier follows: Hb 12:22.—Names of rivers have the art. ὁ Ἰορδάνης, ὁ Εὐφράτης, ὁ Τίβερις Hv 1, 1, 2 (B-D-F §261, 8; Rob. 760; Mlt-Turner 172). Likew. names of seas ὁ Ἀδρίας Ac 27:27.
    δ. The art. comes before nouns that are accompanied by the gen. of a pronoun (μοῦ, σοῦ, ἡμῶν, ὑμῶν, αὐτοῦ, ἑαυτοῦ, αὐτῶν) Mt 1:21, 25; 5:45; 6:10–12; 12:49; Mk 9:17; Lk 6:27; 10:7; 16:6; Ro 4:19; 6:6 and very oft. (only rarely is it absent: Mt 19:28; Lk 1:72; 2:32; 2 Cor 8:23; Js 5:20 al.).
    ε. When accompanied by the possessive pronouns ἐμός, σός, ἡμέτερος, ὑμέτερος the noun always has the art., and the pron. stands mostly betw. art. and noun: Mt 18:20; Mk 8:38; Lk 9:26; Ac 26:5; Ro 3:7 and oft. But only rarely so in John: J 4:42; 5:47; 7:16. He prefers to repeat the article w. the possessive following the noun ἡ κρίσις ἡ ἐμή J 5:30; cp. 7:6; 17:17; 1J 1:3 al.
    ζ. Adjectives (or participles), when they modify nouns that have the art., also come either betw. the art. and noun: ἡ ἀγαθὴ μερίς Lk 10:42; τὸ ἅγιον πνεῦμα 12:10; Ac 1:8; ἡ δικαία κρίσις J 7:24 and oft., or after the noun w. the art. repeated τὸ πνεῦμα τὸ ἅγιον Mk 3:29; J 14:26; Ac 1:16; Hb 3:7; 9:8; 10:15. ἡ ζωὴ ἡ αἰώνιος 1J 1:2; 2:25. τὴν πύλην τὴν σιδηρᾶν Ac 12:10. Only rarely does an adj. without the art. stand before a noun that has an art. (s. B-D-F §270, 1; Rob. 777; Mlt-Turner 185f): ἀκατακαλύπτῳ τῇ κεφαλῇ 1 Cor 11:5. εἶπεν μεγάλῃ τῇ φωνῇ Ac 14:10 v.l.; cp. 26:24. κοιναῖς ταῖς χερσίν Mk 7:5 D.—Double modifier τὸ πῦρ τὸ αἰώνιον τὸ ἡτοιμασμένον τῷ διαβόλῳ Mt 25:41. τὸ θυσιαστήριον τὸ χρυσοῦν τὸ ἐνώπιον τοῦ θρόνου Rv 8:3; 9:13. ἡ πόρνη ἡ μεγάλη ἡ καθημένη 17:1.—Mk 5:36 τὸν λόγον λαλούμενον is prob. a wrong rdg. (B has τὸν λαλ., D τοῦτον τὸν λ. without λαλούμενον).—On the art. w. ὅλος, πᾶς, πολύς s. the words in question.
    η. As in the case of the poss. pron. (ε) and adj. (ζ), so it is w. other expressions that can modify a noun: ἡ κατʼ ἐκλογὴν πρόθεσις Ro 9:11. ἡ παρʼ ἐμοῦ διαθήκη 11:27. ὁ λόγος ὁ τοῦ σταυροῦ 1 Cor 1:18. ἡ ἐντολὴ ἡ εἰς ζωήν Ro 7:10. ἡ πίστις ὑμῶν ἡ πρὸς τὸν θεόν 1 Th 1:8. ἡ διακονία ἡ εἰς τοὺς ἁγίους 2 Cor 8:4.
    θ. The art. precedes the noun when a demonstrative pron. (ὅδε, οὗτος, ἐκεῖνος) belonging with it comes before or after; e.g.: οὗτος ὁ ἄνθρωπος Lk 14:30; J 9:24. οὗτος ὁ λαός Mk 7:6. οὗτος ὁ υἱός μου Lk 15:24. οὗτος ὁ τελώνης 18:11 and oft. ὁ ἄνθρωπος οὗτος Mk 14:71; Lk 2:25; 23:4, 14, 47. ὁ λαὸς οὗτος Mt 15:8. ὁ υἱός σου οὗτος Lk 15:30 and oft.—ἐκείνη ἡ ἡμέρα Mt 7:22; 22:46. ἐκ. ἡ ὥρα 10:19; 18:1; 26:55. ἐκ. ὁ καιρός 11:25; 12:1; 14:1. ἐκ. ὁ πλάνος 27:63 and oft. ἡ οἰκία ἐκείνη Mt 7:25, 27. ἡ ὥρα ἐκ. 8:13; 9:22; ἡ γῆ ἐκ. 9:26, 31; ἡ ἡμέρα ἐκ. 13:1. ὁ ἀγρὸς ἐκ. vs. 44 and oft.—ὁ αὐτός s. αὐτός 3b.
    ι. An art. before a nom. noun makes it a vocative (as early as Hom.; s. KBrugman4-AThumb, Griech. Gramm. 1913, 431; Schwyzer II 63f; B-D-F §147; Rob. 769. On the LXX Johannessohn, Kasus 14f.—ParJer 1:1 Ἰερεμία ὁ ἐκλεκτός μου; 7:2 χαῖρε Βαρούχι ὁ οἰκονόμος τῆς πίστεως) ναί, ὁ πατήρ Mt 11:26. τὸ κοράσιον, ἔγειρε Mk 5:41. Cp. Mt 7:23; 27:29 v.l.; Lk 8:54; 11:39; 18:11, 13 (Goodsp, Probs. 85–87); J 19:3 and oft.
    Adjectives become substantives by the addition of the art.
    α. ὁ πονηρός Eph 6:16. οἱ σοφοί 1 Cor 1:27. οἱ ἅγιοι, οἱ πλούσιοι, οἱ πολλοί al. Likew. the neut. τὸ κρυπτόν Mt 6:4. τὸ ἅγιον 7:6. τὸ μέσον Mk 3:3. τὸ θνητόν 2 Cor 5:4. τὰ ἀδύνατα Lk 18:27. τὸ ἔλαττον Hb 7:7. Also w. gen. foll. τὰ ἀγαθά σου Lk 16:25. τὸ μωρόν, τὸ ἀσθενὲς τοῦ θεοῦ 1 Cor 1:25; cp. vs. 27f. τὸ γνωστὸν τοῦ θεοῦ Ro 1:19. τὰ ἀόρατα τοῦ θεοῦ vs. 20. τὸ ἀδύνατον τοῦ νόμου 8:3. τὰ κρυπτὰ τῆς αἰσχύνης 2 Cor 4:2.
    β. Adj. attributes whose noun is customarily omitted come to have substantive force and therefore receive the art. (B-D-F §241; Rob. 652–54) ἡ περίχωρος Mt 3:5; ἡ ξηρά 23:15 (i.e. γῆ). ἡ ἀριστερά, ἡ δεξιά (sc. χείρ) 6:3. ἡ ἐπιοῦσα (sc. ἡμέρα) Ac 16:11. ἡ ἔρημος (sc. χώρα) Mt 11:7.
    γ. The neut. of the adj. w. the art. can take on the mng. of an abstract noun (Thu. 1, 36, 1 τὸ δεδιός=fear; Herodian 1, 6, 9; 1, 11, 5 τὸ σεμνὸν τῆς παρθένου; M. Ant. 1, 1; Just., D. 27, 2 διὰ τὸ σκληροκάρδιον ὑμῶν καὶ ἀχάριστον εἰς αὐτόν) τὸ χρηστὸν τοῦ θεοῦ God’s kindness Ro 2:4. τὸ δυνατόν power 9:22. τὸ σύμφορον benefit 1 Cor 7:35. τὸ γνήσιον genuineness 2 Cor 8:8. τὸ ἐπιεικές Phil 4:5 al.
    δ. The art. w. numerals indicates, as in Il. 5, 271f; X. et al. (HKallenberg, RhM 69, 1914, 662ff), that a part of a number already known is being mentioned (Diod S 18, 10, 2 τρεῖς μὲν φυλὰς … τὰς δὲ ἑπτά=‘but the seven others’; Plut., Cleom. 804 [8, 4] οἱ τέσσαρες=‘the other four’; Polyaenus 6, 5 οἱ τρεῖς=‘the remaining three’; Diog. L. 1, 82 Βίας προκεκριμένος τῶν ἑπτά=Bias was preferred before the others of the seven [wise men]. B-D-F §265): οἱ ἐννέα the other nine Lk 17:17. Cp. 15:4; Mt 18:12f. οἱ δέκα the other ten (disciples) 20:24; Mk 10:41; lepers Lk 17:17. οἱ πέντε … ὁ εἷς … ὁ ἄλλος five of them … one … the last one Rv 17:10.
    The ptc. w. the art. receives
    α. the mng. of a subst. ὁ πειράζων the tempter Mt 4:3; 1 Th 3:5. ὁ βαπτίζων Mk 6:14. ὁ σπείρων Mt 13:3; Lk 8:5. ὁ ὀλεθρεύων Hb 11:28. τὸ ὀφειλόμενον Mt 18:30, 34. τὸ αὐλούμενον 1 Cor 14:7. τὸ λαλούμενον vs. 9 (Just., D. 32, 3 τὸ ζητούμενον). τὰ γινόμενα Lk 9:7. τὰ ἐρχόμενα J 16:13. τὰ ἐξουθενημένα 1 Cor 1:28. τὰ ὑπάρχοντα (s. ὑπάρχω 1). In Engl. usage many of these neuters are transl. by a relative clause, as in β below. B-D-F §413; Rob. 1108f.
    β. the mng. of a relative clause (Ar. 4, 2 al. οἱ νομίζοντες) ὁ δεχόμενος ὑμᾶς whoever receives you Mt 10:40. τῷ τύπτοντί σε Lk 6:29. ὁ ἐμὲ μισῶν J 15:23. οὐδὲ γὰρ ὄνομά ἐστιν ἕτερον τὸ δεδομένον (ὸ̔ δέδοται) Ac 4:12. τινές εἰσιν οἱ ταράσσοντες ὑμᾶς Gal 1:7. Cp. Lk 7:32; 18:9; J 12:12; Col 2:8; 1 Pt 1:7; 2J 7; Jd 4 al. So esp. after πᾶς: πᾶς ὁ ὀργιζόμενος everyone who becomes angry Mt 5:22. πᾶς ὁ κρίνων Ro 2:1 al. After μακάριος Mt 5:4, 6, 10. After οὐαὶ ὑμῖν Lk 6:25.
    The inf. w. neut. art. (B-D-F §398ff; Rob. 1062–68) is used in a number of ways.
    α. It stands for a noun (B-D-F §399; Rob. 1062–66) τὸ (ἀνίπτοις χερσὶν) φαγεῖν Mt 15:20. τὸ (ἐκ νεκρῶν) ἀναστῆναι Mk 9:10. τὸ ἀγαπᾶν 12:33; cp. Ro 13:8. τὸ ποιῆσαι, τὸ ἐπιτελέσαι 2 Cor 8:11. τὸ καθίσαι Mt 20:23. τὸ θέλειν Ro 7:18; 2 Cor 8:10.—Freq. used w. preps. ἀντὶ τοῦ, διὰ τό, διὰ τοῦ, ἐκ τοῦ, ἐν τῷ, ἕνεκεν τοῦ, ἕως τοῦ, μετὰ τό, πρὸ τοῦ, πρὸς τό etc.; s. the preps. in question (B-D-F §402–4; Rob. 1068–75).
    β. The gen. of the inf. w. the art., without a prep., is esp. frequent (B-D-F §400; Mlt. 216–18; Rob. 1066–68; DEvans, ClQ 15, 1921, 26ff). The use of this inf. is esp. common in Lk and Paul, less freq. in Mt and Mk, quite rare in other writers. The gen. stands
    א. dependent on words that govern the gen.: ἄξιον 1 Cor 16:4 (s. ἄξιος 1c). ἐξαπορηθῆναι τοῦ ζῆν 2 Cor 1:8. ἔλαχε τοῦ θυμιᾶσαι Lk 1:9 (cp. 1 Km 14:47 v.l. Σαοὺλ ἔλαχεν τοῦ βασιλεύειν).
    ב. dependent on a noun (B-D-F §400, 1; Rob. 1066f) ὁ χρόνος τοῦ τεκεῖν Lk 1:57. ἐπλήσθησαν αἱ ἡμέραι τοῦ τεκεῖν αὐτήν 2:6. ἐξουσία τοῦ πατεῖν 10:19. εὐκαιρία τοῦ παραδοῦναι 22:6. ἐλπὶς τοῦ σῴζεσθαι Ac 27:20; τοῦ μετέχειν 1 Cor 9:10. ἐπιποθία τοῦ ἐλθεῖν Ro 15:23. χρείαν ἔχειν τοῦ διδάσκειν Hb 5:12. καιρὸς τοῦ ἄρξασθαι 1 Pt 4:17. τ. ἐνέργειαν τοῦ δύνασθαι the power that enables him Phil 3:21. ἡ προθυμία τοῦ θέλειν zeal in desiring 2 Cor 8:11.
    ג. Somet. the connection w. the noun is very loose, and the transition to the consecutive sense (=result) is unmistakable (B-D-F §400, 2; Rob. 1066f): ἐπλήσθησαν ἡμέραι ὀκτὼ τοῦ περιτεμεῖν αὐτόν Lk 2:21. ὀφειλέται … τοῦ κατὰ σάρκα ζῆν Ro 8:12. εἰς ἀκαθαρσίαν τοῦ ἀτιμάζεσθαι 1:24. ὀφθαλμοὺς τοῦ μὴ βλέπειν 11:8. τὴν ἔκβασιν τοῦ δύνασθαι ὑπενεγκεῖν 1 Cor 10:13.
    ד. Verbs of hindering, ceasing take the inf. w. τοῦ μή (s. Schwyzer II 372 for earlier Gk; PGen 16, 23 [207 A.D.] κωλύοντες τοῦ μὴ σπείρειν; LXX; ParJer 2:5 φύλαξαι τοῦ μὴ σχίσαι τὰ ἱμάτιά σου): καταπαύειν Ac 14:18. κατέχειν Lk 4:42. κρατεῖσθαι 24:16. κωλύειν Ac 10:47. παύειν 1 Pt 3:10 (Ps 33:14). ὑποστέλλεσθαι Ac 20:20, 27. Without μή: ἐγκόπτεσθαι τοῦ ἐλθεῖν Ro 15:22.
    ה. The gen. of the inf. comes after verbs of deciding, exhorting, commanding, etc. (1 Ch 19:19; ParJer 7:37 διδάσκων αὐτοὺ τοῦ ἀπέχεσθαι) ἐγένετο γνώμης Ac 20:3. ἐντέλλεσθαι Lk 4:10 (Ps 90:11). ἐπιστέλλειν Ac 15:20. κατανεύειν Lk 5:7. κρίνειν Ac 27:1. παρακαλεῖν 21:12. προσεύχεσθαι Js 5:17. τὸ πρόσωπον στηρίζειν Lk 9:51. συντίθεσθαι Ac 23:20.
    ו. The inf. w. τοῦ and τοῦ μή plainly has final (=purpose) sense (ParJer 5:2 ἐκάθισεν … τοῦ ἀναπαῆναι ὀλίγον; Soph., Lex. I 45f; B-D-F §400, 5 w. exx. fr. non-bibl. lit. and pap; Rob. 1067): ἐξῆλθεν ὁ σπείρων τοῦ σπείρειν a sower went out to sow Mt 13:3. ζητεῖν τοῦ ἀπολέσαι = ἵνα ἀπολέσῃ 2:13. τοῦ δοῦναι γνῶσιν Lk 1:77. τοῦ κατευθῦναι τοὺς πόδας vs. 79. τοῦ σινιάσαι 22:31. τοῦ μηκέτι δουλεύειν Ro 6:6. τοῦ ποιῆσαι αὐτά Gal 3:10. τοῦ γνῶναι αὐτόν Phil 3:10. Cp. Mt 3:13; 11:1; 24:45; Lk 2:24, 27; 8:5; 24:29; Ac 3:2; 20:30; 26:18; Hb 10:7 (Ps 39:9); 11:5; GJs 2:3f; 24:1.—The apparently solecistic τοῦ πολεμῆσαι Ro 12:7 bears a Semitic tinge, cp. Hos 9:13 et al. (Mussies 96).—The combination can also express
    ז. consecutive mng. (result): οὐδὲ μετεμελήθητε τοῦ πιστεῦσαι αὐτῷ you did not change your minds and believe him Mt 21:32. τοῦ μὴ εἶναι αὐτὴν μοιχαλίδα Ro 7:3. τοῦ ποιεῖν τὰ βρέφη ἔκθετα Ac 7:19. Cp. 3:12; 10:25.
    The art. is used w. prepositional expressions (Artem. 4, 33 p. 224, 7 ὁ ἐν Περγάμῳ; 4, 36 ὁ ἐν Μαγνησίᾳ; 4 [6] Esdr [POxy 1010 recto, 8–12] οἱ ἐν τοῖς πεδίοις … οἱ ἐν τοῖς ὄρεσι καὶ μετεώροις; Tat. 31, 2 οἱ μὲν περὶ Κράτητα … οἱ δὲ περὶ Ἐρατοσθένη) τῆς ἐκκλησίας τῆς ἐν Κεγχρεαῖς Ro 16:1. ταῖς ἐκκλησίαις ταῖς ἐν τῇ Ἀσίᾳ Rv 1:4. τῷ ἀγγέλῳ τῆς ἐν (w. place name) ἐκκλησίας 2:1, 8, 12, 18; 3:1, 7, 14 (on these pass. RBorger, TRu 52, ’87, 42–45). τοῖς ἐν τῇ οἰκίᾳ to those in the house Mt 5:15. πάτερ ἡμῶν ὁ ἐν τ. οὐρανοῖς 6:9. οἱ ἀπὸ τῆς Ἰταλίας Hb 13:24. οἱ ἐν Χριστῷ Ἰησοῦ Ro 8:1. οἱ ἐξ ἐριθείας 2:8. οἱ ἐκ νόμου 4:14; cp. vs. 16. οἱ ἐκ τῆς Καίσαρος οἰκίας Phil 4:22. οἱ ἐξ εὐωνύμων Mt 25:41. τὸ θυσιαστήριον … τὸ ἐνώπιον τοῦ θρόνου Rv 8:3; cp. 9:13. On 1:4 s. ref in B-D-F §136, 1 to restoration by Nestle. οἱ παρʼ αὐτοῦ Mk 3:21. οἱ μετʼ αὐτοῦ Mt 12:3. οἱ περὶ αὐτόν Mk 4:10; Lk 22:49 al.—Neut. τὰ ἀπὸ τοῦ πλοίου pieces of wreckage fr. the ship Ac 27:44 (difft. FZorell, BZ 9, 1911, 159f). τὰ περί τινος Lk 24:19, 27; Ac 24:10; Phil 1:27 (Tat. 32, 2 τὰ περὶ θεοῦ). τὰ περί τινα 2:23. τὰ κατʼ ἐμέ my circumstances Eph 6:21; Phil 1:12; Col 4:7. τὰ κατὰ τὸν νόμον what (was to be done) according to the law Lk 2:39. τὸ ἐξ ὑμῶν Ro 12:18. τὰ πρὸς τὸν θεόν 15:17; Hb 2:17; 5:1 (X., Resp. Lac. 13, 11 ἱερεῖ τὰ πρὸς τοὺς θεούς, στρατηγῷ δὲ τὰ πρὸς τοὺς ἀνθρώπους). τὰ παρʼ αὐτῶν Lk 10:7. τὸ ἐν ἐμοί the (child) in me GJs 12:2 al.
    w. an adv. or adverbial expr. (1 Macc 8:3) τὸ ἔμπροσθεν Lk 19:4. τὸ ἔξωθεν Mt 23:25. τὸ πέραν Mt 8:18, 28. τὰ ἄνω J 8:23; Col 3:1f. τὰ κάτω J 8:23. τὰ ὀπίσω Mk 13:16. τὰ ὧδε matters here Col 4:9. ὁ πλησίον the neighbor Mt 5:43. οἱ καθεξῆς Ac 3:24. τὸ κατὰ σάρκα Ro 9:5. τὸ ἐκ μέρους 1 Cor 13:10.—Esp. w. indications of time τό, τὰ νῦν s. νῦν 2b. τὸ πάλιν 2 Cor 13:2. τὸ λοιπόν 1 Cor 7:29; Phil 3:1. τὸ πρῶτον J 10:40; 12:16; 19:39. τὸ πρότερον 6:62; Gal 4:13. τὸ καθʼ ἡμέραν daily Lk 11:3.—τὸ πλεῖστον at the most 1 Cor 14:27.
    The art. w. the gen. foll. denotes a relation of kinship, ownership, or dependence: Ἰάκωβος ὁ τοῦ Ζεβεδαίου Mt 10:2 (Thu. 4, 104 Θουκυδίδης ὁ Ὀλόρου [sc. υἱός]; Plut., Timol. 3, 2; Appian, Syr. 26 §123 Σέλευκος ὁ Ἀντιόχου; Jos., Bell. 5, 5; 11). Μαρία ἡ Ἰακώβου Lk 24:10. ἡ τοῦ Οὐρίου the wife of Uriah Mt 1:6. οἱ Χλόης Chloë’s people 1 Cor 1:11. οἱ Ἀριστοβούλου, οἱ Ναρκίσσου Ro 16:10f. οἱ αὐτοῦ Ac 16:33. οἱ τοῦ Χριστοῦ 1 Cor 15:23; Gal 5:24. Καισάρεια ἡ Φιλίππου Caesarea Philippi i.e. the city of Philip Mk 8:27.—τό, τά τινος someone’s things, affairs, circumstances (Thu. 4, 83 τὰ τοῦ Ἀρριβαίου; Parthenius 1, 6; Appian, Syr. 16 §67 τὰ Ῥωμαίων) τὰ τοῦ θεοῦ, τῶν ἀνθρώπων Mt 16:23; 22:21; Mk 8:33; cp. 1 Cor 2:11. τὰ τῆς σαρκός, τοῦ πνεύματος Ro 8:5; cp. 14:19; 1 Cor 7:33f; 13:11. τὰ ὑμῶν 2 Cor 12:14. τὰ τῆς ἀσθενείας μου 11:30. τὰ τοῦ νόμου what the law requires Ro 2:14. τὸ τῆς συκῆς what has been done to the fig tree Mt 21:21; cp. 8:33. τὰ ἑαυτῆς its own advantage 1 Cor 13:5; cp. Phil 2:4, 21. τὸ τῆς παροιμίας what the proverb says 2 Pt 2:22 (Pla., Theaet. 183e τὸ τοῦ Ὁμήρου; Menand., Dyscolus 633 τὸ τοῦ λόγου). ἐν τοῖς τοῦ πατρός μου in my Father’s house (so Field, Notes 50–56; Goodsp. Probs. 81–83; difft., ‘interests’, PTemple, CBQ 1, ’39, 342–52.—In contrast to the other synoptists, Luke does not elsewhere show Jesus ‘at home’.) Lk 2:49 (Lysias 12, 12 εἰς τὰ τοῦ ἀδελφοῦ; Theocr. 2, 76 τὰ Λύκωνος; pap in Mayser II [1926] p. 8; POxy 523, 3 [II A.D.] an invitation to a dinner ἐν τοῖς Κλαυδίου Σαραπίωνος; PTebt 316 II, 23 [99 A.D.] ἐν τοῖς Ποτάμωνος; Esth 7:9; Job 18:19; Jos., Ant. 16, 302. Of the temple of a god Jos., C. Ap. 1, 118 ἐν τοῖς τοῦ Διός). Mt 20:15 is classified here by WHatch, ATR 26, ’44, 250–53; s. also ἐμός b.
    The neut. of the art. stands
    α. before whole sentences or clauses (Epict. 4, 1, 45 τὸ Καίσαρος μὴ εἶναι φίλον; Prov. Aesopi 100 P. τὸ Οὐκ οἶδα; Jos., Ant. 10, 205; Just., D. 33, 2 τὸ γὰρ … [Ps 109:4]) τὸ Οὐ φονεύσεις, οὐ μοιχεύσεις κτλ. (quot. fr. the Decalogue) Mt 19:18; Ro 13:9. τὸ Καὶ μετὰ ἀνόμων ἐλογίσθη (quot. fr. Is 53:12) Lk 22:37. Cp. Gal 5:14. τὸ Εἰ δύνῃ as far as your words ‘If you can’ are concerned Mk 9:23. Likew. before indirect questions (Vett. Val. 291, 14 τὸ πῶς τέτακται; Ael. Aristid. 45, 15 K. τὸ ὅστις ἐστίν; ParJer 6:15 τὸ πῶς ἀποστείλης; GrBar 8:6 τὸ πῶς ἐταπεινώθη; Jos., Ant. 20, 28 ἐπὶ πείρᾳ τοῦ τί φρονοῖεν; Pel.-Leg. p. 20, 32 τὸ τί γένηται; Mel., Fgm. 8, 2 [Goodsp. p. 311] τὸ δὲ πῶς λούονται) τὸ τί ἂν θέλοι καλεῖσθαι αὐτό Lk 1:62. τὸ τίς ἂν εἴη μείζων αὐτῶν 9:46. τὸ πῶς δεῖ ὑμᾶς περιπατεῖν 1 Th 4:1. Cp. Lk 19:48; 22:2, 4, 23f; Ac 4:21; 22:30; Ro 8:26; Hs 8, 1, 4.
    β. before single words which are taken fr. what precedes and hence are quoted, as it were (Epict. 1, 29, 16 τὸ Σωκράτης; 3, 23, 24; Hierocles 13 p. 448 ἐν τῷ μηδείς) τὸ ‘ἀνέβη’ Eph 4:9. τὸ ‘ἔτι ἅπαξ’ Hb 12:27. τὸ ‘Ἁγάρ’ Gal 4:25.
    Other notable uses of the art. are
    α. the elliptic use, which leaves a part of a sentence accompanied by the art. to be completed fr. the context: ὁ τὰ δύο the man with the two (talents), i.e. ὁ τὰ δύο τάλαντα λαβών Mt 25:17; cp. vs. 22. τῷ τὸν φόρον Ro 13:7. ὁ τὸ πολύ, ὀλίγον the man who had much, little 2 Cor 8:15 after Ex 16:18 (cp. Lucian, Bis Accus. 9 ὁ τὴν σύριγγα [sc. ἔχων]; Arrian, Anab. 7, 8, 3 τὴν ἐπὶ θανάτῳ [sc. ὁδόν]).
    β. Σαῦλος, ὁ καὶ Παῦλος Ac 13:9; s. καί 2h.
    γ. the fem. art. is found in a quite singular usage ἡ οὐαί (ἡ θλῖψις or ἡ πληγή) Rv 9:12; 11:14. Sim. ὁ Ἀμήν 3:14 (here the masc. art. is evidently chosen because of the alternate name for Jesus).
    One art. can refer to several nouns connected by καί
    α. when various words, sing. or pl., are brought close together by a common art.: τοὺς ἀρχιερεῖς καὶ γραμματεῖς Mt 2:4; cp. 16:21; Mk 15:1. ἐν τοῖς προφήταις κ. ψαλμοῖς Lk 24:44. τῇ Ἰουδαίᾳ καὶ Σαμαρείᾳ Ac 1:8; cp. 8:1; Lk 5:17 al.—Even nouns of different gender can be united in this way (Aristoph., Eccl. 750; Ps.-Pla., Axioch. 12 p. 37a οἱ δύο θεοί, of Apollo and Artemis; Ps.-Demetr., Eloc. c. 292; PTebt 14, 10 [114 B.C.]; En 18:14; EpArist 109) κατὰ τὰ ἐντάλματα καὶ διδασκαλίας Col 2:22. Cp. Lk 1:6. εἰς τὰς ὁδοὺς καὶ φραγμούς 14:23.
    β. when one and the same person has more than one attribute applied to him: πρὸς τὸν πατέρα μου καὶ πατέρα ὑμῶν J 20:17. ὁ θεὸς καὶ πατὴρ τοῦ κυρίου Ἰ. Ro 15:6; 2 Cor 1:3; 11:31; Eph 1:3; 1 Pt 1:3. ὁ θεὸς καὶ πατὴρ (ἡμῶν) Eph 5:20; Phil 4:20; 1 Th 1:3; 3:11, 13. Of Christ: τοῦ κυρίου ἡμῶν καὶ σωτῆρος 2 Pt 1:11; cp. 2:20; 3:18. τοῦ μεγάλου θεοῦ καὶ σωτῆρος ἡμῶν Tit 2:13 (PGrenf II, 15 I, 6 [139 B.C.] of the deified King Ptolemy τοῦ μεγάλου θεοῦ εὐεργέτου καὶ σωτῆρος [ἐπιφανοῦς] εὐχαρίστου).
    γ. On the other hand, the art. is repeated when two different persons are named: ὁ φυτεύων καὶ ὁ ποτίζων 1 Cor 3:8. ὁ βασιλεὺς καὶ ὁ ἡγεμών Ac 26:30.
    In a fixed expression, when a noun in the gen. is dependent on another noun, the art. customarily appears twice or not at all: τὸ πνεῦμα τοῦ θεοῦ 1 Cor 3:16; πνεῦμα θεοῦ Ro 8:9. ὁ λόγος τοῦ θεοῦ 2 Cor 2:17; λόγος θεοῦ 1 Th 2:13. ἡ ἡμέρα τοῦ κυρίου 2 Th 2:2; ἡμ. κ. 1 Th 5:2. ὁ υἱὸς τοῦ ἀνθρώπου Mt 8:20; υἱ. ἀ. Hb 2:6. ἡ ἀνάστασις τῶν νεκρῶν Mt 22:31; ἀ. ν. Ac 23:6. ἡ κοιλία τῆς μητρός J 3:4; κ. μ. Mt 19:12.—APerry, JBL 68, ’49, 329–34; MBlack, An Aramaic Approach3, ’67, 93–95.—DELG. M-M.

    Ελληνικά-Αγγλικά παλαιοχριστιανική Λογοτεχνία >

  • 120 ajeno

    adj.
    1 someone else's, not our own, other people's, somebody else's.
    2 irrelevant, extraneous, foreign.
    3 alien, strange.
    4 strange.
    * * *
    1 (de otro) another's, belonging to other people
    2 (distante) detached
    3 (impropio) inappropriate, unsuitable
    4 (extraño) not involved
    \
    meterse en lo ajeno to meddle in other people's affairs
    vivir a costa ajena to live off other people
    * * *
    (f. - ajena)
    adj.
    2) of another, of others
    * * *
    ADJ
    1) (=de otro)

    a costa ajena — at somebody else's expense

    por cuenta ajena, trabaja por cuenta ajena — he works for someone else

    meterse en lo ajeno — to interfere in other people's affairs

    vergüenza 1)
    2) (=no relacionado)

    ajeno aoutside

    el malhumor es ajeno a su carácter — he's not at all bad-tempered in character, being bad-tempered is quite alien to his character frm

    por razones ajenas a nuestra voluntad — for reasons beyond our control

    3) (=indiferente)

    nada de lo humano le es ajenoliter everything human is his concern liter

    siguió leyendo, ajeno a lo que sucedía — she carried on reading, oblivious to what was happening

    4) (=extraño) strange
    * * *
    - na adjetivo
    1) [SER]
    a) (que no corresponde, pertenece)

    un asunto que le era ajenoa matter that was o had nothing to do with him

    ajeno a algo: por razones ajenas a nuestra voluntad for reasons beyond our control; prohibido el paso a toda persona ajena a la empresa staff only; intereses ajenos a los de la empresa — interests not in accord with those of the company

    b) (que pertenece, corresponde a otro)
    2)
    a) [estar] ( ignorante)

    ajeno a algo — unaware of something, oblivious to something

    b) [ESTAR] ( indiferente)

    ajeno a algo: permaneció ajeno a sus problemas — he remained indifferent to her problems

    c) [ser] ( no involucrado)

    ajeno a algo: irregularidades a las que han sido ajenos — irregularities in which they have not been involved

    * * *
    = extraneous, on the fringe.
    Ex. If the catalog is to fulfill any of the requirements just enumerated, then it must be capable of responding to a user's query in a manner which does not result in extraneous citations.
    Ex. This statement emphasises the possibility of a book on a humanistic topic being read by both the author's peer group and a slightly larger audience too, but the people on the fringe would have to work hard for themselves to develop high enough standards of judgment for the book to be of any value to them.
    ----
    * ajeno (a) = foreign (to).
    * ajeno al mundo = unwordly.
    * beneficiarse del triunfo ajeno = bask in + reflected glory.
    * disfrutar de la gloria ajena = bask in + reflected glory.
    * disfrutar del triunfo ajeno = bask in + reflected glory.
    * en caso de darse circunstancias ajenas a + Posesivo + control = in the event of circumstances beyond + Posesivo + control.
    * fama ajena = reflected glory.
    * gloria ajena = reflected glory.
    * no ser ajeno a = be no stranger to.
    * sentir vergüenza ajena = feel + embarrassed for + Nombre.
    * triunfo ajeno = reflected glory.
    * vergüenza ajena = embarrassing situation.
    * * *
    - na adjetivo
    1) [SER]
    a) (que no corresponde, pertenece)

    un asunto que le era ajenoa matter that was o had nothing to do with him

    ajeno a algo: por razones ajenas a nuestra voluntad for reasons beyond our control; prohibido el paso a toda persona ajena a la empresa staff only; intereses ajenos a los de la empresa — interests not in accord with those of the company

    b) (que pertenece, corresponde a otro)
    2)
    a) [estar] ( ignorante)

    ajeno a algo — unaware of something, oblivious to something

    b) [ESTAR] ( indiferente)

    ajeno a algo: permaneció ajeno a sus problemas — he remained indifferent to her problems

    c) [ser] ( no involucrado)

    ajeno a algo: irregularidades a las que han sido ajenos — irregularities in which they have not been involved

    * * *
    = extraneous, on the fringe.

    Ex: If the catalog is to fulfill any of the requirements just enumerated, then it must be capable of responding to a user's query in a manner which does not result in extraneous citations.

    Ex: This statement emphasises the possibility of a book on a humanistic topic being read by both the author's peer group and a slightly larger audience too, but the people on the fringe would have to work hard for themselves to develop high enough standards of judgment for the book to be of any value to them.
    * ajeno (a) = foreign (to).
    * ajeno al mundo = unwordly.
    * beneficiarse del triunfo ajeno = bask in + reflected glory.
    * disfrutar de la gloria ajena = bask in + reflected glory.
    * disfrutar del triunfo ajeno = bask in + reflected glory.
    * en caso de darse circunstancias ajenas a + Posesivo + control = in the event of circumstances beyond + Posesivo + control.
    * fama ajena = reflected glory.
    * gloria ajena = reflected glory.
    * no ser ajeno a = be no stranger to.
    * sentir vergüenza ajena = feel + embarrassed for + Nombre.
    * triunfo ajeno = reflected glory.
    * vergüenza ajena = embarrassing situation.

    * * *
    ajeno -na
    A [ SER]
    1
    (que no corresponde, pertenece): dos generaciones cuyos ideales son totalmente ajenos two generations whose ideals are completely alien to each other o have nothing in common
    un asunto que le era ajeno a matter that was o had nothing to do with him
    el ambiente en que ella se mueve me es totalmente ajeno the world she moves in is quite alien o foreign to me
    ajeno A algo:
    por razones ajenas a nuestra voluntad for reasons beyond our control
    [ S ] prohibido el paso a toda persona ajena a la empresa staff only
    intereses ajenos a los de la empresa interests not in accord with those of the company
    2
    (que pertenece, corresponde a otro): se servía de una tarjeta de crédito ajena he was using another person's o someone else's credit card
    por el bien ajeno for the good of others
    el domingo juegan en campo ajeno on Sunday they're on the road ( AmE) o ( BrE) they're playing away (from home)
    las desgracias ajenas no me interesan I'm not interested in other people's misfortunes
    amigo2 (↑ amigo (2))
    B
    1 [ ESTAR] (inatento) ajeno A algo unaware OF sth, oblivious TO sth
    trabajaba totalmente ajeno a lo que pasaba a su alrededor he worked on, completely unaware of o oblivious to what was going on around him
    2 [ ESTAR] (indiferente) ajeno A algo:
    siempre permaneció ajeno a sus problemas he never got involved with her problems, he always remained aloof from her problems
    3 [ SER] (no involucrado) ajeno A algo:
    irregularidades a las que han sido ajenos irregularities to which they have not been party o in which they have not been involved
    * * *

     

    ajeno
    ◊ -na adjetivo [SER]

    a) (que no corresponde, pertenece):


    aquel ambiente me era ajeno that environment was alien o foreign to me;
    por razones ajenas a nuestra voluntad for reasons beyond our control
    b) (que pertenece, corresponde a otro):


    por el bien ajeno for the good of others;
    las desgracias ajenas other people's misfortunes
    ajeno,-a adjetivo
    1 (de otra persona) belonging to other people: no me gusta dormir en casa ajena, I don't like to sleep over at someone else's place
    2 (sin relación) unconnected [a, with]
    ajeno a nuestra voluntad, beyond our control
    3 (extraño) strange: su devoción me resulta completamente ajena, her sense of devotion is just beyond belief
    ♦ Locuciones: sentir vergüenza ajena, to feel embarrassed for sb
    ' ajeno' also found in these entries:
    Spanish:
    ajena
    - gallina
    - embolsarse
    - regocijarse
    - regocijo
    English:
    alien
    - squat
    * * *
    ajeno, -a adj
    1. [de otro] of others;
    jugar en campo ajeno to play away from home;
    no te metas en los problemas ajenos don't interfere in other people's problems;
    no le importa la miseria ajena she doesn't care about the suffering of others;
    recurrieron a capital ajeno they turned to outside investors, they used borrowed capital
    2. [no relacionado]
    es un problema ajeno a la sociedad de hoy it's a problem that no longer exists in today's society;
    todo eso me es ajeno [no me atañe] all that has nothing to do with me;
    esto es ajeno a nuestro departamento our department doesn't deal with that;
    por causas ajenas a nuestra voluntad for reasons beyond our control;
    un escándalo al que no es ajeno el presidente a scandal in which the president is not uninvolved;
    su plan es ajeno a cualquier intento partidista their plan in no way seeks to gain party-political advantage;
    una tradición ajena a nuestra cultura a tradition which is alien to our culture
    3. [ignorante]
    era ajena a lo que estaba ocurriendo she had no knowledge of what was happening
    * * *
    adj
    1 propiedad, problemas etc someone else’s;
    me era totalmente ajeno it was completely alien to me;
    lo ajeno fig other people’s property
    2
    :
    por razones ajenas a nuestra voluntad for reasons beyond our control
    3
    :
    estar ajeno a be unaware of, be oblivious to
    * * *
    ajeno, -na adj
    1) : alien
    2) : of another, of others
    propiedad ajena: somebody else's property
    3)
    ajeno a : foreign to
    4)
    ajeno de : devoid of, free from
    * * *
    ajeno adj
    1. (de otro) somebody else's
    por error, cogió un abrigo ajeno by mistake, she took somebody else's coat
    2. (de otros) other people's

    Spanish-English dictionary > ajeno

См. также в других словарях:

  • Things as They Are or The Adventures of Caleb Williams — Things as They Are; or The Adventures of Caleb Williams (often abbreviated to Caleb Williams ) (1794) by William Godwin is a three volume novel written as a call to end the abuse of power by what Godwin saw as a tyrannical government. Intended as …   Wikipedia

  • being — [[t]bi͟ːɪŋ[/t]] ♦♦♦ beings 1) Being is the present participle of be. 2) V LINK Being is used in non finite clauses where you are giving the reason for something. [V n] It being a Sunday, the old men had the day off... [V n] Little boys, being… …   English dictionary

  • Being and Nothingness — Being and Nothingness: An Essay on Phenomenological Ontology (French: L Être et le néant : Essai d ontologie phénoménologique ), sometimes subtitled A Phenomenological Essay on Ontology, is a 1943 philosophical treatise by Jean Paul Sartre that… …   Wikipedia

  • The Times They Are a-Changin' — Infobox Album Name = The Times They Are A Changin Type = Album Artist = Bob Dylan Released = January 13 1964 Recorded = August 6 1963–October 31 1963 at Columbia Studios, New York City Genre = Folk Length = 45:36 Label = Columbia Records Producer …   Wikipedia

  • What — What, pron., a., & adv. [AS. hw[ae]t, neuter of hw[=a] who; akin to OS. hwat what, OFries. hwet, D. & LG. wat, G. was, OHG. waz, hwaz, Icel. hvat, Sw. & Dan. hvad, Goth. hwa. [root]182. See {Who}.] [1913 Webster] 1. As an interrogative pronoun,… …   The Collaborative International Dictionary of English

  • What ho — What What, pron., a., & adv. [AS. hw[ae]t, neuter of hw[=a] who; akin to OS. hwat what, OFries. hwet, D. & LG. wat, G. was, OHG. waz, hwaz, Icel. hvat, Sw. & Dan. hvad, Goth. hwa. [root]182. See {Who}.] [1913 Webster] 1. As an interrogative… …   The Collaborative International Dictionary of English

  • What if — What What, pron., a., & adv. [AS. hw[ae]t, neuter of hw[=a] who; akin to OS. hwat what, OFries. hwet, D. & LG. wat, G. was, OHG. waz, hwaz, Icel. hvat, Sw. & Dan. hvad, Goth. hwa. [root]182. See {Who}.] [1913 Webster] 1. As an interrogative… …   The Collaborative International Dictionary of English

  • What of it — What What, pron., a., & adv. [AS. hw[ae]t, neuter of hw[=a] who; akin to OS. hwat what, OFries. hwet, D. & LG. wat, G. was, OHG. waz, hwaz, Icel. hvat, Sw. & Dan. hvad, Goth. hwa. [root]182. See {Who}.] [1913 Webster] 1. As an interrogative… …   The Collaborative International Dictionary of English

  • What of that — What What, pron., a., & adv. [AS. hw[ae]t, neuter of hw[=a] who; akin to OS. hwat what, OFries. hwet, D. & LG. wat, G. was, OHG. waz, hwaz, Icel. hvat, Sw. & Dan. hvad, Goth. hwa. [root]182. See {Who}.] [1913 Webster] 1. As an interrogative… …   The Collaborative International Dictionary of English

  • What of this — What What, pron., a., & adv. [AS. hw[ae]t, neuter of hw[=a] who; akin to OS. hwat what, OFries. hwet, D. & LG. wat, G. was, OHG. waz, hwaz, Icel. hvat, Sw. & Dan. hvad, Goth. hwa. [root]182. See {Who}.] [1913 Webster] 1. As an interrogative… …   The Collaborative International Dictionary of English

  • What though — What What, pron., a., & adv. [AS. hw[ae]t, neuter of hw[=a] who; akin to OS. hwat what, OFries. hwet, D. & LG. wat, G. was, OHG. waz, hwaz, Icel. hvat, Sw. & Dan. hvad, Goth. hwa. [root]182. See {Who}.] [1913 Webster] 1. As an interrogative… …   The Collaborative International Dictionary of English

Поделиться ссылкой на выделенное

Прямая ссылка:
Нажмите правой клавишей мыши и выберите «Копировать ссылку»